IOMEGA CORP
S-3/A, 1996-02-27
COMPUTER STORAGE DEVICES
Previous: FIRST INVESTORS GLOBAL FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1996-02-27
Next: IAA TRUST MONEY MARKET FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1996-02-27



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 27, 1996
    

                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-64995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                         ------------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-3
    
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                               IOMEGA CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                         ------------------------------

               DELAWARE                                86-0385884
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

                         ------------------------------
                     1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY, ROY, UTAH 84067
                                 (801) 778-1000
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                           --------------------------
   
                               LEONARD C. PURKIS
          SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE, AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                               IOMEGA CORPORATION
                              1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY
                        ROY, UTAH 84067  (801) 778-1000
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
    
                         ------------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:

       PATRICK J. RONDEAU, ESQ.                    BROOKS STOUGH, ESQ.
        JONATHAN WOLFMAN, ESQ.                   ROBERT G. SPECKER, ESQ.
             HALE AND DORR                      GUNDERSON DETTMER STOUGH
            60 State Street               VILLENEUVE FRANKLIN & HACHIGIAN, LLP
      Boston, Massachusetts 02109                    600 Hansen Way
            (617) 526-6000                     Palo Alto, California 94306
                                                     (415) 843-0500

                         ------------------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
            As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.
                         ------------------------------

    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box. / /

    If  any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. / /

   
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities Act, check the following box,  and
list  the Securities Act registration statement  number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.
    
                                      / /
                ------------------------------------------------

    If this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check the following  box, and list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering.

                                      / /
                ------------------------------------------------

    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /

   
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                           PROPOSED MAXIMUM         AGGREGATE
        TITLE OF EACH CLASS             AMOUNT TO BE           OFFERING             OFFERING           AMOUNT OF
   OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED        REGISTERED       PRICE PER SHARE (1)       PRICE (1)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                   <C>                <C>                    <C>                <C>
  % Convertible Subordinated Notes
 due 2001...........................   $ 46,000,000(2)              100%          $  46,000,000      $ 15,862.07(3)
Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value....               (4)            --                   --                 --
</TABLE>
    

   
(1)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
    
   
(2)  Includes $6,000,000 principal amount of Notes which the Underwriter has the
    option to purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments.
    
   
(3)  An amount in excess of such  fee was paid with the original filing of  this
    Registration  Statement. Accordingly,  no additional  payment is  being made
    with this filing.
    
   
(4)  Such indeterminable  number of shares  of Common Stock  as is required  for
    issuance  upon  conversion  of  the  Notes  being  registered  hereunder  in
    accordance with  the terms  thereof  (which provide  for adjustment  of  the
    initial   conversion  price  under  certain  circumstances).  No  additional
    consideration will be received for the shares of Common Stock.
    
                         ------------------------------

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A),  MAY
DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 27, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS

   
                                  $40,000,000
    

   
                                     [LOGO]
                    % CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2001
    

   
    The Notes are convertible into Common Stock of the Company at the option  of
the  holder at  any time  after 60  days following  the latest  date of original
issuance thereof  and  at or  before  maturity, unless  previously  redeemed  or
repurchased,  at a  conversion price of  $           per share  (equivalent to a
conversion rate of approximately          shares per $1,000 principal amount  of
Notes),   subject  to  adjustment   in  certain  events.   See  "Description  of
Notes--Conversion of Notes." Application has been made for the quotation of  the
Notes  on the Nasdaq Small-Cap  Market. The Company's Common  Stock is traded on
the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol IOMG. On February 26, 1996, the last
reported sale price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $15.88
per share.
    

   
    Interest on the Notes is payable on  March 15 and September 15 in each  year
commencing  on September 15,  1996. The Notes  are redeemable at  any time on or
after March 15,  1999, in whole  or in part,  at the option  of the Company,  at
declining redemption prices set forth herein, together with accrued interest. In
the  event of a Repurchase Event (as  defined), each holder of Notes may require
the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes at 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued  and unpaid interest. See "Description  of
Notes--Optional  Redemption  by  the  Company" and  "--Repurchase  at  Option of
Holders Upon Repurchase Event." The Notes are unsecured and subordinated to  all
existing  and future  Senior Indebtedness  (as defined)  of the  Company and are
effectively subordinated  to  all existing  and  future indebtedness  and  other
liabilities  of  subsidiaries  of  the Company.  See  "Description  of  Notes --
Subordination of Notes."
    
                                ----------------
   
            THE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
           SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
    
                                 -------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING      PROCEEDS TO
                                                   PUBLIC (1)       DISCOUNT (2)      COMPANY (3)
<S>                                             <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Note......................................         $                 $                 $
Total (4).....................................         $                 $                 $
</TABLE>
    

   
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from March  , 1996.
    
   
(2) See "Underwriting" for indemnification arrangements with the Underwriter.
    
   
(3) Before deducting estimated expenses of $650,000 payable by the Company.
    
   
(4) The Company has granted to the Underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up to
    an  additional $6,000,000 principal  amount of Notes on  the terms set forth
    above solely  to  cover over-allotments,  if  any.  If all  such  Notes  are
    purchased,  the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to
    Company will  be $          , $         and  $         ,  respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."
    
                                ----------------
   
    The Notes are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior sale, receipt and
acceptance by it and subject to the right of the Underwriter to reject any order
in  whole or in part and certain other conditions. It is expected that the Notes
will be available for delivery on or about              , 1996 at the office  of
the agent of Hambrecht & Quist LLC in New York, New York.
    

   
                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST
    

           , 1996
<PAGE>
[Picture of Company products]

    Iomega  and Bernoulli are registered trademarks of the Company and Zip, Jaz,
Ditto and the Iomega  logo are trademarks of  the Company. All other  trademarks
used are the property of their respective owners.

   
IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITER  MAY OVER-ALLOT  OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE NOTES OR  THE
COMMON  STOCK OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL
IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
    

                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS," APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  THE COMPANY

    Iomega Corporation designs, manufactures and markets innovative data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed under the  tradenames Zip and  Jaz and a  family of tape  drives
marketed  under the tradename Ditto.  The Company's Zip and  Jaz disk drives are
designed to provide users  with the benefits of  high capacity and rapid  access
generally   associated  with  hard  disk  drives   and  the  benefits  of  media
removability generally associated with floppy disk drives, including  expandable
storage  capacity  and  data  transportability,  management  and  security.  The
Company's Ditto  tape  drives  primarily  address the  market  for  backup  data
storage.  Iomega's objective is to establish its  Zip, Jaz and Ditto products as
industry-standard data  storage solutions  for personal  computer users  and  to
capture  an  increasing  share of  the  overall personal  computer  data storage
market. The Company began shipping  Zip drives in March  1995 and Jaz drives  in
limited quantities in December 1995.

    In  recent years, advances in software, including memory-intensive graphical
operating  systems,  integrated  suites  of  word  processing,  spreadsheet  and
database  applications, and multimedia applications, have dramatically increased
the storage  needs  of personal  computer  users. In  addition,  data-intensive,
multimedia  files  are increasingly  being made  available to  personal computer
users via  on-line services  and the  Internet.  Largely as  a result  of  these
trends,  personal computer users increasingly need to expand the amount of their
available primary storage,  which is typically  provided by a  hard disk  drive.
Personal  computer  users  are  also  increasingly  seeking  a  reliable  way to
transport large  files  between computers  (such  as  between a  work  and  home
computer),  to  organize and  segregate  files of  different  users of  the same
computer, to secure sensitive files  from unauthorized viewing or  modification,
and  to backup  data. The Company  believes that neither  conventional hard disk
drives nor floppy disk  drives are capable of  adequately addressing all of  the
information storage and management needs of personal computer users.

    The  Company  believes its  recently-introduced  Zip, Jaz  and  Ditto drives
address emerging data  storage needs  and provide  customers what  they want  at
affordable  price points. Designed as a mass-market product, the Zip drive is an
affordable storage  device  for  hard drive  expansion,  data  transportability,
management  and security and data backup. The Zip drive uses 100-megabyte ("MB")
disks to provide 70 times the capacity of traditional floppy disks. The external
model of the Zip  drive is generally  sold by retailers for  under $200 and  the
100-MB  disks are typically  sold for under  $15 per disk  in ten-packs. The Jaz
drive,  which  features  1-gigabyte  ("GB")  removable  disks  and   performance
specifications  comparable  to most  current hard  disk  drives, is  designed to
address the high-performance needs  of personal computer  users in three  areas:
multimedia  applications (audio,  video and graphics),  personal data management
and hard drive upgrade. The  external model of the Jaz  drive is expected to  be
sold by retailers for approximately $599, while the internal version is expected
to  be sold by retailers for approximately  $499. Each 1-GB Jaz disk is expected
to sell for approximately $99 in five-packs. The Company's Ditto family of  tape
drives  addresses  the  need  of personal  computer  users  for  an easy-to-use,
dependable backup solution. The Company offers internal and external Ditto  tape
drives  based on leading industry standards ranging  in capacity from 420 MBs to
3.2 GBs (using data compression).

    The Company  believes  that  broadening the  distribution  of  its  products
through  strategic alliances  with a  variety of  companies within  the computer
industry is a  crucial element in  the Company's objective  of establishing  its
products  as industry standards. The Company  has OEM arrangements with personal
computer manufacturers such as  Micron Electronics and  Power Computing for  the
incorporation  of Zip, Jaz or Ditto drives  into their computers, and is seeking
to establish additional  OEM relationships.  The Company has  also entered  into
private  or co-branding  arrangements with several  companies, including Maxell,
Seiko Epson, Fuji  and Reveal Computer  Products, which are  selling private  or
co-branded versions of Zip drives and disks. In addition, the Company's products
are  sold by most  of the leading  retailers of computer  products in the United
States, including Best  Buy, Circuit City,  CompUSA, Computer City,  Electronics
Boutique and PC Warehouse.

    During 1994 and 1995, the Company's new management led the Company through a
significant  restructuring  and repositioned  the  Company as  a customer-driven
vendor to  the broad  personal computer  market. The  Company's development  and
introduction  of its new products over the last 18 months was facilitated by the
experience in removable-media  storage technology  developed by  the Company  in
connection  with its Bernoulli disk drives,  which were first introduced in 1982
and won numerous awards for design and performance.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Securities Offered................  $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of  % Convertible
                                    Subordinated Notes due  2001 (the "Notes")  ($46,000,000
                                    if  the Underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised
                                    in full).
Interest..........................  Interest  is  payable  semiannually  on  March  15   and
                                    September 15 of each year at   % per annum commencing on
                                    September 15, 1996. See "Description of Notes--General."
Maturity..........................  March 15, 2001.
Conversion Rights.................  The  Notes  are  convertible into  Common  Stock  of the
                                    Company at the option of the holder at any time after 60
                                    days following  the  latest date  of  original  issuance
                                    thereof  and  at or  before maturity,  unless previously
                                    redeemed  or  repurchased,  at  a  conversion  price  of
                                    $          per share (equivalent to a conversion rate of
                                    approximately         shares per $1,000 principal amount
                                    of Notes), subject to adjustment in certain events.  See
                                    "Description of Notes--Conversion of Notes."
Redemption at Option of Company...  The  Notes are redeemable at any  time on or after March
                                    15, 1999, in  whole or  in part,  at the  option of  the
                                    Company,   at  declining  redemption  prices  set  forth
                                    herein, together with accrued  interest, if any, to  the
                                    redemption  date.  See  "Description  of Notes--Optional
                                    Redemption by the Company."
Repurchase at Option of Holders
 Upon Repurchase Event............  In the event any  Repurchase Event (as defined)  occurs,
                                    each   holder  of  Notes  may  require  the  Company  to
                                    repurchase all or  any part  of such  holder's Notes  at
                                    100%  of  the  principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued
                                    interest to  the repurchase  date. See  "Description  of
                                    Notes--Repurchase  at Option of  Holders Upon Repurchase
                                    Event."
Subordination.....................  The Notes are unsecured and subordinated to all existing
                                    and future  Senior  Indebtedness (as  defined)  and  are
                                    effectively  subordinated  to  all  existing  and future
                                    indebtedness and  other liabilities  of subsidiaries  of
                                    the  Company. At January  28, 1996, (a)  the Company had
                                    approximately $60.3 million of outstanding  indebtedness
                                    that  would have constituted Senior Indebtedness and (b)
                                    subsidiaries of  the  Company  had  approximately  $19.9
                                    million    of   outstanding   indebtedness   and   other
                                    liabilities  (excluding  (i)  intercompany  liabilities,
                                    (ii)   indebtedness  included   in  Senior  Indebtedness
                                    because it is guaranteed  directly or indirectly by  the
                                    Company  and (iii) liabilities of a type not required to
                                    be reflected on the  balance sheet of such  subsidiaries
                                    in   accordance   with  generally   accepted  accounting
                                    principles), as  to  which  the Notes  would  have  been
                                    effectively  subordinated. The Company  intends to use a
                                    portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay  a
                                    portion  of the amounts outstanding  under its bank loan
                                    agreements,   which   constitute   Senior   Indebtedness
                                    (although  it may subsequently borrow additional amounts
                                    under such loan agreements). See "Use of Proceeds."  The
                                    Indenture  contains no limitations  on the incurrence of
                                    additional indebtedness  or  other  obligations  by  the
                                    Company   and  its  subsidiaries.  See  "Description  of
                                    Notes--Subordination of Notes."
Use of Proceeds...................  Working capital  needs and  general corporate  purposes,
                                    including  the  repayment of  a  portion of  the amounts
                                    outstanding under  the Company's  bank loan  agreements.
                                    See "Use of Proceeds."
Trading Market....................  Application has been made for the quotation of the Notes
                                    on  the Nasdaq Small-Cap Market  under the symbol IOMGG.
                                    The Company's  Common  Stock  is traded  on  the  Nasdaq
                                    National Market under the symbol IOMG.
</TABLE>
    

                                       4
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                ----------------------------------
                                                                                   1993        1994        1995
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales.......................................................................  $  147,123  $  141,380  $  326,225
  Cost of sales...............................................................      92,585      92,453     235,838
  Gross margin................................................................      54,538      48,927      90,387
  Restructuring costs (reversal)..............................................      14,131      (2,491)     --
  Operating income (loss).....................................................     (17,427)       (882)     13,622
  Net income (loss)...........................................................     (14,525)     (1,882)      8,503
  Net income (loss) per common share (1)......................................  $    (0.27) $    (0.03) $     0.14
  Weighted average common shares outstanding (1)..............................      54,318      55,419      60,180
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)......................................           -         1.0         6.0
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                                        ----------  --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................  $    1,023   $     38,373
  Working capital.....................................................................      12,623         49,973
  Total assets........................................................................     266,227        303,577
  Stockholders' equity................................................................      62,686         62,686
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
   
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

   
(2) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist  of  net  income  (loss)  before  provision  for  income  taxes  and
    cumulative effect of  accounting change, plus  fixed charges. Fixed  charges
    consist  of interest expense and the  estimated interest component of rental
    expense. For  1993, earnings  were insufficient  to cover  fixed charges  by
    $16.7 million.
    

   
(3) Adjusted  to reflect the  sale of the Notes  offered hereby, after deducting
    the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses.
    
                            ------------------------

   
    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED, (I) ALL  SHARE AND PER SHARE INFORMATION IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  HAS BEEN  ADJUSTED TO GIVE  EFFECT TO THE  FIVE-FOR-FOUR STOCK SPLIT
(EFFECTED AS  A 25%  STOCK DIVIDEND)  THAT  OCCURRED IN  NOVEMBER 1994  AND  THE
THREE-FOR-ONE  STOCK SPLIT (EFFECTED AS A  200% STOCK DIVIDEND) THAT OCCURRED IN
JANUARY 1996 AND (II) THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO EXERCISE  OF
THE UNDERWRITER'S OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
    

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

   
    THE  FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED  CAREFULLY, IN ADDITION TO
THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, BEFORE PURCHASING THE  NOTES
OFFERED HEREBY.
    

   
    SHORTAGES OF CRITICAL COMPONENTS; ABSENCE OF SUPPLY CONTRACTS; DEPENDENCE ON
SUPPLIERS.   Many components incorporated in, or used in the manufacture of, the
Company's products  are currently  only available  from sole  source  suppliers.
Moreover,  the  Company has  experienced difficulty  in  the past,  is currently
experiencing difficulty and expects to continue to experience difficulty in  the
future,  in obtaining a  sufficient supply of many  key components. For example,
many of the integrated  circuits used in  the Company's Zip  and Jaz drives  are
currently available only from sole source suppliers. The Company has been unable
to  obtain a sufficient  supply of certain  of these integrated  circuits due to
industry-wide shortages. In addition,  the Company has  been advised by  certain
sole  source  suppliers,  including  the  manufacturers  of  critical integrated
circuits for  Zip and  Jaz, that  they do  not anticipate  being able  to  fully
satisfy  the  Company's  demand  for  components  during  1996.  These component
shortages have limited the Company's ability to produce sufficient Zip drives to
meet market demand and have limited  the Company's ability to implement  certain
cost  reduction and productivity improvement plans, and the Company expects that
the shortage of components may limit production of Zip and Jaz products for  the
foreseeable  future.  The Company  also  experienced difficulty  during  1995 in
obtaining a  sufficient  supply  of  the  servowriting  equipment  used  in  the
manufacture of Zip disks. Such equipment shortages in 1995 limited the Company's
production  of Zip disks, and  there can be no  assurance that similar equipment
shortages will not occur in the future.
    

    The Company purchases  all of  its sole  and limited  source components  and
equipment  pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has no
guaranteed supply arrangements.  The inability to  obtain sufficient  components
and equipment, to obtain or develop alternative sources of supply at competitive
prices  and quality, or to avoid  manufacturing delays could prevent the Company
from producing sufficient quantities of  its products to satisfy market  demand,
result  in  delays  in product  shipments,  increase the  Company's  material or
manufacturing costs or  cause an  imbalance in  the inventory  level of  certain
components.  Moreover, difficulties in obtaining sufficient components may cause
the Company to modify the design of its products to use a more readily available
component, and  such  design modifications  may  result in  product  performance
problems.  Any or  all of  these problems could  in turn  result in  the loss of
customers, provide  an  opportunity for  competing  products to  achieve  market
acceptance  and otherwise adversely affect  the Company's business and financial
results. See "Business--Manufacturing."

   
    RECENT INTRODUCTION OF ZIP AND JAZ;  UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE.   Zip
products accounted for a substantial majority of the Company's sales in 1995 and
the  Company  expects that  sales of  Zip and  Jaz products  will account  for a
substantial majority of the Company's sales in 1996. The Company's Zip  products
commenced commercial shipment in March 1995. Although sales of Zip products were
the  primary reason for the Company's revenue growth during 1995, such sales may
be attributable in  large part to  the novelty  of the product  and the  initial
publicity  surrounding the introduction of Zip, and may not be indicative of the
long-term demand for the product. In an effort to improve performance and reduce
costs, the Company continues to refine  the product design for Zip, which  could
result  in  shipment delays  or performance  problems.  As a  result of  the Zip
drive's recent introduction and  on-going supply shortages,  it is difficult  to
accurately  assess the ultimate market acceptance  of Zip because of uncertainty
concerning the size and characteristics of the market for Zip, the extent of the
market demand for Zip and the  competition that Zip will confront.  Accordingly,
investors  should not assume that the sales growth experienced by the Company in
1995 is an indication of future sales.
    

   
    The Company began  shipping Jaz drives  and disks in  limited quantities  in
December 1995. As is the case with Zip, the Company cannot yet accurately assess
the market acceptance Jaz will achieve due to uncertainties regarding the market
for  Jaz  and  the  competition  it  will  confront.  Moreover,  the  Company is
continuing to refine the product design for Jaz, which has not yet begun to ship
in volume, and there can  be no assurance that  the Company will not  experience
problems  or delays as it begins to manufacture and ship Jaz products in volume.
In addition,  the Jaz  drive  incorporates hard  disk  technology that  has  not
previously  been used in any other removable-media cartridge drives with similar
performance   characteristics,   and   there   can   be   no   assurance    that
    

                                       6
<PAGE>
Jaz  will perform  as the  Company expects  or attain  the lifespan  the Company
anticipates. For  the foregoing  reasons, and  because of  differences in  their
price  and target markets, investors should not assume that Jaz will receive the
initial market acceptance that Zip has experienced.

    In addition, the market acceptance Zip and Jaz will achieve is difficult  to
assess  because their product features are fundamentally different from the most
popular data storage  devices today (hard  disk drives, floppy  disk drives  and
CD-ROM  drives). No new  type of read/writable data  storage device has achieved
widespread market acceptance in recent years, and there can be no assurance that
Zip and Jaz will achieve widespread market acceptance. Moreover, the two formats
of removable-media storage  which have  gained widespread  market acceptance  to
date--floppy   disk  drives  and  CD-ROM   drives--are  both  used  by  software
manufacturers as a means  of software distribution.  The Company's products  are
not  intended for use in software distribution,  and the Company does not expect
that its products will  be so used.  The market acceptance of  Zip and Jaz  will
also depend upon a number of other factors, including the ability of the Company
to   produce  a   sufficient  supply  of   Zip  and  Jaz   products  (see  "Risk
Factors--Shortages  of  Critical  Components;   Absence  of  Supply   Contracts;
Dependence  on Suppliers" and "--Reliance  on Non-Binding Contract Manufacturing
Relationships"), the price, performance  and other characteristics of  competing
solutions   introduced  by  other  vendors  and   the  timing  of  such  product
introductions (see "Risk Factors--Competition") and  the success of the  Company
in  establishing OEM arrangements for Zip and Jaz with leading personal computer
manufacturers (see "Risk Factors-- Dependence on Non-Binding Strategic Marketing
Alliances; Need to Establish Additional Alliances").  The failure of Zip or  Jaz
to achieve widespread commercial acceptance would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business.

    RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH GROWTH OF BUSINESS.  The Company's business has grown
significantly in the past year, with sales increasing from $38.5 million in  the
fourth  quarter  of  1994 to  $148.8  million  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1995.
Moreover, the Company has significantly restructured its business over the  past
two  years, introducing the Zip  drive in March 1995,  the Jaz drive in December
1995 and  several new  Ditto  products during  1995. Products  introduced  since
January  1, 1995 now  generate the substantial majority  of the Company's sales.
The growth and restructuring  of the Company's  business has placed  significant
demands  on the systems  and management of the  Company. For example, throughout
1995, demand  for the  Company's  products, particularly  its Zip  disk  drives,
exceeded the Company's manufacturing capacity. In addition, this business growth
and  restructuring have resulted in additional  personnel needs and an increased
level  of  responsibility  for  management  personnel.  To  manage  its   growth
effectively,  the Company will be required to continue to expand and improve its
internal operations  and systems  (including manufacturing,  logistics,  product
development,  management  information systems  and sales  and marketing)  and to
expand and manage its employee base.  The Company has recently added or  expects
to  add several key managers, including a new Senior Vice President, Operations,
and there can be  no assurance as to  the rate at which  these managers will  be
effectively  assimilated into the Company's business or operate effectively as a
management team. The  Company will also  be required to  effectively expand  and
manage  the  independent  contractors  which  the  Company  intends  to  use  to
manufacture a majority of its products in the future. The Company's inability to
manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the  Company's
operating results. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data,"
"Business--Employees" and "Management."

   
    DECLINE  IN LIQUIDITY; FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS.   The Company had cash and cash
equivalents of $1 million as of December 31, 1995 and $4.5 million as of January
28, 1996. During 1995,  the Company used $27.0  million in operating  activities
and  an  additional $45.2  million in  the purchase  of equipment  and leasehold
improvements. Also during 1995, the Company experienced substantial increases in
its accounts  receivable and  inventories. Increases  in these  working  capital
components  have resulted in  a significant decline  in the Company's liquidity.
The Company expects the proceeds of this offering, together with current sources
of financing available to the Company, will be sufficient to fund the  Company's
operations  through at least  June 30, 1996. Thereafter,  the Company expects to
require additional  funds to  finance  its operations.  The precise  amount  and
timing  of the Company's  funding needs cannot  be determined at  this time, and
will depend  upon a  number of  factors,  including the  market demand  for  the
Company's  products,  the  availability of  critical  components,  the Company's
strategic alliances for  the manufacture of  its products, the  progress of  the
Company's  product development efforts, the  Company's inventory management, the
Company's management of its cash and accounts
    

                                       7
<PAGE>
   
payable, and the  Company's ability to  refinance its bank  debt, a  significant
portion  of which  matures in  mid-1996. There  can be  no assurance  that funds
required by the Company in the future will be available on terms satisfactory to
the Company. The inability to obtain needed funding on satisfactory terms  would
have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial results.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    

   
    RECENT  OPERATING LOSSES; QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS  IN OPERATING RESULTS; RISK
OF FAILURE TO SATISFY MARKET EXPECTATIONS.   The Company incurred net losses  in
1993  and 1994,  as well  as in  the first  two quarters  of 1995.  Although the
Company was profitable for 1995 as a whole, there can be no assurance it will be
able to remain  profitable in the  future. The Company  has experienced and  may
experience  in the  future significant  fluctuations in  its quarterly operating
results.  Factors  such  as  price  reductions,  the  introduction  and   market
acceptance  of  new  products,  product returns,  the  availability  of critical
components,  the  lower  gross  margins  associated  with  the  Company's  newly
introduced  products,  seasonality and  the  condition of  retail  markets could
contribute to this variability. For example, as is common in the industry, it is
likely that the Company will reduce the prices of certain of its products in the
future. Moreover, the Company's expense levels are based in part on expectations
of future sales levels, and a shortfall in expected sales could therefore result
in a disproportionate decrease in the Company's net income. As a result of these
and other  factors,  it is  likely  that in  some  future period  the  Company's
operating  results will be  below the expectations of  investors, which would be
likely to result in a  significant reduction in the  market price of the  Common
Stock.  In light of the  Company's revenue growth in 1995  and the change in the
nature  of  its  business  over  the  past  year,  the  Company  believes   that
period-to-period  comparisons  of  its  financial  results  are  not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
The Company believes that its 1996 operating results are subject to a wide range
of possible  outcomes  because  they  will  be  heavily  dependent  on  recently
introduced  products and subject to a number of uncertainties. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    

    The Company's recently introduced Ditto,  Zip and Jaz products are  targeted
primarily to the retail consumer market. This market is generally seasonal, with
a  substantial portion of total sales typically occurring in the fourth quarter.
In addition, some retailers have  been experiencing sales decreases and  certain
analysts  have  predicted continued  softening of  this market.  Accordingly, in
light of the  seasonal nature and  general uncertainty of  the consumer  market,
investors  should not  assume fourth  quarter of  1995 revenues  are necessarily
indicative of the revenues to be expected in any future quarter.

    TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company operates in an  industry
that  is subject to both rapid technological change and rapid change in consumer
demands. For  example,  over the  last  10 years  the  typical hard  disk  drive
included in a new personal computer has increased in capacity from approximately
40  MBs to over 1 GB, while the price of a hard disk drive has remained constant
or even decreased. The Company's future success will depend in significant  part
on  its ability to  continually develop and  introduce, in a  timely manner, new
removable-media disk drives  and tape  products with improved  features, and  to
develop  and manufacture those new products within a cost structure that enables
the Company  to sell  such products  at lower  prices than  those of  comparable
products today. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
developing, manufacturing and marketing new and enhanced products that meet both
the   performance  and   price  demands   of  the   data  storage   market.  See
"Business--Product Development."

    DEPENDENCE ON NON-BINDING STRATEGIC  MARKETING ALLIANCES; NEED TO  ESTABLISH
ADDITIONAL  ALLIANCES.  The  Company's business strategy  depends in significant
part on  establishing  successful strategic  alliances  with a  variety  of  key
companies   within  the  computer   industry.  Among  the   types  of  alliances
contemplated by  the  Company's business  strategy  are: OEM  arrangements  with
personal computer manufacturers that will include Zip, Jaz and Ditto products as
a  standard  feature or  factory-installed option  in their  personal computers;
reseller arrangements  (including  private and  co-branding  arrangements)  with
major vendors of computer products covering the resale of the Company's products
by  such companies;  and licensing arrangements  under which  the Company grants
certain  computer  manufacturers  on  a  royalty-bearing  basis  the  right   to
manufacture  and sell Zip, Jaz and Ditto drives or media. The Company is a party
to several such strategic alliances, is currently in the process of  negotiating
additional  strategic alliances, and expects  to continue to establish strategic
alliances of this nature in the future. Most of the strategic alliances to which
the Company is now a party have been established

                                       8
<PAGE>
only recently,  and there  can  be no  assurance  that such  relationships  will
produce  the benefits anticipated by the Company. Moreover, the Company believes
that establishing additional strategic  alliances (especially OEM  arrangements)
is  critical to the success of its business,  and there can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in doing so. In addition, the Company's strategic
alliances are generally not covered by  binding contracts and may be subject  to
unilateral termination by the Company's strategic partners, and also may require
the  Company to share control over  its manufacturing and marketing programs and
technologies. See "Business--Company  Strategy--Broadening Distribution  Through
Strategic Alliances," "Business--Marketing and Sales."

   
    RELIANCE  ON NON-BINDING CONTRACT MANUFACTURING  RELATIONSHIPS.  The Company
plans to use independent parties to  manufacture for the Company, on a  contract
basis, a majority of the Company's products in the future. The Company currently
has  manufacturing  relationships  with  Seiko  Epson  (Zip  drives),  MegaMedia
Computer (Zip disks), Sequel (Jaz drives) and First Engineering Plastics  (Ditto
drives).  There  can be  no assurance  that  the Company  will be  successful in
maintaining such relationships  or in establishing  additional relationships  in
the  future,  or in  managing  such manufacturing  relationships.  The Company's
manufacturing relationships are generally not  covered by binding contracts  and
may  be  subject  to  unilateral  termination  by  the  Company's  manufacturing
partners. In addition, there can be no assurance that third-party  manufacturers
will  be  able  to  meet  the Company's  quantity  or  quality  requirements for
manufactured  products.  Moreover,  the  Company   may  grant  certain  of   its
third-party   manufacturers,  among  others,  the   right  to  sell  significant
quantities of the Zip and Jaz drives they produce for their own account, thereby
potentially reducing the  supply of such  drives to the  Company and  increasing
competition. See "Business--Manufacturing."
    

   
    COMPETITION.   The data storage industry  is highly competitive. The Company
believes that  its  Zip  and  Jaz products  compete  most  directly  with  other
removable-media  data storage  devices, such  as magnetic  cartridge disk drives
offered by Syquest Technology, optical disk drives and "floptical" disk  drives.
Although  the  Company  believes that  its  Zip  and Jaz  products  offer price,
performance or  usability  advantages  over the  other  removable-media  storage
devices  available today, the  Company believes that  the price, performance and
usability levels  of existing  removable-media products  will improve  and  that
other companies will introduce new removable-media storage devices. Accordingly,
the  Company believes  its Zip and  Jaz products will  face increasingly intense
competition. In particular, a  consortium comprised of  Compaq Computer, 3M  and
MKE  has announced  the Floptical 120,  a high-capacity floptical  drive that is
compatible with conventional floppy  disks. In addition,  both Mitsumi and  Swan
Instruments are expected to introduce high-capacity, removable-media disk drives
in  1996 that would also directly compete with  Zip and Jaz. In addition, to the
extent that  Zip  and  Jaz  drives are  used  for  incremental  primary  storage
capacity,  they  also  compete with  conventional  hard disk  drives.  Also, the
leading suppliers of conventional hard disk  drives could at any time  determine
to enter the removable-media storage market.
    

   
    As new and competing removable-media storage solutions are introduced, it is
possible  that any such solution that  achieves a significant market presence or
establishes a number of significant OEM relationships will emerge as an industry
standard and achieve a dominant market position. If such is the case, there  can
be  no assurance  that the Company's  products would  achieve significant market
acceptance, particularly given the Company's size and market position  vis-a-vis
other  competitors.  See  "Risk  Factors--Recent Introduction  of  Zip  and Jaz;
Uncertainty of Market Acceptance."
    

   
    The Company's Ditto products compete with tape drives from companies such as
Conner  Peripherals,  Inc.   and  Colorado   Memory  Systems,   a  division   of
Hewlett-Packard Company, as well as vendors of other backup storage devices. The
Company  may also compete in  both the removable disk  drive and the tape market
with licensees of  the Company's  products. Many  of the  Company's current  and
potential  competitors have  significantly greater  financial, manufacturing and
marketing resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be  able to  compete successfully  against current  and future  sources  of
competition  or that  the competitive  pressures faced  by the  Company will not
adversely affect the Company's operating results. See "Business--Competition."
    

    DEPENDENCE ON  PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.   The  Company's success  is  heavily
dependent  upon the  establishment and maintenance  of proprietary technologies.
The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright

                                       9
<PAGE>
and trade  secret law  to  protect the  technology in  its  Zip, Jaz  and  Ditto
products.  Although  the  Company has  filed  over  40 U.S.  and  foreign patent
applications relating to its Zip and Jaz drives and disks, the majority of  such
applications  were filed in late 1994 or 1995 and are at relatively early stages
in the review process, no such patents have as yet been issued and there can  be
no  assurance that they will issue in the future. For example, if some or all of
the pending Zip and Jaz patents are not granted, the Company may not be able  to
legally  prevent others from copying the  technology incorporated in the Zip and
Jaz drives and  disks or from  producing and selling  compatible products  which
compete  with  the  Company's products.  If  another  party were  to  succeed in
producing and selling Zip- or Jaz-compatible disks, the Company's sales would be
materially adversely affected. Moreover, because the Company's Zip and Jaz disks
have significantly  higher  gross margins  than  the  Zip and  Jaz  drives,  the
Company's  net income  would be  disproportionately affected  by any  such sales
shortfall. In addition, there can  be no assurance that  the steps taken by  the
Company  to protect its technology will  be adequate to prevent misappropriation
of its technology by third  parties, or that third parties  will not be able  to
independently develop similar technology.

    From  time to time the Company  receives notices alleging that the Company's
products infringe third party proprietary  rights. The Company, however, is  not
currently  aware of any threatened or  pending legal challenge to the technology
which is  incorporated in  its products  which  it expects  to have  a  material
adverse  effect  on  its  business  or  financial  results.  Patent  and similar
litigation frequently is complex and expensive and its outcome can be  difficult
to  predict. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company will  prevail in any
proceedings that  may be  commenced against  the Company.  In addition,  certain
technology  used  in  the Company's  products  is licensed  from  third parties,
including the backup  software included  with the Company's  Ditto products  and
certain  patent  rights  relating to  Zip.  The  Company is  in  the  process of
negotiating a definitive license  agreement for the  Ditto backup software  and,
although it has entered into a letter agreement regarding the Zip patent rights,
is  in the process of negotiating a  more detailed license agreement for the Zip
patent rights. The failure to  execute definitive agreements or the  termination
of  any such license  arrangements could have  a material adverse  effect on the
Company's business and financial results. See "Business--Proprietary Rights."

    INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.    International  sales  generated  a  significant
portion  of  the  Company's sales  in  1994  and 1995  and  the  Company expects
international sales  to continue  to comprise  a significant  percentage of  its
total  sales in the future. The  international portion of the Company's business
is subject to a number of inherent risks, including difficulties in building and
managing foreign operations and foreign reseller networks, the differing product
needs of foreign  customers, fluctuations  in the value  of foreign  currencies,
import/export   duties  and  quotas,  and  unexpected  regulatory,  economic  or
political changes in foreign markets. In addition, the Company relies on foreign
companies for  the supply  of certain  critical components  and is  increasingly
relying on foreign companies for the manufacture of certain of its products, and
these  relationships may  be subject  to some  of the  same risks  affecting its
international sales.  There can  be no  assurance that  these factors  will  not
adversely  affect  the Company's  international sales  or its  overall financial
performance. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition
and   Results   of   Operations"  and   "Business--Marketing   and   Sales"  and
"--Manufacturing."

    The Company's international sales  are predominantly denominated in  foreign
currencies.  Accordingly, a decrease in the value of foreign currencies relative
to the  U.S.  dollar could  result  in a  significant  decrease in  U.S.  dollar
revenues  received by the Company for its international sales. Due to the number
of currencies involved in the  Company's international sales and the  volatility
of  foreign currency  exchange rates, the  Company cannot predict  the effect of
exchange rate fluctuations on future operating results. The Company enters  into
forward  exchange contracts to sell foreign currencies as a means of hedging its
currency translation  exposure. In  1995,  the Company  recorded a  net  foreign
currency  loss of  $1.2 million in  connection with the  remeasurement to market
value of  certain foreign  currency  contracts, which  were purchased  with  the
intent of hedging operating cash flows. The majority of the loss was incurred in
the  first quarter  of 1995  as a  result of  the U.S.  dollar weakening against
European currencies hedged by forward currency contracts in place at that  time.
See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

    CERTAIN MARKETING AND SALES RISKS.   As is common practice in its  industry,
the  Company's arrangements with its customers generally allow customers, in the
event   of    a   price    decrease,   credit    equal   to    the    difference

                                       10
<PAGE>
between  the price originally paid  and the new decreased  price on units in the
customers' inventories on the date of the price decrease. When a price  decrease
is  anticipated, the  Company establishes reserves  for amounts  estimated to be
reimbursed to  qualifying  customers.  There  can be  no  assurance  that  these
reserves  will  be sufficient  or that  any future  returns or  price protection
charges will not  have a  material adverse effect  on the  Company's results  of
operations,  particularly because  future results  will be  heavily dependent on
recently introduced products for  which the Company has  little or no  operating
history.  In  addition,  customers generally  have  the right  to  return excess
inventory within specified time periods. As a result, any build up of  inventory
in  the Company's distribution channels that does  not sell through to end users
could result  in product  returns that  have a  material adverse  effect on  the
Company's operating results and financial condition.

    The   Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer  product
distributors and  retailers. Distribution  channels for  personal computers  and
accessories have been characterized by rapid change, including consolidation and
financial  difficulties of distributors.  The loss or  ineffectiveness of any of
the Company's major  distributors could have  a material adverse  effect on  the
Company's results of operations. In addition, since the Company grants credit to
its  customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due
from computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December  31,
1995,  the  customers  with  the  ten  highest  outstanding  accounts receivable
balances totaled $47.1  million or 43%  of gross accounts  receivable, with  one
customer  accounting for $15.2 million, or  14% of gross accounts receivable. If
any one or  a group  of these customers'  receivable balances  should be  deemed
uncollectible,  it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of  operations   and   financial   condition.   See   "Business--Marketing   and
Sales--Marketing."

    SIGNIFICANT  UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS.   The Company  has not yet quantified
the amount  of the  net proceeds  of this  offering that  will be  used for  the
various  purposes described under "Use  of Proceeds." The exact  uses of the net
proceeds, and  the  amount  allocated for  each  use,  will be  subject  to  the
discretion of management. See "Use of Proceeds."

    DEPENDENCE  ON KEY  PERSONNEL.  The  Company's success will  depend in large
part upon the services of a number  of key employees, including Kim B.  Edwards,
its  President and Chief Executive  Officer. The loss of  the services of one or
more of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company's success will also depend  in significant part upon its ability  to
attract  and retain  highly-skilled management and  other personnel. Competition
for such personnel in the computer industry is intense, and the Company has from
time to time experienced difficulty  in finding sufficient numbers of  qualified
professional  and production personnel in the greater Salt Lake City area. There
can be  no assurance  that the  Company  will be  successful in  attracting  and
retaining  the quantity and quality of  personnel that it needs. See "Business--
Employees" and "Management."

   
    MARKET VOLATILITY.   There  has been  significant volatility  in the  market
price  of  securities  of  technology-based companies  similar  in  size  to the
Company. Factors such  as announcements of  new products by  the Company or  its
competitors, variations in the Company's quarterly operating results, or general
economic  or  stock  market  conditions  unrelated  to  the  Company's operating
performance may have  a significant  impact on the  market price  of the  Common
Stock  and the Notes. In addition, the Company believes that electronic bulletin
board postings  regarding  the  Company  on America  Online  and  other  similar
services,  certain of which  have in the past  contained false information about
Company developments, including quotes falsely attributed to executive  officers
of  the Company, have in the past and may in the future contribute to volatility
in the  market  price  of  the  Common Stock  and  the  Notes.  Any  information
concerning  the  Company,  including without  limitation  projections  of future
operating results,  appearing  in  such on-line  bulletin  boards  or  otherwise
emanating  from a  source other than  the Company  should not be  relied upon as
having been supplied  or endorsed  by the Company.  See "Price  Range of  Common
Stock and Dividend Policy."
    

    ANTI-TAKEOVER   EFFECT  OF   CERTAIN  CHARTER  AND   BY-LAW  PROVISIONS  AND
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN.  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
contain provisions permitting the  Board of Directors  to issue Preferred  Stock
with  rights senior to the  Common Stock, limiting the  right of stockholders to
act by written consent  and requiring that special  meetings of stockholders  be
called only by the Board of Directors or the President. In addition, the Company
has a Shareholder Rights Plan that may make certain proposed acquisitions of the
Company  prohibitively expensive.  These charter  and By-Law  provisions and the
Shareholder Rights Plan

                                       11
<PAGE>
could make it  more difficult for  a stockholder to  effect certain actions  and
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party
from  attempting to  acquire, control  of the Company.  As a  result, they could
limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for
shares of the Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock",
"--Rights Plan" and "--Delaware Law and Certain Charter and By-Law Provisions."

   
    SUBORDINATION OF  NOTES.   The  Notes  will be  unsecured  and  subordinated
obligations  of the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment in full
of all Senior  Indebtedness (as  defined). The  Notes will  also be  effectively
subordinated  to all indebtedness  and other liabilities  of the subsidiaries of
the Company. At January 28, 1996, the Company had approximately $60.3 million of
outstanding indebtedness  that would  have constituted  Senior Indebtedness.  In
addition,  at January 28,  1996, subsidiaries of the  Company had outstanding an
aggregate of approximately $19.9 million  of indebtedness and other  liabilities
to  which the Notes would have been effectively subordinated. The Indenture does
not limit the amount of additional indebtedness, including Senior  Indebtedness,
which  the  Company or  any of  its  subsidiaries can  create, incur,  assume or
guaranty. The Company anticipates that from time to time it and its subsidiaries
will incur additional indebtedness, including Senior Indebtedness. No payment on
account or  principal,  premium,  if  any, or  interest  on,  or  redemption  or
repurchase of, the Notes may be made by the Company if there is a default in the
payment  of principal, premium,  if any, or interest  (including a default under
any repurchase or redemption obligation) with respect to any Senior Indebtedness
or if  any  other event  of  default with  respect  to any  Senior  Indebtedness
permitting  the holders  thereof to accelerate  the maturity  thereof shall have
occurred and shall not have been cured  or waived. Upon any acceleration of  the
principal  due on the Notes or payment  or distribution of assets of the Company
to creditors upon  any dissolution, winding-up,  liquidation or  reorganization,
all principal, premium, if any, and interest due on all Senior Indebtedness must
be  paid in  full before the  holders of the  Notes are entitled  to receive any
payment. Moreover,  the cash  flow  and consequent  ability  of the  Company  to
service debt, including the Notes, is partially dependent upon the earnings from
the Company's subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings, or upon loans
or  other  payments  of  funds,  by  those  subsidiaries  to  the  Company.  The
subsidiaries have no  obligation to pay  any amounts due  pursuant to the  Notes
(which  are  obligations  exclusively  of the  Company),  and  their  payment of
dividends or distributions and making of loans or other payments to the  Company
could  be subject to statutory or  contractual restrictions, could be contingent
upon  the  subsidiaries'   earnings  and   are  subject   to  various   business
considerations. See "Description of Notes--Subordination of Notes."
    

   
    LIMITATION  ON REPURCHASE  OF NOTES.   Upon  the occurrence  of a Repurchase
Event (as defined), each holder of  Notes may require the Company to  repurchase
all  or a portion of  such holder's Notes. If a  Repurchase Event were to occur,
there can  be no  assurance that  the Company  would have  sufficient  financial
resources,  or would be able  to arrange financing, to  pay the repurchase price
for all  Notes tendered  by  holders thereof.  In  addition, the  occurrence  of
certain  Repurchase Events would constitute an event of default under certain of
the Company's current debt agreements, and the Company's repurchase of Notes  as
a  result of the occurrence  of a Repurchase Event  may be prohibited or limited
by, or create an event of default under, the terms of future agreements relating
to  borrowings  of  the  Company,   including  agreements  relating  to   Senior
Indebtedness.  In the event a Repurchase Event occurs at a time when the Company
is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the  Company could seek the consent of  its
lenders  to  the  purchase  of  the Notes  or  could  attempt  to  refinance the
borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such  a
consent  or  repay such  borrowings, the  Company  would remain  prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes
would constitute an Event of Default  under the Indenture which would, in  turn,
constitute  a  further  default under  certain  of the  Company's  existing debt
agreements and may constitute  a default under the  terms of other  indebtedness
that  the  Company may  incur  from time  to  time. In  such  circumstances, the
subordination provisions in the Indenture would prohibit payments to the holders
of Notes.  See  "Description of  Notes--Repurchase  at Option  of  Holders  Upon
Repurchase Event."
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY

    Iomega  Corporation  was incorporated  in  Delaware in  1980.  The Company's
principal executive  offices are  located at  1821 West  Iomega Way,  Roy,  Utah
84067,  and its telephone number is (801)  778-1000. As used in this Prospectus,
the terms the "Company" and "Iomega" refer to Iomega Corporation and its  wholly
owned subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
    The  net proceeds to the  Company from the sale  of the Notes offered hereby
are estimated to be approximately $37,350,000 (approximately $43,050,000 if  the
Underwriter's  over-allotment option is exercised  in full), after deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses.
    

   
    The Company intends to  use the net proceeds  primarily for working  capital
needs  and general corporate  purposes, including the repayment  of a portion of
the amounts outstanding under its bank  loan agreements. In particular, the  net
proceeds  may be used to expand manufacturing capacity, fund sales and marketing
and research and development activities, purchase capital equipment, and finance
increases in accounts receivable  and inventory that  may result from  continued
growth  in the Company's business. The  amounts actually expended by the Company
for these purposes will vary significantly  depending upon a number of  factors,
including  the market  demand for  the Company's  products, the  availability of
critical components, the  Company's strategic alliances  for the manufacture  of
its  products, the progress of the Company's product development efforts and the
Company's inventory management. The Company does not believe it can at this time
accurately estimate  the  amounts  to  be  used  for  each  purpose.  See  "Risk
Factors--Significant Unallocated Net Proceeds."
    

   
    Under  its loan agreement  with Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A. ("Wells Fargo"), the
Company has outstanding revolving loans, which bear interest at the bank's prime
rate plus 1% and become due and payable on June 30, 1996, and term loans,  which
bear  interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1.25% and become due and payable on
June 30, 1996. As of January 28, 1996, borrowings under this loan agreement were
$43.7 million, consisting of $40.2  million under the revolving credit  facility
and $3.5 million under the term loan facility. As of January 28, 1996, there was
$10.7  million  of borrowings  outstanding under  the  loan agreement  between a
foreign subsidiary of the Company and a German commercial bank at interest rates
ranging from 7.75%  to 15.00%. The  agreement expires on  November 30, 1996.  In
January  1996, the Company  entered into a $6  million revolving credit facility
with First Security Bank of Utah, N.A., all of which was outstanding at  January
28,  1996. The line matures  on April 12, 1996 and  bears interest at the bank's
prime rate plus 2%. Amounts borrowed under these loan agreements have been  used
for   working  capital  purposes   and  purchases  of   capital  equipment.  See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations--Liquidity  and Capital  Resources" and  Notes 5  and 13  of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements  for a  further description  of the  Company's
loan agreements.
    

    The  Company may also use a portion of  the net proceeds to make one or more
acquisitions of businesses,  products or technologies  which enhance or  broaden
the Company's current product offerings. However, except as described below, the
Company  has no specific agreements or  commitments and is not currently engaged
in any negotiations for any such  acquisition. The Company is currently  engaged
in  negotiations for a technology acquisition for  a total purchase price (to be
paid over  two  years) of  less  than $2,000,000,  which  the Company  does  not
consider material to its business or financial condition.

    Pending  the  uses described  above, the  net proceeds  will be  invested in
short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

    The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol IOMG. The following table sets  forth for the periods indicated the  high
and  low sales prices  per share of the  Common Stock as  reported on the Nasdaq
National Market.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   HIGH        LOW
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Quarter..................................................................................  $    0.83  $    0.60
Second Quarter.................................................................................  $    0.70  $    0.53
Third Quarter..................................................................................  $    1.07  $    0.70
Fourth Quarter.................................................................................  $    1.50  $    0.77

<CAPTION>
1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
First Quarter..................................................................................  $    2.61  $    1.08
Second Quarter.................................................................................  $    8.71  $    2.33
Third Quarter..................................................................................  $   10.00  $    6.79
Fourth Quarter.................................................................................  $   17.92  $    5.50
<CAPTION>
1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
First Quarter (through February 26, 1996)......................................................  $   17.46  $   11.42
</TABLE>
    

    The Company has never paid any cash  dividends on its Common Stock and  does
not  anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company
currently intends to retain future earnings  to fund the development and  growth
of its business. The Company's loan agreements prohibit the payment of dividends
without the prior written consent of the banks.

                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
    The  following  table sets  forth the  capitalization of  the Company  as of
December 31, 1995 and as adjusted to give  effect to the sale by the Company  of
the  Notes offered hereby,  after deducting the  estimated underwriting discount
and offering expenses.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
 % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001................................................  $      --   $  40,000
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value;
   4,750,000 shares authorized; no
   shares outstanding.....................................................................         --          --
  Series C Junior Participating Preferred
   Stock, $.01 par value; 250,000 shares
   authorized; no shares outstanding......................................................         --          --
  Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value;
   150,000,000 shares authorized; 58,819,335
   shares outstanding (1).................................................................      1,960       1,960
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................     51,473      51,473
  Retained earnings.......................................................................      9,253       9,253
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................     62,686      62,686
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total capitalization..................................................................  $  62,686   $ 102,686
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
   
(1) Number of authorized shares gives effect to an amendment to the  Certificate
    of  Incorporation in January 1996 increasing the number of authorized shares
    of Common  Stock  from 30,000,000  to  150,000,000. Numbers  of  outstanding
    shares  give effect  to the  3-for-1 stock split  (effected as  a 200% stock
    dividend) in January 1996, and excludes (i) an aggregate of 6,206,977 shares
    of Common Stock  reserved for issuance  upon the exercise  of stock  options
    outstanding  as of December 31, 1995  with a weighted average exercise price
    of $1.67 per share, and (ii) an  aggregate of          shares issuable  upon
    conversion of the Notes.
    

                                       15
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The  following table sets forth selected  consolidated financial data of the
Company for and as of  the years ended December 31,  1991, 1992, 1993, 1994  and
1995.  These selected  consolidated financial  data have  been derived  from the
Company's consolidated financial  statements which have  been audited by  Arthur
Andersen  LLP, independent  public accountants,  as indicated  in their reports.
These data  should be  read  in conjunction  with "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales.........................................................  $ 136,566  $ 139,174  $ 147,123  $ 141,380  $ 326,225
  Cost of sales...............................................     68,404     74,090     92,585     92,453    235,838
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross margin..............................................     68,162     65,084     54,538     48,927     90,387
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative.........................     34,323     37,572     38,862     36,862     57,189
  Research and development....................................     17,939     21,959     18,972     15,438     19,576
  Restructuring costs (reversal)..............................     --         --         14,131     (2,491)    --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses..................................     52,262     59,531     71,965     49,809     76,765
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss).......................................     15,900      5,553    (17,427)      (882)    13,622
Interest and other income (expense)...........................      1,661        592        771        908     (1,983)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of
 accounting change............................................     17,561      6,145    (16,656)        26     11,639
Provision for income taxes (1)................................     (5,236)    (1,474)      (206)    (1,908)    (3,136)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting
 change (1)...................................................     12,325      4,671    (16,862)    (1,882)     8,503
Cumulative effect of accounting change (1)....................     --         --          2,337     --         --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).............................................  $  12,325  $   4,671  $ (14,525) $  (1,882) $   8,503
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) per common share (2)........................  $    0.20  $    0.08  $   (0.27) $   (0.03) $    0.14
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average common shares outstanding (2)................     61,767     60,795     54,318     55,419     60,180
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)........................       30.0        9.1          -        1.0        6.0

<CAPTION>

                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and temporary investments..............  $  31,611  $  19,691  $  18,804  $  19,793  $   1,023
Working capital...............................................     43,165     35,038     30,550     34,818     12,623
Total assets..................................................     87,046     86,955     81,089     75,833    266,227
Stockholders' equity..........................................     64,845     65,024     51,090     49,063     62,686
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------------
(1)  See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)  See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

   
(3)  For purposes  of  determining  the  ratio of  earnings  to  fixed  charges,
     earnings consist of net income (loss) before provision for income taxes and
     cumulative  effect of accounting change,  plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
     consist of interest expense and the estimated interest component of  rental
     expense.  For 1993,  earnings were insufficient  to cover  fixed charges by
     $16.7 million.
    

                                       16
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

  BACKGROUND

    The Company's business has undergone a significant transition over the  past
three  years. During 1993,  the Company recorded  $14.1 million in restructuring
costs relating  to the  write-off of  certain assets  and the  establishment  of
accruals  and  reserves  for  future restructuring  of  the  Company's business,
including the disposal of  a portion of the  Company's research and  development
operations,  workforce  reductions and  other  consolidation of  operations, and
other restructuring actions necessary to make the Company more  customer-driven.
These restructuring reserves and accruals totaled approximately $11.5 million at
December 31, 1993.

    1994   was  a  year  of  transition  for  the  Company  as  operations  were
restructured and redirected towards new development and marketing activities. On
January 1, 1994, Mr. Edwards joined the Company as President and Chief Executive
Officer. During the first quarter of  1994, the Company sold its thin-film  head
development  operations and  discontinued its  Floptical development operations.
During the  third  quarter of  1994,  the Company  sold  certain assets  of  its
Floptical  development operations and also abandoned a Bernoulli-type product in
the development stage. During the fourth  quarter of 1994, the Company  disposed
of  tooling and other  manufacturing equipment which had  become obsolete due to
product design changes to  make the Company's  products more consumer  friendly.
The  Company also reduced its workforce  and paid out severance and outplacement
costs in connection with two reductions  in workforce, one of which occurred  in
January 1994 and the other in June 1994. These actions were included in the 1993
restructuring   accruals  and  therefore  had  no  impact  on  1994  results  of
operations.

    In addition  to  restructuring  and  streamlining  much  of  its  historical
business  during 1994,  the Company took  several steps  towards introducing the
products that are currently generating most of the Company's revenues. In  1994,
the  Company began  the consumer research  and product  development efforts that
would lead to the  introduction of its  Zip disk drive,  which was announced  in
October  1994. The Company also began  the development work that would culminate
in the Jaz drive.  In addition, the Company  successfully expanded and  enhanced
its  family of tape drives  in 1994, adopting the Ditto  name for the first time
and introducing the Ditto 420.

    The Company's efforts during  1994 began to yield  results in 1995. The  Zip
drive  began commercial shipment  in March 1995. The  Jaz drive began commercial
shipment in  limited  quantities in  December  1995. The  Company  continued  to
enhance  its tape drive family  in 1995, introducing the  Ditto Easy 800 and the
Ditto 3200. As  a result of  these new products,  the Company's sales  increased
from  $40.1 million in the first quarter of 1995 to $148.8 million in the fourth
quarter of 1995.

   
    In 1994, Bernoulli products accounted for almost two-thirds of the Company's
sales, with Ditto products accounting for most of the balance. In 1995, Zip  was
the  Company's largest selling product  line, with Bernoulli products accounting
for only approximately 20% of the Company's sales. The Company expects that  Zip
and  Jaz products will account for a  substantial majority of its sales in 1996.
The Company  does  not expect  Bernoulli  products to  represent  a  significant
portion of the Company's revenues or net income in the future.
    

  FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS

    Because  the  Company  is  relying  on its  Zip  and  Jaz  products  for the
substantial majority  of  its sales  in  1996, the  Company's  future  operating
results  will depend in  large part on  the ability of  those products to attain
widespread market acceptance. Although  the Company believes  there is a  market
demand  for  new  personal computer  data  storage  solutions, there  can  be no
assurance that the  Company will be  successful in establishing  Zip and Jaz  as
accepted solutions for that market need. The extent to which Zip and Jaz achieve
a  significant market presence  will depend upon a  number of factors, including
the  price,  performance  and  other  characteristics  of  competing   solutions
introduced  by other vendors, the timing  of the introduction of such solutions,
and the success of the Company in establishing OEM arrangements for Zip and  Jaz
with leading personal computer

                                       17
<PAGE>
manufacturers.  In  addition, the  component  shortages confronting  the Company
could continue  to limit  the Company's  sales and  provide an  opportunity  for
competing  products  to  achieve market  acceptance.  See  "Risk Factors--Recent
Introduction of Zip and Jaz; Uncertainty of Market Acceptance," "--Competition,"
"--Shortages of Critical Components; Absence of Supply Contracts; Dependence  on
Suppliers,"  "--Dependence on Non-Binding Strategic Marketing Alliances; Need to
Establish  Additional  Alliances"  and   "--Reliance  on  Non-Binding   Contract
Manufacturing  Relationships"  and  "Business--The  Need  for  New  Data Storage
Solutions," "--Marketing and Sales," "--Manufacturing" and "--Competition."

   
    A number of elements  of the Company's business  strategy may also  directly
impact  the Company's future operating  results. Because the Company's marketing
strategy is based in  significant part on generating  consumer awareness of  and
demand  for its  products, the  Company plans  to incur  significantly increased
marketing and advertising expenses in 1996.  In addition, a critical element  of
the Company's distribution strategy is the establishment of OEM arrangements for
Zip,  Jaz and Ditto. OEM sales generally  provide lower gross margins than sales
to other channels. Moreover, reductions in the prices of the Company's Zip,  Jaz
and  Ditto products, which the  Company believes is likely  at some point in the
future, would likely have an adverse effect on gross margins for those products.
    

    The Company's  business strategy  is substantially  dependent on  maximizing
sales  of its proprietary Zip and Jaz disks, which generate significantly higher
margins than its disk drives. If this strategy is not successful, either because
the Company does not  establish a sufficiently large  installed base of Zip  and
Jaz  drives,  because  another  party  succeeds  in  producing  disks  that  are
compatible with Zip and Jaz drives without infringing the Company's  proprietary
rights,  or  for  any  other  reason, the  Company's  sales  would  be adversely
affected, and its net income would be disproportionately adversely affected. See
"Risk Factors--Dependence on Proprietary Technology."

    Although sales  of Zip  drives and  disks were  the primary  reason for  the
Company's revenue growth during 1995, sales of such products may be attributable
in  large  part  to the  novelty  of  such products  and  the  initial publicity
surrounding the introduction of Zip, and may not be indicative of the  long-term
demand  for such  products. Moreover, the  retail market to  which the Company's
products are targeted  is seasonal, with  a substantial portion  of total  sales
typically  occurring  in the  fourth quarter,  and may  be subject  to continued
softening in  1996. Accordingly,  investors  should not  assume that  the  sales
growth  experienced by  the Company  in 1995 is  an indication  of future sales.
Moreover, in light of the Company's revenue growth in 1995 and the change in the
nature  of  its  business  over  the  past  year,  the  Company  believes   that
period-to-period  comparisons  of  its  financial  results  are  not necessarily
meaningful.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  experienced  and  may  experience
significant   fluctuations  in  its  quarterly   operating  results.  See  "Risk
Factor--Recent Operating Losses;  Quarterly Fluctuations  in Operating  Results;
Risk of Failure to Satisfy Market Expectations."

    The  Company's  European  sales  are  predominantly  denominated  in foreign
currencies. In addition,  the Company  purchases certain  components in  foreign
currencies.  The  Company enters  into forward  exchange  contracts to  sell and
purchase foreign currencies  as a means  of hedging its  foreign operating  cash
flows.  Fluctuations in  the value  of foreign  currencies relative  to the U.S.
dollar  would  result  in   foreign  currency  gains   and  losses.  See   "Risk
Factors--International Operations."

                                       18
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The  following table  sets forth certain  financial data as  a percentage of
sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF SALES
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                                      1993         1994         1995
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales............................................................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
Cost of sales....................................................................       62.9         65.4         72.3
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
  Gross margin...................................................................       37.1         34.6         27.7
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative............................................       26.4         26.1         17.5
  Research and development.......................................................       12.9         10.9          6.0
  Restructuring costs (reversal).................................................        9.6         (1.8)       --
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
    Total operating expenses.....................................................       48.9         35.2         23.5
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Operating income (loss)..........................................................      (11.8)        (0.6)         4.2
Interest and other income (expense)..............................................        0.5          0.6         (0.6)
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change.....      (11.3)       --             3.6
Provision for income taxes.......................................................       (0.2)        (1.3)        (1.0)
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change..................      (11.5)        (1.3)         2.6
Cumulative effect of accounting change...........................................        1.6        --           --
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Net income (loss)................................................................       (9.9)%       (1.3)%        2.6%
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>

1995 AS COMPARED TO 1994

    SALES.  Sales increased by $185 million,  or 131%, in 1995 when compared  to
1994. The primary reason for the increased sales was the introduction of the new
Zip  product line, which began shipping at the end of the first quarter of 1995.
Increased sales of Ditto  products also contributed to  the increased sales.  In
addition,  the  Company began  shipping Jaz  products  in limited  quantities in
December 1995. These sales increases were  partially offset by reduced sales  of
Bernoulli products.

    In 1995, sales of Zip and Jaz products accounted for $174.2 million, or 53%,
of  sales. Ditto products accounted for $86.5  million, or 27%, of sales in 1995
as compared to  $42.1 million, or  30%, of  sales in 1994.  Bernoulli and  other
product  sales totaled $65.5  million, or 20%,  of sales in  1995 as compared to
$99.3 million, or 70%, of  1994 sales. In the fourth  quarter of 1995, sales  of
Zip  and  Jaz increased  to 68%  of sales,  Ditto represented  22% of  sales and
Bernoulli and other products were 10% of sales.

    Sales to the U.S. market increased by $133.5 million, or 149%, in 1995  when
compared to 1994. International sales, primarily to customers located in Europe,
increased  by $51.3 million,  or 99%, in  1995 when compared  to 1994. In total,
sales outside  of  the United  States  represented 31.7%  of  sales in  1995  as
compared to 36.7% in 1994.

    Management  expects increased sales of Zip,  Jaz and Ditto products in 1996,
which it expects  to be  partially offset by  significant declines  in sales  of
Bernoulli  products. However,  the Company  is experiencing  component shortages
which may continue to limit  production and therefore sales. Accordingly,  there
can be no assurance that future sales will materialize as expected.

    GROSS  MARGIN.  The Company's gross margin  percentage in 1995 was 27.7%, as
compared to 34.6% in 1994. The decline in gross margin percentage was  primarily
attributable  to a shift in sales mix away from higher margin Bernoulli products
to lower margin Zip products. Start-up costs associated with the introduction of
Zip and Jaz products also contributed to the decline in gross margin percentage.
The Company's gross margin

                                       19
<PAGE>
percentage increased from 25.4%  in the third  quarter of 1995  to 30.6% in  the
fourth  quarter of 1995, which is primarily attributable to an increase in sales
of Zip  disks,  which  have  significantly higher  margins  than  drives,  as  a
percentage of total sales.

    Gross  margins in  1996 will depend  in large part  on sales of  Zip and Jaz
disks, which generate significantly higher  gross margin than the  corresponding
drives,  and on the sales mix between  disks and drives. Historically, the gross
margin of Bernoulli  products has  generally been in  excess of  40%; the  gross
margins  of the Zip, Jaz and Ditto  product lines during 1995 were significantly
lower than that. Although the Company expects  the gross margins of Zip and  Jaz
products to increase as production increases, it does not expect them to achieve
the  levels historically achieved by Bernoulli.  In addition, gross margins will
be affected by the level of sales through OEMs, the Company's ability to achieve
planned cost reductions and  by any future  price reductions. See  "Management's
Discussion    and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results   of
Operations--Overview."

    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general   and
administrative  expenses increased  by 55%  in 1995  as compared  to 1994.  As a
percentage of sales,  these expenses  declined from 26.1%  in 1994  to 17.5%  in
1995.  The decline in percentage  is due to the  increased sales volume in 1995.
The actual  selling,  general and  administrative  expenses increased  by  $20.3
million  in 1995 as compared to 1994.  The increased expenses were primarily the
result of advertising and  promotion expenses incurred  to launch new  products,
variable  selling  expenses, and  increased  salaries and  wages  resulting from
increased headcount  in  all  areas  of  sales,  marketing  and  administration.
Management  expects  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  to increase
further in 1996 in  absolute dollars due to  advertising and promotion  expenses
expected  to be incurred to help create  demand for Zip, Jaz and Ditto products,
as  well   as  increased   variable  selling   expenses  and   increased   fixed
administrative expenses.

    RESEARCH  AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.   Research and development expenses were
6.0% of sales in 1995, compared to 10.9% in 1994. The decline in percentages  is
due  to the increased sales volumes in 1995. The actual research and development
expenses increased by $4.1 million in  1995 compared to 1994. This increase  was
primarily  the result  of expenditures  related to  the development  of the Zip,
Ditto and Jaz products. Management  expects continued increases in research  and
development  expenses in 1996 in absolute dollars as the result of the continued
growth in the resources needed for future product development and enhancement.

    OTHER.  In 1995, the  Company recorded a net  foreign currency loss of  $1.2
million.  This loss was primarily a result of losses incurred in connection with
the remeasurement of forward exchange  contracts to market values. The  majority
of  the  loss was  incurred in  the first  quarter  of 1995  as the  U.S. dollar
weakened against foreign  currencies (primarily European  currencies) that  were
hedged by the forward contracts in place at March 31, 1995. In the first quarter
of  1995, the  Company bought  more than its  customary three  months of forward
exchange contracts with the intent of  hedging operating cash flows through  the
remainder  of the year  and in anticipation of  a strengthening dollar. However,
the dollar  continued  to  weaken  against  the  currencies  that  were  hedged,
resulting  in a $1.5 million charge to operations. The loss on the remeasurement
of forward exchange contracts was partially offset by translation gains recorded
in remeasurement of its  foreign subsidiary's financial  statements to the  U.S.
dollar.

    The  Company  recorded  interest expense  of  $1.7  million in  1995  due to
borrowings on short-term credit lines as well as capital leases. Interest income
declined from $.9 million in 1994 to  $.5 million in 1995 due to declining  cash
balances. Other income of $.4 million recorded in 1995 is primarily attributable
to royalty payments received related to the Company's Ditto products.

    For  1995, the Company recorded a tax provision of $3.1 million representing
an effective income tax  rate of 27%. The  Company expects the effective  income
tax  rate to  increase in the  future to the  statutory rate of  35% for federal
income tax and approximately 5% for state  income taxes. The timing of the  rate
increase  will depend on future taxable income, the utilization of available tax
credits, and changes in the valuation allowance associated with the deferred tax
assets.

1994 AS COMPARED TO 1993

    Sales decreased by 4% in 1994 when compared to 1993. Significant declines in
sales of 5 1/4-inch 44- and 90-MB Bernoulli drive products were partially offset
by   increased   sales    of   5    1/4-inch   150-    and   230-MB    Bernoulli

                                       20
<PAGE>
drive  products.  Bernoulli drive  sales dollars  in total  declined in  1994 as
compared to 1993. Unit  sales of Bernoulli drives  were relatively flat in  1994
versus  1993, but  price reductions resulted  in lower  sales dollars. Bernoulli
disk sales also declined in 1994 as compared to 1993 in both dollars and  units.
These  declines in Bernoulli  sales were partially offset  by increased sales of
tape products. Tape drive unit sales doubled in 1994 as compared to 1993,  while
sales dollars increased at a slightly lower rate due to a lower average price on
tape  products in 1994. Sales of the Company's SyQuest-compatible removable hard
disk cartridges (which have been discontinued) increased in 1994, which offset a
decline in Floptical product sales.

    Sales to the U.S. market declined in 1994 when compared to 1993 as a  result
of  decreasing sales of Bernoulli products,  which were only partially offset by
increases in tape  product sales. International  sales, including export  sales,
increased  by approximately 25% and represented  37% of total consolidated sales
in 1994 compared to 28% in 1993. Substantial increases in sales of tape products
in Europe were the primary reason  for the increased sales in the  international
channels.

    Cost of sales increased as a percentage of sales from 62.9% in 1993 to 65.4%
in  1994. The  decline in  the gross  margin percentage  was partially  due to a
higher mix of tape  products which have lower  gross margins than the  Bernoulli
products.  In addition,  all product  lines continued  to experience competitive
price pressures which resulted in lower selling prices in 1994 when compared  to
1993.  Partially offsetting these  factors, both the  Bernoulli and tape product
lines benefitted from significant production cost reductions which were realized
throughout 1994.

    Selling, general and administrative expenses  decreased by $2.0 million  and
decreased  slightly as a percentage  of sales from 26.4%  to 26.1%. Decreases in
selling, general and administrative expenses resulted from restructuring actions
which occurred in January and  June of 1994, including  the closing down of  the
Floptical  product line, as well as streamlining operations in both the U.S. and
Europe. Sales and marketing expenses were  increased in the latter part of  1994
to  introduce the  Zip product  line and  to reposition  the Company's marketing
strategy worldwide. In  addition, selling, general  and administrative  expenses
increased in 1994 due to the payment of management bonuses.

    Research  and development expenses decreased by $3.5 million and declined as
a percentage of sales from 12.9% in 1993 to 10.9% in 1994. The major decline  in
research  and development expenses resulted from  the sale of the Company's thin
film head  development operation  located in  Fremont, California  in the  first
quarter of 1994 and from closing its Floptical development laboratory located in
Boulder,  Colorado in the first quarter of 1994. Offsetting these decreases were
increased  development  spending  on  the   Company's  tape  product  line   and
development costs for the Company's Zip product line.

    The Company's operating expenses were reduced in 1994 due to the reversal of
restructuring  reserves  totaling  $2.5  million.  The  Company  had  previously
recorded restructuring reserves  totaling $11.5  million at  December 31,  1993.
During  1993 and  1994, the Company  effected most of  the restructuring actions
that had been planned, but due to changing conditions, it elected to change  the
scope and focus of other previously planned activities. As a result, the Company
no longer required $2.5 million of the previously recorded reserves and reversed
the  unneeded  reserves  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1994.  The  Company  had no
remaining restructuring reserves on its balance sheet at December 31, 1994.

    Interest income increased by $0.3 million in 1994 as compared to 1993 due to
a slight increase in cash and temporary investments, as well as higher  interest
rates  earned  on  available  balances.  Other  income  consisted  primarily  of
royalties received,  offset in  part  by losses  incurred  on the  writedown  of
computer systems and foreign currency losses.

   
    In  1993,  the Company  increased  its deferred  tax  assets as  required by
Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  109, "Accounting  for  Income
Taxes"  (SFAS No. 109). The  deferred tax assets net  value at December 31, 1993
was $5.0  million. The  realizability  of deferred  tax assets  was  reevaluated
throughout  1994  in light  of  changing business  conditions  and uncertainties
regarding previously contemplated strategies. As a result, the Company  recorded
a tax provision of $3.3 million to increase the valuation allowance to cover the
realizability of the deferred tax assets to its estimated realizable value as of
December 31, 1994. In addition to this tax provision which was recorded in 1994,
the   Company  recognized   a  tax  benefit   of  $1.4  million   in  the  third
    

                                       21
<PAGE>
quarter of 1994 as a result of a change in an estimate on the Company's 1993 tax
return due to a change in the transfer price on products between the Company and
its German  subsidiary.  The  change  in  transfer price  was  a  result  of  an
independent economic study. The above items resulted in a tax provision for 1994
totaling $1.9 million.

SELECTED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

    The  following  table  sets  forth certain  unaudited  quarterly  results of
operations of  the  Company  for  each  quarter  of  1995.  In  the  opinion  of
management,  these financial data  have been prepared  on the same  basis as the
audited consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  include  all
adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair
presentation of the  results of  operations for these  periods. These  financial
data  should be read  in conjunction with  the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 QUARTER ENDED
                                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                                APRIL 2,    JULY 2,   OCTOBER 1,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1995       1995        1995          1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Sales.........................................................  $  40,112  $  52,594   $  84,721    $   148,798
Cost of sales.................................................     28,395     40,907      63,225        103,311
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Gross margin................................................     11,717     11,687      21,496         45,487
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative.........................      9,349     10,162      13,878         23,800
  Research and development....................................      4,126      3,976       4,691          6,783
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Total operating expenses....................................     13,475     14,138      18,569         30,583
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Operating income (loss).......................................     (1,758)    (2,451)      2,927         14,904
Interest and other income (expense)...........................        (20)       (55)       (230)        (1,678)
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Income (loss) before income taxes.............................     (1,778)    (2,506)      2,697         13,226
Provision for income taxes....................................        280        559        (672)        (3,303)
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Net income (loss).............................................  $  (1,498) $  (1,947)  $   2,025    $     9,923
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Net income (loss) per common share............................  $   (0.03) $   (0.03)  $    0.03    $      0.16
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding....................     56,301     57,018      63,618         63,780
</TABLE>

    Sales in the first quarter of 1995 consisted primarily of sales of Bernoulli
and Ditto drives and media. Zip products, which began shipping late in the first
quarter of 1995, accounted for an increasing  portion of sales over each of  the
remaining  three quarters  of 1995. Sales  of Zip products  throughout 1995 were
affected by  component shortages  which limited  production. The  Company  began
shipping Jaz drives in limited quantities during December 1995.

    The  losses  incurred  in  the  first  and  second  quarters  of  1995  were
predominantly a result of the start-up costs associated with the introduction of
Zip, component shortages relating  to Zip and anticipated  declines in sales  of
Bernoulli  products. Bernoulli  products, which accounted  for more  than 60% of
total sales in the fourth  quarter of 1994, declined to  less than 10% of  total
sales by the fourth quarter of 1995. In the fourth quarter of 1995, sales of Zip
and  Jaz accounted for  68% of sales, a  large portion of  which occurred in the
final month of the quarter, and Ditto represented 22% of sales.

    Quarterly fluctuations in gross margin percentages were primarily related to
the mix of products sold and start-up costs associated with the introduction  of
new products. Gross margins declined from 29% in the first quarter to 22% in the
second quarter, primarily due to start-up costs associated with the introduction
of  Zip products  and a  decline in sales  of higher  margin Bernoulli products.
Gross margins improved to 25% in the  third quarter primarily due to the  impact
of  increased sales of Zip products, which more than offset the decline in sales
of higher  margin  Bernoulli products.  In  the fourth  quarter,  gross  margins
improved to 31%, which was primarily attributable to an increase in sales of Zip
disks,    which   have   significantly   higher    margins   than   drives,   as

                                       22
<PAGE>
a percentage of total  sales. The increase  in margins in  the third and  fourth
quarters,  together with  continued management of  fixed costs,  resulted in the
Company's profitability in the second half of 1995 and for the total year.

    Although sales of  Zip products were  the primary reason  for the  Company's
revenue  growth during 1995, such sales may be attributable in large part to the
novelty of the product and the initial publicity surrounding the introduction of
Zip, and  may  not  be indicative  of  the  long-term demand  for  the  product.
Accordingly,  investors should not  assume that the  sales growth experienced by
the Company in 1995 is an indication of future sales. Moreover, in light of  the
Company's  revenue growth in 1995  and the change in  the nature of its business
over the past year,  the Company believes  that period-to-period comparisons  of
its  financial results are not necessarily meaningful. See "Risk Factors--Recent
Introduction of Zip and  Jaz; Uncertainty of Market  Acceptance" and "--  Recent
Operating Losses; Quarterly Fluctuations in Operating Results."

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
    At  December 31,  1995, the  Company had cash  and cash  equivalents of $1.0
million, working  capital of  $12.6 million  and a  ratio of  current assets  to
current  liabilities of 1.1 to 1. During 1995, the Company used $15.8 million in
cash and  cash  equivalents  consisting  of  $27.0  million  used  in  operating
activities,  and $42.5 million in investing  activities, offset by $53.7 million
provided by financing activities.

   
    On July  5,  1995,  the Company  entered  into  a loan  agreement  with  the
Commercial  Finance  Division of  Wells Fargo.  The agreement  permits revolving
loans, term loans and letters of credit up to an aggregate outstanding principal
amount equal  to  the  lesser  of  $60  million  or  80%  of  eligible  accounts
receivable, with a 10% overadvance provision through April 12, 1996. There is an
aggregate  sublimit of $10  million for letters of  credit. The revolving credit
line bears interest at the bank's prime  rate plus 1%, and the Wells Fargo  term
loans  bear interest at the bank's prime  rate plus 1.25%. The agreement expires
June 30, 1996.  Certain covenants within  the agreement require  the Company  to
maintain  minimum levels of  working capital and net  worth. Under the agreement
with Wells Fargo, the Company may  also secure financing of equipment  purchases
from  third parties up to a maximum  of $25 million, less term loans outstanding
to Wells Fargo. In  November 1995, a foreign  subsidiary of the Company  entered
into  an  agreement  with a  German  commercial bank  for  up to  DM  50 million
(approximately $35 million), which involves the sale of a portion of the foreign
subsidiary's accounts  receivable to  the  bank. In  January 1996,  the  Company
entered  into a  $6.0 million  short-term revolving  credit facility  with First
Security Bank of  Utah. This  facility matures on  April 12,  1996 and  contains
covenants  similar  to those  contained in  the Wells  Fargo loan  agreement. In
addition, the Company  has entered  into various agreements  to provide  capital
lease  financing and other term loans  for the purchase of certain manufacturing
equipment. The Company intends to refinance  its loan with Wells Fargo upon  its
maturity.  There can be no assurance, however,  that the Company will be able to
refinance such loan at acceptable terms.
    

    The Company's balance  sheet at  December 31, 1995  reflected current  notes
payable  of $47.6 million, representing utilization of the revolving credit line
with Wells Fargo of $33.2 million, term loans with Wells Fargo of $3.6  million,
borrowings  under the German  loan agreement of $9.8  million and the short-term
portion of other  term loans of  $1.0 million. In  addition, the short-term  and
long-term  portion of  capital lease obligations  totaled $0.8  million and $1.5
million, respectively, at December 31, 1995, and the long-term portion of  notes
payable totaled $2.6 million at December 31, 1995. The borrowings have been used
to  finance working capital needs, including increases in inventory and accounts
receivable and capital expenditures related to production volume increases.

    Accounts receivable increased by $87.1 million at December 31, 1995 compared
to December 31, 1994, due to  increased sales, particularly in the last  portion
of  the fourth quarter. Inventory increased by  $81.4 million during 1995 due to
build-ups in manufacturing capacity at  both the Company's facilities and  those
of  manufacturing  partners.  The  Company's  inventory  is  currently  somewhat
imbalanced,  with  more  than  sufficient   quantities  of  certain  goods   and
insufficient quantities of other goods, due in part to difficulties in obtaining
certain  components. The increases  in receivables and  inventory were partially
offset by  increases  in accounts  payable  and accrued  liabilities  of  $120.4
million.

                                       23
<PAGE>
    Cash  expenditures for fixed asset additions for 1995 totaled $45.2 million.
These additions are  primarily related to  increased manufacturing capacity  for
Zip,  Ditto and Jaz products. The Company expects capital expenditures in future
quarters to continue to  be significant as production  capacity is added at  the
Company's   current  manufacturing  facility,  as  well  as  tooling  at  vendor
facilities and third-party manufacturing facilities.

   
    The Company expects that  the proceeds of this  offering, together with  the
current  sources of  financing available to  the Company, will  be sufficient to
fund the Company's  operations at  least through  June 30,  1996, including  any
planned  expense increases or capital  expenditures discussed above. Thereafter,
the Company anticipates  that it will  require additional funds  to finance  its
operations.  The precise amount and timing of the Company's funding needs cannot
be determined at this time, and will depend upon a number of factors,  including
the  market  demand for  the Company's  products,  the availability  of critical
components, the  Company's  strategic  alliances  for  the  manufacture  of  its
products,  the progress  of the  Company's product  development efforts  and the
Company's inventory management. The Company currently expects that it would seek
to obtain  such funds  from additional  borrowing arrangements  and/or a  public
offering  of debt  or equity  securities. There can  be no  assurance that funds
required by the Company in the future will be available on terms satisfactory to
the Company. See "Risk Factors--Decline in Liquidity; Future Capital Needs."
    

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  121, "Accounting  for  the  Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets  to be Disposed Of" (SFAS No.  121).
SFAS  No.  121  is effective  for  financial statement  periods  beginning after
December 31, 1995. Management does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No.  121
will  have a material impact  on the Company's financial  position or results of
operations.

                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

    The Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  innovative  data  storage
solutions,  based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal computer
users "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include  disk
drives  marketed under the  tradenames Zip and  Jaz and a  family of tape drives
marketed under the tradename  Ditto. The Company's Zip  and Jaz disk drives  are
designed  to provide users with  the benefits of high  capacity and rapid access
generally  associated  with  hard  disk   drives  and  the  benefits  of   media
removability  generally associated with floppy disk drives, including expandable
storage  capacity  and  data  transportability,  management  and  security.  The
Company's  Ditto  tape  drives  primarily address  the  market  for  backup data
storage. The Company began shipping Zip drives  in March 1995 and Jaz drives  in
limited quantities in December 1995.

   
    Designed  as a  mass-market product,  the Zip  drive addresses  the needs of
personal computer  users  for  an  affordable  storage  device  for  hard  drive
expansion,  data transportability, management and  security and data backup. The
drive uses 100-MB disks to provide  70 times the capacity of traditional  floppy
disks.  See "Business--Products--Zip."  The external model  of the  Zip drive is
generally sold by retailers  for under $200 and  the 100-MB disks are  typically
sold for under $15 per disk in ten-packs. The Jaz drive also provides hard drive
expansion,  data  transportability,  management and  security  and  data backup.
However, the Jaz  drive, which  features 1-GB  removable disks  and offers  data
transfer rates comparable to those of most current hard disk drives, is targeted
to  address the high-performance  needs of computer  users storing, transporting
and playing demanding multimedia applications, such as full-screen,  full-motion
video.  The external model of the Jaz drive  is expected to be sold by retailers
for approximately $599,  while the internal  version is expected  to be sold  by
retailers  for approximately $499.  Each 1-GB Jaz  disk is expected  to sell for
approximately $99  in five-packs.  The  Company's Ditto  family of  tape  drives
addresses  the need  of personal computer  users for  an easy-to-use, dependable
backup solution.  The Company  offers internal  and external  Ditto tape  drives
based  on leading industry standards ranging in capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2 GBs
(using data compression).
    

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    The  Company  believes,  based  upon  information  in  a  1995  report  from
International  Data Corporation ("IDC"), that there are in excess of 150 million
personal  computers  in  use  worldwide.   Many  of  these  personal   computers
(particularly  those in the  home) are used  by more than  one person. Moreover,
many people make regular use of more than one personal computer; for example, an
individual may use one  computer in his  or her office, another  at home, and  a
laptop  computer while traveling.  Issues that each user  of a personal computer
must confront are  how to  store, transport,  share, manage,  secure and  backup
computer files and applications.

    The  vast majority  of personal  computers in  use today  incorporate both a
conventional hard disk drive  (which is also  known as a rigid  disk drive or  a
"Winchester"  disk drive) and  a floppy disk  drive for data  storage. Hard disk
drives use magnetic technology  to store data on  rigid rotating disks that  are
generally  fixed  permanently  in  the drive  mechanism.  Hard  disk  drives are
characterized by their large storage capacities--capacities ranging from 540 MBs
to 1.6 GBs are becoming increasingly common in new personal computers--and  fast
performance.  Hard  disk drives  are  the primary  data  storage device  on most
personal computers.  Floppy  disk  drives,  which are  also  based  on  magnetic
technology,  store data on thin plastic disks that are removable from the drive.
Floppy disk drives are typically used for software distribution and transporting
and sharing data. Most  floppy disk drives in  use today utilize 1.44-MB  disks,
which  is not sufficient capacity  to store many files  and programs on a single
disk.

    In addition to hard disk  drives and floppy disk  drives, a number of  other
data  storage  devices have  come into  use  in recent  years. In  particular, a
growing number of new personal computers incorporate a CD-ROM (compact disk-read
only memory)  drive. CD-ROM  disks, which  are read  by the  CD-ROM drive  using
optical  technology,  are capable  of  storing up  to 650  MBs  of data  and are
well-suited for distribution of information and software applications.  However,
CD-ROM  drives are not capable of recording  the user's data. A variety of other
lesser-known removable storage  technologies which  are capable  of reading  and
recording  data are  also available for  use with  personal computers, including
disk drives  systems  using removable  "hard"  magnetic cartridge  disks,  which
generally  either employ similar technology to hard disk drives or the Company's
proprietary Bernoulli  technology;  writable  optical  disk  drives,  which  use
various technologies to read and record data in a

                                       25
<PAGE>
digital  format that can be read by  laser light; "floptical" disk drives, which
store data on a magnetic disk similar  to a conventional floppy disk and use  an
optical  pattern for servotracking; and flash  memory cards, which store data on
computer chips.

    The Company estimates,  based on information  from 1995 reports  of IDC  and
Dataquest and its knowledge of the industry, that approximately 210 million data
storage  devices for personal computers,  representing approximately $30 billion
in revenue at the OEM level, were sold in 1995. Included in these sales  figures
are  hard disk drives, floppy disk  drives, CD-ROM drives, removable disk drives
and tape drives. This market is principally comprised of conventional hard  disk
drives,  which  the Company  estimates represented  over 40%  of unit  sales and
approximately two-thirds  of dollar  sales, and  floppy disk  drives, which  the
Company  estimates represented approximately 40% of unit sales but less than 10%
of dollar sales.

THE NEED FOR NEW DATA STORAGE SOLUTIONS

    In recent years, advances in software, including memory-intensive  graphical
operating  systems,  integrated  suites  of  word  processing,  spreadsheet  and
database applications, and multimedia applications, have dramatically  increased
the  storage needs of personal computer users. For example, a popular CD version
of Windows  95 (which  includes certain  pre-packaged software  applications  in
addition  to the Windows 95 operating system) includes 629 MBs of data, which is
greater than the capacity of most hard  drives in use today. In addition,  data-
intensive,  multimedia files are  increasingly being made  available to personal
computer users via on-line  services and the  Internet. For example,  CD-quality
sound  generally  requires 2  MBs  of storage  capacity  per minute,  using data
compression software,  and  9 MBs  per  minute without  compression;  and  MPEG1
compressed DSS-satellite quality video generally requires approximately 8 MBs of
storage  capacity per minute, while broadcast-quality video requires 250 MBs per
minute. Largely as a result of these trends, it has been estimated that the data
storage needs of personal computer  users are doubling every year.  Accordingly,
personal  computer  users  increasingly  need  to  expand  the  amount  of their
available primary storage.

    Personal computer  users demand  data storage  solutions that  do more  than
simply provide additional storage capacity. For example, personal computer users
are  increasingly  seeking  a  reliable way  to  transport  large  files between
computers, thus  allowing  them  to  work on  the  same  files  using  different
computers, and also enabling information to be provided to other computer users.
In  addition, with many  personal computers (particularly  home computers) being
used by more than one  person, many personal computer  users are looking for  an
effective  means of organizing  and segregating the files  of different users of
the same  computer. Personal  computer  users also  need  a reliable  method  of
securing sensitive files from unauthorized viewing or modification. Finally, the
increase  in the data being used and stored on personal computers has heightened
the need for a practical method of backing up this data.

    The Company believes that neither  conventional hard disk drives nor  floppy
disk  drives are capable of adequately addressing all of the information storage
and management  needs  of personal  computer  users. A  hard  disk drive  is  an
effective  product for primary  data storage. However,  using an additional hard
disk drive to provide additional storage capacity is an unattractive solution to
many personal computer  users because  the installation of  the additional  hard
drive  (which generally involves selecting a compatible hard disk drive, opening
the computer  case,  and  internally  connecting the  hard  disk  drive  to  the
appropriate  controller card) may be difficult. More importantly, once the drive
is installed, the amount of additional available space is limited to the size of
the new hard  disk drive. Furthermore,  a new  hard drive does  not address  the
issues of data transportability, management and security.

    Removable-media  storage devices, such as floppy  disk drives, offer many of
the advantages  that hard  disk  drives do  not,  such as  future  expandability
through the purchase of additional removable-media cartridges or disks; and data
transportability,  management and security, since the media storing the data can
be removed  from the  drive, used  in other  computers and  stored in  a  secure
location.  However, the Company believes that expanding storage capacity through
conventional floppy disks, while inexpensive (floppy disks are generally sold by
retailers at  less than  $1.00 per  disk  in multi-packs),  is not  an  adequate
solution because it is too slow and because each disk only stores up to 1.44 MBs
of   data,  making  it   too  small  for  many   of  today's  personal  computer

                                       26
<PAGE>
files and programs. Floppy disks are  also not well-suited for backup  purposes,
since  approximately 70 floppy disks would be  required for each 100 MBs of data
to be  backed up  and  the user  would  have to  be  present during  the  backup
procedure in order to insert and remove each floppy disk.

    Other  types of removable-media  data storage devices  are now available for
use with personal computers, including  magnetic cartridge disk drives,  optical
disk  drives, "floptical"  disk drives  and flash  memory cards.  However, these
devices, while  popular in  certain niche  markets, have  not gained  widespread
market  acceptance, in part because the Company believes that they have not been
able to  match the  price/performance levels  offered by  hard disk  drives  and
floppy disk drives.

    The  following  table sets  forth certain  of  the principal  advantages and
disadvantages of various storage technologies  currently available for users  of
personal computers:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TECHNOLOGY               ADVANTAGES                                      DISADVANTAGES
- ---------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                                             <C>
Hard Disk Drives       - Very fast average access time                 - Fixed capacity
                       (generally 8 to 20 msec) and data               - Disks storing data are not removable
                       transfer rate (generally 2 to 6                 or transportable
                       MB/sec)                                         - Less attractive aftermarket solution
                       - Large storage capacity (generally             due to difficulty of installation
                       from 800MB to 4 GB)
                       - Inexpensive cost per MB of storage
                       - Proven technology/industry standard

Floppy Disk Drives     - Inexpensive drives and media                  - Capacity is limited to 1.44 MB
                       - Disks are removable and                       per disk
                       transportable                                   - Slow average access time (165 msec)
                       - Proven technology/industry standard           and data transfer rate

CD-ROM Drives          - High capacity (650 MB)                        - Read-only; users cannot store data
                       - Unlimited expansion                           - Very slow average access time
                       - Disks are removable and                       (230 msec)
                       transportable
                       - Inexpensive drives and media
                       - High durability
                       - Emerging industry standard for
                       multimedia applications

Optical Drives         - Media is inexpensive                          - Drives are expensive
                       - Unlimited expansion                           - Several different formats exist, not
                       - Disks are removable and                       all of which are compatible
                       transportable                                   - Some formats are not erasable
                       - Some formats are capable of reading           - Average access times for
                       CD-ROM disks                                    some formats are significantly
                                                                       slower than hard disk drives

Floptical Drives       - Capable of reading and writing to             - Currently available in low capacities
                       traditional floppy disks                        (although a 120MB Floptical has
                       - Unlimited expansion                           been announced)
                       - Disks are removable and
                       transportable

Tape Drives            - High capacity for backup purposes             - Not capable of random access
                       - Tapes are removable and                       - Very slow average access time
                       transportable
                       - Inexpensive media
                       - Very low cost per MB of storage

Flash Cards            - Fastest access time and data transfer         - Very expensive
                       rate
                       - Removable and transportable
</TABLE>
    

                                       27
<PAGE>
    The  Company believes, based  on its consumer research,  that the market for
personal computer data storage solutions can be roughly divided into two  market
segments,  based on the characteristics computer  users demand of a data storage
solution  and  the  relative  importance  they  place  on  the  advantages   and
disadvantages  listed above. The first, referred to  by the Company as the "mass
market", is characterized by  computer users who are  often uninterested in  the
detailed technical specifications of a data storage solution and who simply want
a  data storage solution to  "manage their stuff." For  these computer users, an
affordable price is generally the most important criterion. The second, referred
to by  the  Company  as  the  "power  user"  or  "high-performance  market,"  is
characterized  by  persons  who  use  their  personal  computers  for  demanding
applications  and  who   are  more   focused  on  capacity,   speed  and   other
state-of-the-art performance features than on price.

IOMEGA SOLUTIONS

    The Company believes its recently introduced Zip and Jaz disk drives address
key  information storage and management needs of today's personal computer users
by providing affordable,  easy-to-use storage  solutions that  combine the  high
capacity  and  rapid access  of  hard disk  drives  with the  benefits  of media
removability generally  associated with  floppy disk  drives. Specifically,  the
Company's products offer the following benefits to personal computer users.

    EXPANDABLE  STORAGE CAPACITY.   As personal computer  users are increasingly
forced to expand their primary storage capacity (generally provided by the  hard
disk  drive  incorporated in  the computer),  Zip  and Jaz  provide an  easy and
efficient way to do so. Both the Zip  and the Jaz drive can be easily  connected
or  installed and offer unlimited additional  storage capacity, in increments of
100 MBs (in the case of Zip) and 1 GB (in the case of Jaz).

    MEDIA REMOVABILITY.  Both Zip and Jaz store data on high-capacity  removable
disks, thus enabling computer users to:

       -take  programs and files from an office computer and work with them on a
        home or laptop computer;

       -share programs and files with other personal computer users;

       -organize data by storing different files on different disks;

       -create a "separate personal computer" for each person using the computer
        (such as different family  members)--each user can store  all of his  or
        her  software and  data on a  single disk  that can be  removed from the
        computer and  privately  stored  when  that  person  is  not  using  the
        computer; and

       -remove  particularly sensitive or valuable information from the computer
        for storage in a different location, thus protecting it against  viewing
        or  modification by another  user of the computer  and against damage to
        the computer.

    DATA BACKUP.  The Company's family of Ditto tape drives, as well as the  Zip
and  the Jaz drive, offer  a convenient and effective  way for personal computer
users to create backup copies of their programs and files.

    ATTRACTIVE PRICE, PERFORMANCE AND FEATURES.   The Company believes that  its
Zip and Jaz drives provide a combination of price, performance and features that
makes  them  attractive data  storage solutions  for  their target  markets. Zip
offers data access times  and transfer rates and  storage capacity that  greatly
exceeds that offered by conventional floppy disk drives, along with the benefits
of  removable media, at a price that is attractive to mass-market customers. Jaz
offers many performance features comparable to those of most other data  storage
devices  (including conventional hard disk drives),  at a lower price than other
currently available comparably performing removable-media storage devices.

COMPANY STRATEGY

    Iomega's objective  is to  establish  its Zip,  Jaz  and Ditto  products  as
industry-standard  data  storage solutions  for personal  computer users  and to
capture an  increasing  share of  the  overall personal  computer  data  storage
market.  The Company's strategy to achieve this objective includes the following
key elements:

    UNDERSTANDING AND PROVIDING WHAT CUSTOMERS WANT.  Iomega's product  strategy
is based on identifying the product characteristics that personal computer users
desire and developing and marketing products that

                                       28
<PAGE>
satisfy these demands. In developing and introducing the Zip and Jaz drives, the
Company  undertook a consumer research program  to determine the performance and
price characteristics of storage solutions demanded by personal computer  users.
For  example, this program revealed to Iomega  the need for both the mass-market
Zip drive, which was  cost-engineered by the  Company to sell  at a price  level
attractive  to casual  users and  the small  office/home office  market, and the
high-performance Jaz drive, which is primarily targeted at power users.

    DELIVERING INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS.   The  Company's products  are designed  to
provide  customers with a  complete, easy-to-use solution  to their data storage
needs. The Company's  drives are shipped  with everything needed  to install  or
connect  the  drive, including  easy-to-use software  which  aids in  set-up and
enhances the drive's functionality, and generally also include a media cartridge
for use in the drive.

    BROADENING DISTRIBUTION THROUGH STRATEGIC MARKETING ALLIANCES.  The  Company
believes  that  broadening the  distribution of  its products  through strategic
alliances with a variety of companies within the computer industry is a critical
element in  establishing its  products as  industry standards.  The Company  has
recently  established OEM arrangements with personal computer manufacturers such
as Micron Electronics (a mail-order  manufacturer of IBM PC-compatible  personal
computers)  and Power Computing (the first Macintosh clone manufacturer) for the
incorporation of Zip, Jaz or Ditto  drives into their computers, and is  seeking
to  establish additional  OEM relationships. The  Company also  has entered into
private or co-branding  arrangements with several  companies, including  Maxell,
Seiko  Epson,  Fuji and  Reveal Computer  Products, who  are selling  private or
co-branded versions of Zip drives and disks. In addition, the Company's products
are sold by most  of the leading  retailers of computer  products in the  United
States,  including Best Buy,  Circuit City, CompUSA,  Computer City, Electronics
Boutique and PC Warehouse.

    MAXIMIZING SALES OF REMOVABLE DISKS.  The Company seeks to maximize sales of
its proprietary disks  because they generate  significantly higher margins  than
its  disk drives. The Company plans to accomplish this in part by increasing the
installed base  of  the  Company's removable-media  disk  drives,  through  such
initiatives  as OEM arrangements, licensing  third-party manufacturers of drives
on a royalty-bearing  basis and increasing  the Company's own  output of  drives
both  for sale by the Company and by others under private branding arrangements.
Also, the multimedia demonstration software included with the Zip and Jaz drives
informs users  of  the  various  applications  for  additional  disks  (such  as
security,  personal workspaces,  backup) and  suggests the  number of additional
disks the user may need in response to questions the user answers as part of the
interactive demonstration.

    CONTINUING TO ENHANCE PRODUCT FEATURES AND TECHNOLOGY.  The Company plans to
use its experience in Bernoulli, tape, magneto-optical, floptical and  thin-film
head  technologies  for the  ongoing enhancement  of  existing products  and the
development of  new  products.  During  1994 and  1995,  the  Company's  product
development efforts were primarily devoted to the development of its Zip and Jaz
products,  which  began commercial  shipment in  March  1995 and  December 1995,
respectively. During 1996, the Company expects that its development efforts will
be primarily  focused  on enhancing  the  features, developing  higher  capacity
versions and reducing the production costs of its Zip, Jaz and Ditto products.

    LEVERAGING  MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES  THROUGH PARTNERING.   In addition to
manufacturing or assembling a portion of  each of the Company's products at  its
Roy,   Utah  manufacturing  facility,  the  Company  has  established  strategic
relationships  with  various  suppliers   and  manufacturers  to  increase   the
production  capacity of  its new  products and to  establish a  second source of
drive and disk production.  The Company intends to  continue to use  third-party
manufacturing  as a means of increasing  the availability and market penetration
of the Company's drive products, to  reduce costs of production, and to  benefit
from  the  expertise  of experienced  high-volume  manufacturing  companies. The
Company plans to  use third-party  manufacturers to  produce a  majority of  its
products in the future.

    EXPANDING  INTERNATIONAL SALES.  The Company began offering its Zip products
in Europe  in August  1995  and expects  to offer  its  Jaz products  in  Europe
beginning in the first half of 1996. The Company believes that it is the leading
vendor  of tape  drives in Europe,  and that its  existing European distribution
channel is  well-suited  to  selling  the  Zip  and  Jaz  removable-media  drive
products.   During   the   third   quarter   of   1995,   Maxell,   Seiko  Epson

                                       29
<PAGE>
and Fuji began selling co-branded  versions of the Zip  drive in Japan, and  the
Company  plans to  expand its presence  in the  Far East by  opening a Singapore
sales office in 1996. The Company  expects international sales to increase as  a
result of its introduction of Zip and Jaz into international markets.

PRODUCTS

    The  Company  offers  products targeted  at  both  the mass  market  and the
high-performance market. The Zip drive and the Ditto 420 and Ditto Easy 800 tape
drives were designed to  achieve price levels which  the Company determined  are
critical  to mass-market consumers. The Jaz drive  and Ditto 3200 tape drive, on
the other hand, are principally targeted to more technically demanding, high-end
customers, who  the  Company believes  are  less price  sensitive  than  typical
mass-market consumers.

    The following table lists the principal data storage devices currently being
offered by the Company:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   TYPICAL RETAIL
PRODUCT (YEAR                                          PRICE
INTRODUCED)*                MEDIA AND CAPACITY      DRIVE/DISK**                 TECHNOLOGY
- -------------------------  --------------------  ------------------  ----------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Zip (1995)                 100-MB Zip Disks      $199/$14.99         Drive: Winchester heads
                                                                     Disks: Advanced flexible media
Jaz (1995)                 1-GB Jaz Disks        $599/$99.99         Drive: Thin-film heads
                           540-MB Jaz Disks                          Disks: Two rigid disk platters
Ditto 420 (1994)           Ditto Tape            $99                 Drive: Direct drive mechanism
Ditto Easy 800 (1995)      minicartridges        $149                Media: Industry standard quarter
Ditto Easy 3200 (1996)     (420-MB, 800-MB,      $299                inch cartridges
                           3200-MB)
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
*   Drives  are  available  in  internal and  external  versions.  The indicated
    capacities for  Ditto  drives  represent the  maximum  capacity  using  data
    compression.
**  Indicates  the typical price at which the  external version of the drive and
    the highest capacity media for that drive is sold at retail. Prices for  the
    internal  version of  a drive and  for smaller capacity  media are generally
    lower. The  price for  the Ditto  420 is  the internal  version price.  Disk
    prices  represent per unit  purchase price in  multi-packs. Media prices for
    tape are not presented  because revenues from  tape minicartridge sales  are
    not material to the Company.

  ZIP

    The Company began shipping external Zip drives and 100-MB Zip disks in March
1995.  Designed as  an affordable mass-market  product, the  Zip drive addresses
multiple  needs  of  personal  computer   users:  hard  drive  expansion,   data
transportability,  management  and  security  and data  backup.  The  drive uses
interchangeable 100-MB Zip disks  to provide users  of IBM-compatible and  Apple
Macintosh  personal  computers  with  70 times  the  capacity  of,  and superior
performance to, traditional floppy disks.  Zip drives were designed with  100-MB
disks  based on the results of the  Company's market research, which showed that
85% of the files stored on personal computers are 100 MBs or less.

    Zip drives use  durable, high-capacity flexible  media and  Winchester-style
nanoslide  heads with a special airbearing  surface combined with a linear voice
coil motor. The Zip  drive provides high  capacity and rapid  access and can  be
used  for a number of data storage purposes.  The SCSI version of the Zip drive,
which offers faster  performance than the  parallel port version  of the  drive,
features 29 millisecond average seek time and an average sustained data transfer
rate  of 1.00  MB per second.  Software included  with the Zip  drive provides a
total data storage solution  by helping users organize  and copy their data  and
offers  software read/write protect,  which further enables  users to secure and
protect their data.

    The external, portable  version of  the Zip drive  weighs approximately  one
pound  and is offered in a parallel  port version for use with IBM PC-compatible
computers and  a SCSI  version for  use with  Apple Macintosh  computers or  IBM
PC-compatible  computers  which have  a SCSI  adapter  board. The  parallel port
version features printer pass through to allow normal operation of a printer  in
the  same port. The SCSI version has  two connectors allowing it to be connected
with  other  SCSI  devices.  The  external  Zip  drive  has  a  unique   compact

                                       30
<PAGE>
design,  including a royal blue color, a window allowing visibility of the label
on the cartridge being used,  rubber feet for positioning  the drive flat or  on
its  side, operation lights and  a finger slot for  easy cartridge insertion and
removal.

    In September 1995, Power Computing, the first Macintosh clone  manufacturer,
began  offering internal  5 1/4-inch  Zip SCSI  drives as  a $159  option on its
computers. The Company has  also designed an internal  version of the Zip  drive
which incorporates a conventional 3 1/2-inch floppy disk drive. In addition, the
Company has developed an internal 3 1/2-inch IDE version of the Zip drive, which
it expects will be available in the first quarter of 1996.

    During  1995,  Zip received  numerous awards  from industry  publications in
select categories  including: PC/  COMPUTING'S  Most Valuable  Product;  PUBLISH
magazine's  1995 Publish Impact Award; CADENCE magazine's Editor's Choice Award;
the International Digital Imaging Association's "Best New Hardware" award;  and,
listing in COMPUTER LIFE magazine's "Best of Everything" list.

    The  Zip drive  carries a one-year  warranty and  Zip disks are  sold with a
limited lifetime warranty.

  JAZ

    The Company  began  shipping  Jaz  drives and  1-GB  Jaz  disks  in  limited
quantities  in  December  1995.  Jaz  addresses  the  high-performance  needs of
personal computer users  in three areas:  multimedia applications (audio,  video
and  graphics), personal data management, and  hard drive upgrade. The Jaz drive
offers data transfer rates comparable to those of most current hard disk drives,
with an average sustained  transfer rate of 5.4  MBs per second, 12  millisecond
average  seek  time and  17.5  millisecond average  access  time. Jaz  disks are
currently available in a capacity of  1 GB, which the Company's market  research
indicated  was a capacity that many  high-performance computer users demand, and
540-MB Jaz disks  are expected to  be available  in the first  quarter of  1996.
Using 1-GB disks, Jaz is capable of storing and playing up to two hours of MPEG1
compressed  DSS satellite quality video, up  to eight hours of CD-quality audio,
more than 20,000 scanned documents for document imaging or up to four minutes of
full-screen, full-motion broadcast-quality video. The Jaz drive is available  in
an  external  SCSI  version, which  is  expected  to be  sold  by  retailers for
approximately $599, and  in an internal  SCSI version, which  is expected to  be
sold  by retailers for approximately $499. Each 1-GB and 540-MB Jaz cartridge is
expected to sell for approximately $99 and $69, respectively, in five-packs. The
Company expects  an  internal IDE  version  of the  Jaz  drive to  be  available
beginning in the first quarter of 1996.

    The  Jaz drive incorporates many innovative technological features including
tri-pad, thin-film  recording heads,  dynamic  head loading  and drag  and  drop
motorized  cartridge ejection. Jaz disks feature  a dual rigid platter cartridge
and a proprietary disk capture system which secures the dual disk platters  when
not  installed in  a drive, eliminating  rattle and reducing  the possibility of
losing valuable information. The drive  operates with leading operating  systems
for  personal  computers and  workstations,  including Windows  95,  Windows NT,
Windows 3.x, Macintosh and OS/2.

    The external version of  the drive, which  weighs approximately two  pounds,
features  design enhancements similar to those  introduced with the external Zip
drive, including a unique jade colored  casing, a window to allow visibility  of
the  label on the cartridge  being used, operating lights  and a finger slot for
easy  cartridge   insertion  and   removal.  Additional   features  include   an
auto-switching   power  supply  to  allow   operation  in  different  countries,
auto-sensing SCSI termination and anti-gyro disk locking to increase durability.

    The Jaz drive  carries a one-year  warranty and  Jaz disks are  sold with  a
limited lifetime warranty.

  DITTO

    The  Company's Ditto  family of tape  drives addresses the  need of personal
computer users for an  easy-to-use, dependable backup  solution. In response  to
the  information learned  from consumers regarding  the characteristics demanded
from backup storage devices, beginning in 1994 the Company redesigned its family
of tape drives,  which had  first been introduced  in 1992.  The Company  offers
internal  and external  models based  on leading  industry standards  ranging in
capacity from 420 MBs to 3.2 GBs  (using data compression). The tape drives  are
primarily  designed to backup  and protect against  loss of data  stored on hard
disk drives in IBM PC-compatible computers. Iomega's tape drives have a patented
beltless design which the Company believes

                                       31
<PAGE>
   
enhances reliability. The storage  media used by Iomega's  tape products is  the
industry-standard  QIC-compatible minicartridge. In addition, the Ditto Easy 800
and Ditto Easy 3200 support new high-capacity Travan cartridge technology.
    

    The Ditto family  of tape drives  has achieved several  industry firsts.  In
April  1992,  the Iomega  Tape  250 (later  renamed  the Ditto  250)  became the
industry's first commercially available  QIC-standard, one-inch high tape  drive
and in March 1995 became the industry's first internal 250-MB tape drive to sell
for under $100. In June 1995, the Ditto 420 became the industry's first internal
420-MB  tape  drive  to  sell  for under  $100.  In  October  1995,  the Company
introduced the Ditto  Easy 800, which  the Company believes  was the  industry's
first external parallel port 800-MB tape drive to sell for under $150. The Ditto
Easy  800 features an enhanced design similar to, and is stackable with, the Zip
and Jaz drives.

    The Company's tape products  are generally available  in either internal  or
external  models.  The internal  versions attach  to  the standard  floppy drive
interface in IBM PC-compatible computers, while the external versions attach  to
the  parallel printer port on IBM PC-compatible computers and offer pass-through
capability for a printer. The drives  are shipped with backup software for  both
DOS and Windows.

    In  connection with the introduction of the  Ditto Easy 800 in October 1995,
the Company also introduced new 1-Step software designed to permit the backup of
an entire hard disk in a single step while the user continues working.

   
    The Ditto Easy 800 and the Ditto Easy 3200 carry a two-year warranty and the
Ditto 420 carries  a five-year  warranty. Ditto media  is sold  with a  two-year
warranty.
    

  BERNOULLI

    These  5  1/4-inch half-height  drives  are removable-media  storage devices
based on the Company's proprietary Bernoulli technology. The Company's Bernoulli
drives and the associated disks are sold both in the form of a complete  storage
subsystem  for leading  personal computers and  workstations and in  the form of
components for integration into larger systems by OEMs or value-added  resellers
("VARs").  The Bernoulli MultiDisk-TM- 150 drive  began shipping in October 1992
and was Iomega's first drive  to use multiple capacity disks  - 35, 65, 105  and
150  MBs. The Company began shipping the  Bernoulli 230 drive in September 1994.
The Bernoulli drives are sold in internal and transportable versions.

    The Company is  now focusing its  development and marketing  efforts on  its
Zip, Jaz and Ditto products, and does not expect Bernoulli products to represent
a significant portion of the Company's revenues in the future.

MARKETING AND SALES

    The  Company  believes  that  broadening the  distribution  of  its products
through strategic marketing alliances with a variety of key companies within the
computer industry is a critical element in establishing its products as industry
standards. The Company's initial marketing strategy for the introduction of  its
new  products during 1995 was  to generate consumer awareness  of and demand for
such products by  focusing on aftermarket  sales to existing  users of  personal
computers  through leading  computer retail  channels. As  the next  step in its
strategy of promoting  its products as  new industry standards,  the Company  is
increasingly focusing its efforts on establishing OEM relationships with leading
personal  computer manufacturers  who will include  the Company's  products on a
factory-installed basis to purchasers of new personal computers.

  RETAIL DISTRIBUTION

    Retail outlets  for  the Company's  products  include mail  order  catalogs,
computer   superstores,   office   supply   superstores,   consumer  electronics
superstores and specialty  computer stores.  The Company sells  its products  to

                                       32
<PAGE>
retail  channels  directly,  as  well as  indirectly  through  distributors. The
Company's products are sold at a retail  level by most of the leading  retailers
of computer products in the United States. The following is a partial listing of
the retail chains carrying the Company's products.

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
Best Buy                         Electronics Boutique
CDW Computer Center              Elek-Tek
Circuit City                     Fry's Electronics
CompUSA                          MicroCenter
Computer City                    NeoStar
Creative Computer                OfficeMax
Egghead Software                 PC Warehouse
</TABLE>

  STRATEGIC MARKETING ALLIANCES

    In  addition to sales through these retail channels, the Company has entered
into a  number of  strategic marketing  alliances with  a variety  of  companies
within the computer industry. These alliances include OEM arrangements providing
for certain of the Company's products to be incorporated in new computer systems
at the time of purchase. For example, Power Computing, the first Macintosh clone
manufacturer,  is  offering  Zip drives  as  an  option in  certain  of  its new
computers,  and   Micron  Electronics,   a   mail-order  manufacturer   of   IBM
PC-compatible  personal computers, has  announced plans to  offer Zip, Ditto and
Jaz drives as a factory-installable option in certain of its new computers.  The
Company's  strategic  alliances  also include  private-branding  and co-branding
arrangements with major vendors of computer products covering the resale of  the
Company's  products by such companies. For example, the Company has entered into
co-branding arrangements  with Seiko  Epson, Maxell  and Fuji,  which offer  Zip
drives  in Japan  in packages  which feature  Iomega's name  in addition  to the
partner's name, and has entered into a private-branding arrangement with  Reveal
Computer Products, which sells Zip drives and disks under Reveal's tradename.

  INTERNATIONAL

    The  Company sells its  products outside of  North America primarily through
international distributors. The Company has  increased its sales efforts in  the
European  market in  the past  several years.  Sales are  accomplished primarily
through offices located  in Germany, Austria,  Belgium, France, Ireland,  Italy,
Norway,  Spain and  the United  Kingdom. The Company  plans to  open a Singapore
office in  1996.  The  Company  has  been  invoicing  predominantly  in  foreign
currencies since January 1992.

  MARKETING

    The  Company's marketing group is  responsible for positioning and promoting
the Company's products. The Company participates in various industry tradeshows,
including MacWorld and COMDEX, and seeks to generate coverage of its products in
a wide variety  of trade publications.  Although the Company  did not engage  in
significant  direct consumer marketing in  1995 in light of  the large number of
favorable articles about the Company's products which appeared in newspapers and
computer magazines and constraints on the Company's ability to further  increase
production  levels, the  Company expects  marketing and  advertising expenses to
increase significantly as the  Company seeks to expand  market awareness of  its
products.

    As  is common practice in the  industry, the Company's arrangements with its
customers generally allow customers,  in the event of  a price decrease,  credit
equal  to the difference between the price originally paid and the new decreased
price on units in the customers' inventories on the date of the price  decrease.
When  a  price decrease  is anticipated,  the  Company establishes  reserves for
amounts estimated  to  be  reimbursed  to  qualifying  customers.  In  addition,
customers  generally have the right to  return excess inventory within specified
time periods. There can be no  assurance that these reserves will be  sufficient
or  that any future returns or price protection charges will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

    The  Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer   product
distributors  and retailers. Accordingly, since the Company grants credit to its
customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due from
computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December 31, 1995,
the customers  with the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable  balances
totaled $47.1 million or 43% of gross accounts

                                       33
<PAGE>
receivable,  with one  customer accounting  for $15.2  million, or  14% of gross
accounts receivable.  If any  one  or a  group  of these  customers'  receivable
balances should be deemed uncollectible, it would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

    During  the year ended December  31, 1994, sales to  Ingram Micro D, Inc., a
distributor, accounted for 11% of sales. No other single customer accounted  for
more than 10% of the Company's sales in 1994 or 1995.

    See  "Risk Factors--Certain Marketing  and Sales Risks"  for a discussion of
certain risks relating to the marketing and sales of the Company's products.

MANUFACTURING

   
    The  Company's  products  are  manufactured  both  by  the  Company  at  its
facilities  in Roy, Utah  and by independent  parties manufacturing products for
the Company on a  contract basis. Manufacturing  activity generally consists  of
assembling   various   components,   subcomponents   and   prefabricated   parts
manufactured by  the  Company or  outside  vendors. The  Company  currently  has
third-party manufacturing relationships with Seiko Epson (Zip drives), MegaMedia
Computer  (Zip disks), Sequel (Jaz drives) and First Engineering Plastics (Ditto
drives). Although the Company substantially increased its manufacturing capacity
(through   both   internal   expansion   and   arrangements   with   third-party
manufacturers)  during  1995, the  Company was  not able  to produce  enough Zip
drives and  Zip disks  in 1995  to  fill all  orders for  such products  due  to
component  supply  constraints  and  normal  manufacturing  start-up  issues. To
minimize its manufacturing  costs, to  take maximum advantage  of its  available
personnel  and  facilities  and to  benefit  from the  expertise  of experienced
high-volume manufacturing  companies,  the  Company  plans  to  use  third-party
manufacturers  to produce a majority of its products in the future. There can be
no assurance that the  Company will be successful  in establishing and  managing
such  third-party manufacturing relationships, or that third-party manufacturers
will be  able  to  meet  the Company's  quantity  or  quality  requirements  for
manufactured   products.  Moreover,  the  Company   may  grant  certain  of  its
third-party  manufacturers,  among  others,   the  right  to  sell   significant
quantities of the Zip and Jaz drives they produce for their own account, thereby
reducing  the supply of  such drives to the  Company and increasing competition.
See   "Risk    Factors--Reliance   on    Non-Binding   Contract    Manufacturing
Relationships."
    

   
    Many  components  incorporated  in,  or  used  in  the  manufacture  of, the
Company's products  are currently  only available  from sole  source  suppliers.
Moreover,  the  Company has  experienced difficulty  in  the past,  is currently
experiencing difficulty, and expects to continue to experience difficulty in the
future, in obtaining a  sufficient supply of many  key components. For  example,
many  of the integrated  circuits used in  the Company's Zip  and Jaz drives are
currently available only from sole source suppliers. The Company has been unable
to obtain a  sufficient supply of  certain of these  integrated circuits due  to
industry-wide  shortages. In addition,  the Company has  been advised by certain
sole source  suppliers,  including  the  manufacturers  of  critical  integrated
circuits  for  Zip and  Jaz, that  they do  not anticipate  being able  to fully
satisfy the  Company's  demand  for  components  during  1996.  These  component
shortages have limited the Company's ability to produce sufficient Zip drives to
meet  market demand and have limited  the Company's ability to implement certain
cost reduction and productivity improvement plans, and the Company expects  that
the  shortage of components may limit production of Zip and Jaz products for the
foreseeable future.  The  Company also  experienced  difficulty during  1995  in
obtaining  a  sufficient  supply  of  the  servowriting  equipment  used  in the
manufacture of Zip disks. Such equipment shortages in 1995 limited the Company's
production of Zip disks,  and there can be  no assurance that similar  equipment
shortages will not occur in the future.
    

    The  Company purchases  all of  its sole  and limited  source components and
equipment pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has  no
guaranteed  supply arrangements.  The inability to  obtain sufficient components
and equipment,  or  to  obtain  or develop  alternative  sources  of  supply  at
competitive  prices and quality or to  avoid manufacturing delays, could prevent
the Company  from producing  sufficient quantities  of its  products to  satisfy
market  demand, result  in delays in  product shipments,  increase the Company's
material or manufacturing costs or cause an imbalance in the inventory level  of
certain  components. Moreover,  difficulties in  obtaining sufficient components
may cause the Company to modify the design of its products to use a more readily
available component,  and  such  design  modifications  may  result  in  product
performance  problems. Any or all of these  problems could in turn result in the
loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing

                                       34
<PAGE>
products to  achieve  market  acceptance  and  otherwise  adversely  affect  the
Company's  business  and  financial  results.  See  "Risk  Factors--Shortages of
Critical Components; Absence of Supply Contracts; Dependence on Suppliers."

   
    The Company  had a  backlog as  of January  28, 1996  of approximately  $157
million.  The Company believes that it will be able to fill all orders currently
in backlog, unless such  orders are first cancelled  or rescheduled, during  the
first  half  of the  current fiscal  year. However,  the purchase  agreements or
purchase orders pursuant to which orders  are made generally allow the  customer
to  cancel orders without penalty,  and, as it has in  the past, the Company has
experienced some cancellations or reschedulings of orders in backlog.  Moreover,
it  is common in the industry during  periods of product shortages for customers
to engage  in  practices such  as  double ordering,  in  order to  increase  the
customer's  allowance of available  product. In addition,  the Company's January
28, 1995 backlog is in part due to the Company's component shortages and limited
production capability, and  the Company's  future shipments may  continue to  be
limited  by its production capacity and component availability. Accordingly, the
Company's backlog as  of any particular  date should  not be relied  upon as  an
indication of the Company's actual sales for any future period.
    

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

    An  important  element of  the Company's  business  strategy is  the ongoing
enhancement of existing  products and  the development of  new products.  During
1994  and 1995, the Company's product development efforts were primarily devoted
to the development of its Zip and Jaz products, which began commercial  shipment
in  March 1995 and December 1995,  respectively. During 1996 the Company expects
that its  development  efforts  will  be  primarily  focused  on  enhancing  the
features,  developing higher capacity versions and reducing the production costs
of its existing Zip, Jaz and  Ditto products. In particular, there are  projects
underway  to  develop  higher  capacity  removable-media  disk  drives  and tape
products,  to   develop   different   system  interfaces   for   the   Company's
removable-media  disk drive products, such as  IDE interface versions of Zip and
Jaz, and  to  develop smaller  subsystem  versions of  the  Company's  products,
including a version of Zip which could be installed in laptop computers.

    During  1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company's research and development expenses
were $18,972,000, $15,438,000 and $19,576,000, respectively (or 12.9%, 10.9% and
6.0%, respectively, of sales). The decline in research and development  spending
from  1993  to 1994  was the  result  of the  Company's decision  to discontinue
certain research  and development  projects  relating to  floptical  technology,
digital  audiotape  technology,  and thin-film  head  development.  Research and
development spending in  1995 was primarily  related to efforts  focused on  the
Company's  Zip, Jaz  and Ditto product  lines. See  "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

    The  Company  operates  in  an  industry  that  is  subject  to  both  rapid
technological change and rapid change in consumer demands. For example, over the
last  10 years the typical  hard disk drive included  in a new personal computer
has increased in capacity from approximately 40 MBs to over 1 GB while the price
of a hard  disk drive  has remained constant  or even  decreased. The  Company's
future  success will  depend in significant  part on its  ability to continually
develop and introduce, in  a timely manner, new  removable disk drives and  tape
products  with  improved  features, and  to  develop and  manufacture  those new
products within a cost structure that enables the Company to sell such  products
at  lower  prices than  those  of comparable  products  today. There  can  be no
assurance that the Company will  be successful in developing, manufacturing  and
marketing  new and  enhanced products that  meet both the  performance and price
demands of the data storage market.

COMPETITION

    The Company believes  that its Zip  and Jaz products  compete most  directly
with other removable-media data storage devices, such as magnetic cartridge disk
drives,  optical disk drives  and "floptical" disk  drives. Current suppliers of
removable-media data storage  devices include Syquest  Technology (which  offers
magnetic  disk drives with removable cartridges based on hard drive technology),
Panasonic (which offers  the Power Drive,  a removable optical  drive) and  Sony
(which offers the MD-DATA drive, a disk drive based on removable magneto-optical
technology).  Although the Company believes that  its Zip and Jaz products offer
price, performance  or  usability  advantages  over  the  other  removable-media
storage   devices  available  today,  the   Company  believes  that  the  price,
performance and usability of existing removable-media products will improve  and
that

                                       35
<PAGE>
   
other companies will introduce new removable-media storage devices. Accordingly,
the  Company believes  its Zip and  Jaz products will  face increasingly intense
competition. In particular, a  consortium comprised of  Compaq Computer, 3M  and
MKE  has announced  the Floptical 120,  a high-capacity floptical  drive that is
compatible with conventional floppy  disks. In addition,  both Mitsumi and  Swan
Instruments are expected to introduce high-capacity, removable-media disk drives
in  1996 that would also directly compete with Zip and Jaz. As new and competing
removable-media storage solutions are introduced,  it is possible that any  such
solution  that achieves a significant market presence or establishes a number of
significant OEM relationships will emerge as an industry standard and achieve  a
dominant  market position. If such  is the case, there  can be no assurance that
the Company's products would achieve significant market acceptance, particularly
given the Company's size and market position vis-a-vis other competitors.
    

    To the  extent that  Zip and  Jaz drives  are used  for incremental  primary
storage  capacity, they also  compete with conventional  hard disk drives, which
are  offered  by   companies  such  as   Seagate  Technology,  Western   Digital
Corporation,  Quantum Corporation,  Conner Peripherals (which  has announced its
pending acquisition by  Seagate Technology), Micropolis  Corporation and  Maxtor
Corporation,   as   well   as   integrated   computer   manufacturers   such  as
Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Fujitsu,  Hitachi and  Toshiba. In  addition, the  leading
suppliers  of conventional hard disk drives could at any time determine to enter
the removable-media storage market.

    The Company believes that it is currently the only source of supply for  the
disks  used in its disk  drives. However, this situation  may change either as a
result of another party succeeding in  producing disks that are compatible  with
Zip  and Jaz drives without infringing the Company's proprietary rights, or as a
result of licenses granted by the Company to other parties.

    The Company's tape drives compete in the market for backup data storage with
other QIC and  DC2000-type products  (which includes QIC  and Irwin),  including
parallel   port  interface   products.  DC2000-type   products  currently  offer
capacities up to 4 GBs with compression. The Company's two major competitors  in
the  tape drive  market are  Conner Peripherals  and Colorado  Memory Systems, a
division of Hewlett-Packard. Tape drives  may in the future encounter  increased
competition  from other forms of removable-media storage devices. The tapes used
in the Company's  tape drives are  available from  a number of  sources and  the
Company is not the primary source of supply for these tapes.

    In  the OEM  market for both  its disk  drives and tape  drives, the Company
competes with the vendors mentioned above, as well as with the manufacturers  of
personal   computers,  who  may  elect   to  manufacture  data  storage  devices
themselves.

    The Company intends to license its products or technology to other  computer
manufacturers  on a  royalty-bearing basis in  order to increase  market use and
acceptance of  its  products  and  help  promote  them  as  industry  standards.
Accordingly,  the Company expects to compete in the future with licensees of the
Company's products.

    The Company believes that most consumers distinguish among competitive  data
storage  products on the basis  of some or all  of the following criteria: price
(cost per unit and  cost per megabyte of  storage capacity), performance  (speed
and  capacity), functionality (reliability, product size and removability), ease
of installation and use, and security of data. Price is a particularly important
factor with respect to the Company's mass-market products (the Zip drive and the
Ditto  420  and  Ditto  Easy   800  tape  drives).  An  additional   competitive
consideration,  particularly in the OEM market, is the size (form factor) of the
drive. Winchester drives are available in 5 1/4-inch, 3 1/2-inch, 2 1/2-inch and
1.8-inch form factors.  The most common  form factor for  Winchester and  floppy
drives  is 3 1/2-inches.  The Company currently  offers 3 1/2-inch  Zip, Jaz and
Ditto drives and 5 1/4-inch Bernoulli disk drives.

   
    The data storage  industry is  highly competitive, and  the Company  expects
that  competition will  substantially increase in  the future.  In addition, the
data storage industry is characterized  by rapid technological development.  The
Company  competes  with  a  number of  companies  that  have  greater financial,
manufacturing and marketing resources  than the Company.  The introduction by  a
competitor  of products with superior  performance or substantially lower prices
would adversely affect the Company's business.
    

                                       36
<PAGE>
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

    The Company relies on  a combination of patent,  copyright and trade  secret
laws  to protect its technology. The Company has filed approximately 40 U.S. and
foreign patent  applications relating  to  its Zip  and  Jaz drives  and  disks,
although  there can be  no assurance that  such patents will  issue. The Company
holds over 50  U.S. and  foreign patents,  three of  which relate  to its  Ditto
products  and the remainder of which  relate to its Bernoulli products. Although
the Company believes that a combination  of patent rights (pursuant to a  number
of  pending patent applications) and copyright protection should prevent another
party from  manufacturing  and selling  disks  that work  effectively  with  the
Company's  Zip and Jaz drives  (except pursuant to a  license from the Company),
there can be no assurance  that the steps taken by  the Company to protect  such
technology will be successful. If another party were to succeed in producing and
selling  Zip- or Jaz-compatible  disks, the Company's  sales would be materially
adversely affected.  Moreover, because  the  Company's Zip  and Jaz  disks  have
significantly  higher gross margins  than the Zip and  Jaz drives, the Company's
net income would be disproportionately affected by any such sales shortfall. Due
to the rapid technological change that characterizes the Company's industry, the
Company believes that the  success of its  disk drives will  also depend on  the
technical  competence  and creative  skill of  its personnel  than on  the legal
protections afforded its existing drive technology.

    As is typical in the  data storage industry, from  time to time the  Company
has  been, and may in the future be,  notified that it may be infringing certain
patents and other intellectual property rights of others. The Company,  however,
is  not currently  aware of  any threatened  or pending  legal challenge  to the
technology which is  incorporated in  its products which  it expects  to have  a
material adverse effect on its business or financial results. The Company has in
the past been engaged in several patent infringement lawsuits, both as plaintiff
and  defendant. There can be no assurance  that future claims will not result in
litigation. If infringement were established,  the Company could be required  to
pay  damages or  be enjoined from  selling the infringing  product. In addition,
there can be no assurances that the Company will be able to obtain any necessary
licenses on  satisfactory terms.  See "Risk  Factors--Dependence on  Proprietary
Technology."

    Certain  technology  used  in  the  Company's  products  is  licensed  on  a
royalty-bearing basis from third parties, including the backup software included
with the Company's Ditto products and certain patent rights relating to Zip. The
Company is in the process of negotiating a definitive license agreement for  the
Ditto  backup  software and,  although it  has entered  into a  letter agreement
regarding the  Zip  patent rights,  is  in the  process  of negotiating  a  more
detailed  license agreement  for the Zip  patent rights. The  failure to execute
definitive agreements or the termination of any such license arrangements  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial results.

EMPLOYEES

    As of December 31, 1995, the Company employed 1,667 persons (1,645 full-time
and  22  part-time),  including  143  in  research  and  development,  1,209  in
manufacturing, 139 in sales,  marketing and service,  103 in general  management
and administration, and 73 in its European operations.

    The  Company's  business  growth  during  1995  has  resulted  in additional
personnel  needs  and  an  increased  level  of  responsibility  for  management
personnel  and  the  Company  anticipates hiring  a  substantial  number  of new
employees in the near future. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in hiring, integrating or retaining such personnel.

PROPERTIES

    The Company currently  leases an aggregate  of approximately 210,000  square
feet  of space  in seven  buildings located  in Roy,  Utah, where  its executive
offices, manufacturing  and distribution  facilities, and  primary research  and
development  facilities are  located. The leases  for these  buildings expire at
various dates  from 1998  to 2000  and provide  for an  aggregate base  rent  of
approximately $1,100,000 for 1996.

   
    The  Company expects to lease  an additional 70,000 square  feet of space in
the Roy area,  which it  estimates will cost  an additional  $765,000 in  annual
rent,  by the end of  1996. Pending the availability  of that space, the Company
may rent additional space in the Roy area in 1996 on a temporary basis.
    

    The Company leases an 11,000 square  foot facility in San Diego,  California
and  a 10,000  square foot  facility in San  Jose, California,  each for certain
research  and  development  activities.  The   Company  may  seek  to   increase

                                       37
<PAGE>
its  leased space in San  Jose to approximately 50,000  square feet during 1996.
The Company has also rented a  20,000 square foot facility in Freiburg,  Germany
for  use as  its European  headquarters. In  addition, the  Company leases small
sales offices, typically on  a short-term basis, at  11 locations in the  United
States  and in Canada,  Austria, Belgium, France, Ireland,  Italy, Spain and the
United Kingdom.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    There are  no  legal proceedings,  other  than ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental  to its business, to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party
or of which any of their property is the subject.

                                       38
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                        AGE     POSITION
- ---------------------------------------  ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>
Kim B. Edwards (1)                          48      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Leonard C. Purkis                           47      Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer
Srini Nageshwar                             53      Senior Vice President, Europe
Anton J. Radman, Jr.                        43      Senior Vice President, Strategic Business Development
Leon J. Staciokas                           67      Senior Vice President and Chief Internal Operating Officer
M. Wayne Stewart                            50      Senior Vice President, Operations
Edward D. Briscoe                           33      Vice President, Sales
Reed M. Brown                               42      Vice President, Manufacturing
Timothy L. Hill                             37      Vice President, Marketing
Willard C. Kennedy                          49      Vice President, Worldwide Logistics and Materials
Donald R. Sterling                          59      Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Secretary
John G. Thompson                            55      Vice President, Outsourcing
David J. Dunn (1)(2)                        65      Chairman of the Board of Directors
Willem H.J. Andersen (3)                    55      Director
Robert P. Berkowitz (4)                     60      Director
Anthony L. Craig (1)(3)                     50      Director
Michael J. Kucha (1)(2)(4)                  54      Director
John R. Myers (1)(3)                        58      Director
John E. Nolan, Jr. (4)                      68      Director
The Honorable John E. Sheehan (3)           66      Director
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Executive Committee

(2) Member of the Nominating Committee

(3) Member of the Compensation Committee

(4) Member of the Audit Committee.

    Kim B. Edwards joined the Company  as President and Chief Executive  Officer
on  January 1, 1994. Mr. Edwards served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Gates Energy Products Inc., a manufacturer of rechargeable batteries and  the
successor  of General  Electric Battery  Division, from  March 1993  to December
1993. From January 1987  until March 1993, Mr.  Edwards served in various  other
executive positions for Gates Energy Products Inc., including Vice President and
General  Manager of its  Consumer Business Unit and  Vice President of Marketing
and Sales.  Prior to  that Mr.  Edwards was  employed for  18 years  at  General
Electric Company in various marketing and sales positions.

   
    Leonard  C. Purkis joined the Company  as Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer in  March 1995. Mr. Purkis  also served as Treasurer  of
the  Company  from  March 1995  until  January  1996. Mr.  Purkis  joined Iomega
following 12 years at General Electric Company, where his most recent assignment
was as Senior Vice President  of Finance at GE  Capital Fleet Services. He  also
held positions in the Financial Services, Lighting and Plastics businesses, with
assignments in Europe and the U.S.
    

                                       39
<PAGE>
    Srini Nageshwar was promoted to Senior Vice President, Europe in April 1991.
Mr.  Nageshwar joined  the Company  in January  1991 as  Vice President, Europe.
Prior to joining  the Company, Mr.  Nageshwar was Executive  Vice President  for
Marketing,  Sales and  Operations of  OAZ Communications,  a network  fax server
company, from February 1990  to December 1990. Prior  to that, he was  President
and Chief Operating Officer of Cumulus Corp., a memory peripherals manufacturing
company,  from January 1989 to February 1990. Prior to that, Mr. Nageshwar spent
24 years in marketing and  general management positions with Hewlett-Packard,  a
computer company, most recently as Value-Added Business Manager.

    Anton  J. Radman,  Jr., has been  Senior Vice  President, Strategic Business
Development since April 1995.  Mr. Radman joined the  Company in April 1980  and
his  previous positions  with the Company  have included  Senior Vice President,
Sales and Marketing, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, President  of
the  Bernoulli  Optical  Systems Co.  (BOSCO)  subsidiary of  the  Company, Vice
President, Research  and Development,  Vice President,  OEM Products  and  Sales
Manager, and Senior Vice President, Micro Bernoulli Division.

    Leon  J.  Staciokas  has  been  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief Internal
Operating Officer since April 1993. Mr.  Staciokas joined the Company in  August
1987  as Senior Vice President - Operations. He served as acting Chief Executive
Officer of the Company from October 1993 until January 1994. Mr. Staciokas plans
to retire during 1996, although he may continue with the Company for some period
of time in a consulting role.

    M. Wayne Stewart joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Operations  in
January  1996.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Stewart  was  Vice  President  of  Global
Manufacturing Concepts  and Engineering  Services  at Whirlpool  Corporation,  a
consumer  appliance company, from January 1995  to December 1995. From September
1970  to   December   1994,   Mr.  Stewart   was   Manufacturing   Manager   for
Hewlett-Packard.

    Edward  D. Briscoe  joined the Company  as Vice President,  Sales in January
1995. From May  1993 to  January 1995,  Mr. Briscoe  was Director  of Sales  and
Marketing  for Apple Computer's Personal Interactive Electronics Division. Prior
to that, Mr. Briscoe was Executive Assistant to the President of Apple USA. From
July 1987 to April 1992, he  held various sales management positions with  Apple
Computer,  Inc. Previously, Mr. Briscoe  was an Account Marketing Representative
for IBM, Inc. from June 1984 to July 1987.

   
    Reed M.  Brown  joined  the  Company as  Vice  President,  Manufacturing  in
February 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Brown was Director of Manufacturing at Quantum
Corporation,  a manufacturer  of hard  disk drives,  from March  1994 to January
1996. From January 1979 to February  1994, Mr. Brown was Production Manager  for
Hewlett-Packard Company.
    

    Timothy  L. Hill  joined the  Company as  Vice President,  Marketing in July
1994. Mr. Hill was Vice President,  Marketing of Falcon Microsystems, a  federal
reseller  and systems integrator, from August 1993  to July 1994. Prior to that,
Mr. Hill was Director of Marketing and Sales for the Consumer Business  Division
of  Gates Energy  Products from  January 1988 to  August 1993.  Prior to January
1988, Mr. Hill was Marketing Manager  for the Consumer Camera Products  Division
of Polaroid Corporation, a producer of photography equipment and supplies.

   
    Willard C. Kennedy joined the Company as Vice President, Worldwide Logistics
and  Materials in  November 1995.  From January  1994 to  November 1995,  he was
Senior Vice President  and General  Manager of  the Digital  Videocommunications
Systems  for Philips  Consumer Electronics.  He also  held positions  at Philips
Consumer Electronics as Vice President of Logistics from October 1992 to January
1994 and  Vice President  of Purchasing  from September  1990 to  October  1992.
Before  joining Philips, Mr.  Kennedy held a variety  of management positions in
manufacturing, purchasing and engineering over a period of 20 years with General
Electric Company.
    

    Donald R. Sterling  was promoted  to Vice President,  Corporate Counsel  and
Secretary  in April 1994. Prior to that, he was Vice President for Legal Affairs
and Secretary from August 1993 to March 1994. Mr. Sterling joined the Company in
September 1988.

                                       40
<PAGE>
   
    John G. Thompson has been Vice President, Outsourcing since January 1996. He
was Vice President, Corporate Manufacturing  from January 1993 to January  1996.
Prior  to  that, Mr.  Thompson was  Vice  President, Materials,  Procurement and
Engineering Services from March 1988 until  January 1992. Mr. Thompson was  Vice
President/Controller of the Company from January 1988 until March 1988.
    

    David  J. Dunn has been  Chairman of the Board  of Directors since 1980. Mr.
Dunn has  been Managing  General  Partner of  Idanta  Partners Ltd.,  a  venture
capital firm, since 1971.

   
    Willem  H.J. Andersen  has been  a director of  the Company  since 1994. Mr.
Andersen has been a private consultant since February 1995. From June 1992 until
February 1995,  he was  Chief  Executive Officer  and  a director  of  Comlinear
Corporation,  a semi-conductor manufacturer. From November 1986 until June 1992,
he was Chief Executive Officer of Laser Magnetic Storage International  Company,
a  designer and  manufacturer of  optical and  tape mass-storage  equipment. Mr.
Andersen is a director of Analytical Survey, Inc.
    

    Robert P.  Berkowitz has  been a  director of  the Company  since 1983.  Mr.
Berkowitz has been a private consultant since March 1992. From August 1991 until
March  1992,  he  was President  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of CimTelligence
Systems,  a  developer  of  process  planning  software  for  the  manufacturing
industry.  Previously, he had been a private  investor and a writer since August
1988.

    Anthony L. Craig has been  a director of the  Company since 1990. Mr.  Craig
has  been  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Sales  Operations  of  Digital Equipment
Corporation, a computer  manufacturer, since  October 1993. He  was Senior  Vice
President,  International of  Oracle Corporation,  a computer  software company,
from June  1992 until  June 1993.  From March  1992 until  June 1992,  he was  a
private  investor.  Previously,  from  June 1990  until  February  1992,  he was
President and  Chief Executive  Officer of  C3 Inc.,  a manufacturer  of  custom
computing workstations. He is a director of Bell Industries, Inc.

    Michael  J. Kucha has been  a director of the  Company since 1980. Mr. Kucha
has been  President  and  CEO  of ERISS  Corporation,  an  information  services
company,  since January 1996. He has also  been President of Melvin C. Dill Co.,
Inc., a manufacturer of industrial labels, since October 1990. He was a  private
investor  from May 1989 until October 1990. He served as Chief Executive Officer
of the Company from January 1987 until May 1989.

    John R. Myers has  been a director  of the Company  since April 1994.  Since
July  1994, Mr. Myers has been Chairman  of Garrett Airline Services, a provider
of modification and upgrade services  for corporate jet aircraft. From  December
1993  to July 1994,  he was a  private consultant. From  June 1992 until October
1993, he was  an executive  officer of  Thiokol Corporation,  a manufacturer  of
rocket  motors  and  specialty  fastener  devices,  initially  serving  as Chief
Operating Officer and later as Chief Executive Officer. From 1980 until 1992, he
was President of Textron Lycoming, a producer of piston and turbine engines.

    John E. Nolan,  Jr. has been  a director since  1993. Mr. Nolan  has been  a
Partner  at the law  firm of Steptoe &  Johnson since 1963. He  is a director of
Hooper Holmes, Inc.

    The Honorable John E. Sheehan has been a director of the Company since 1990.
Mr. Sheehan,  an  entrepreneur since  1976,  is  a director  and  the  principal
stockholder  of several of the privately  owned enterprises which he founded. He
is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rhome Management Co., which  provides
oversight  to his various corporate interests. He  is also a member of the Board
of Trustees for the Harvard Business  School Alumni Association and Chairman  of
the  Board of Trustees of the U.S. Naval Academy Alumni Association. Mr. Sheehan
is a former member, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

                                       41
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  with respect  to  the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of January 31, 1996 by (i)
each person or entity known to the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of the
outstanding  shares of  Common Stock, (ii)  each of the  Company's directors and
(iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY        OUTSTANDING
                                                                                    OWNED (1)          SHARES (2)
                                                                               --------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                   <C>
Idanta Partners Ltd. (3).....................................................         7,989,678             13.6%
  4660 La Jolla Village Drive
  Suite 775
  San Diego, CA 92122
William H.J. Andersen (4)....................................................            21,510             *
Robert P. Berkowitz..........................................................                 0            --
Anthony L. Craig.............................................................            63,750             *
David J. Dunn (5)............................................................         8,331,414             14.1
Kim B. Edwards (6)...........................................................           735,525              1.2
Michael J. Kucha (7).........................................................            37,758             *
John R. Myers (8)............................................................            21,750             *
John E. Nolan, Jr. (9).......................................................            67,500             *
The Honorable John E. Sheehan (10)...........................................           306,000             *
All current directors and executive officers as a group
  (20 persons) (11)..........................................................        11,697,528             19.2
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------
  * Less than 1%.

   
 (1) The inclusion herein  of any shares of  Common Stock as beneficially  owned
    does  not constitute an  admission of beneficial  ownership of those shares.
    Unless otherwise indicated, each person listed above has sole investment and
    voting power with respect to the shares listed. In accordance with the rules
    of the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC"), each stockholder  is
    deemed  to beneficially own  any shares issuable upon  the exercise of stock
    options held by such  person that are currently  exercisable or that  become
    exercisable  within 60  days after  January 31,  1996 (and  any reference in
    these footnotes to shares subject to  stock options held by the  stockholder
    in  question refers only  to such options)  and any shares  issuable to such
    person under the  Company's 1991 Stock  Purchase Plan within  60 days  after
    January 31, 1996.
    

   
 (2)  Number  of shares  deemed outstanding  for  purposes of  calculating these
    percentages is comprised of the 58,923,372 shares outstanding as of  January
    31,  1996, plus any  shares subject to  stock options held  by the person in
    question and any shares  issuable to the person  in question under the  1991
    Stock Purchase Plan.
    

   
 (3)  David J. Dunn, a director of the Company, Dev Purkayastha and Perse Failey
    are the  general partners  of  Idanta Partners  Ltd.  and share  voting  and
    dispositive power with respect to such shares.
    

   
 (4) Includes 18,750 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Andersen.
    

   
 (5)  Includes 7,989,678 shares held by Idanta  Partners Ltd., of which Mr. Dunn
    is Managing General Partner, and 341,736  shares held by a family trust,  of
    which Mr. Dunn is trustee.
    

   
 (6)  Includes 496,875 shares subject to stock options held by Mr. Edwards. Also
    includes 3,000 shares  held by  Mr. Edwards' wife,  as to  which shares  Mr.
    Edwards disclaims beneficial ownership.
    

   
 (7)  Includes 7,500 shares held by Mr.  Kucha as custodian for his children, as
    to which shares Mr. Kucha disclaims beneficial ownership. Also includes  258
    shares  held as co-trustee with  his wife, as to  which shares Mr. Kucha has
    shared voting  and investment  power,  and 30,000  shares subject  to  stock
    options held by Mr. Kucha.
    

   
 (8) Includes 18,750 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Myers.
    

   
 (9) Includes 37,500 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Nolan.
    

                                       42
<PAGE>
   
(10)  Includes 93,750 shares subject to a stock option held by Mr. Sheehan. Also
    includes 66,000 shares held  by Mr. Sheehan's wife,  as to which shares  Mr.
    Sheehan disclaims beneficial ownership.
    

   
(11) Includes 7,989,678 shares of Common Stock held by Idanta Partners Ltd. Also
    includes  an aggregate of  2,280,030 shares subject to  stock options and an
    aggregate of 1,191 shares issuable under the 1991 Stock Purchase Plan.
    

   
                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
    

   
    The Notes are to be issued  under an Indenture, to be  dated as of March   ,
1996  (the "Indenture"),  between the  Company and  State Street  Bank and Trust
Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), a copy  of which is filed as an exhibit  to
the Registration Statement. The following summaries of certain provisions of the
Notes  and the Indenture, though accurate, do not purport to be complete and are
subject to,  and  are qualified  in  their entirety  by  reference to,  all  the
provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms.
As  used  in  this  "Description  of  Notes,"  the  "Company"  refers  to Iomega
Corporation and does not include its subsidiaries.
    

   
GENERAL
    

   
    The Notes  will  represent  unsecured general  obligations  of  the  Company
subordinate  in right of payment to certain  other obligations of the Company as
described under "Subordination of  Notes" and convertible  into Common Stock  as
described  under "Conversion of Notes." The Notes will be limited to $40,000,000
aggregate principal  amount  ($46,000,000 if  the  Underwriter's  over-allotment
option  is exercised in full), will be issued only in denominations of $1,000 or
any integral multiple thereof and will mature on March 15, 2001, unless  earlier
redeemed at the option of the Company or repurchased upon a Repurchase Event (as
defined).  The  Notes will  be  issued only  in  fully registered  form, without
coupons.
    

   
    The Indenture does not  contain any financial  covenants or restrictions  on
the  payment of dividends, the incurrence  of Senior Indebtedness or issuance or
repurchase of securities of the Company. The Indenture contains no covenants  or
other  provisions to  afford protection to  holders of  Notes in the  event of a
highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of the Company except to the
extent described under "Repurchase at  Option of Holders Upon Repurchase  Event"
below.
    

   
    The Notes will bear interest at the annual rate set forth on the front cover
of  this Prospectus  from March   , 1996,  payable semiannually on  March 15 and
September 15 of each year, commencing on  September 15, 1996, to the holders  of
record  at the close of business on the preceding March 1 or September 1, as the
case may be (other than with respect to a Note or portion thereof redeemed on  a
redemption  date or repurchased in connection  with a Repurchase Event after the
record date and prior  to (but excluding) the  next succeeding interest  payment
date,  in which case accrued interest shall be payable to the extent required as
part of the redemption or repurchase price). Principal of, and premium, if  any,
and  interest on  the Notes will  be payable at  the offices or  agencies of the
Company in New York,  New York or  Boston, Massachusetts, and  the Notes may  be
presented for registration of transfer and exchange, conversion or redemption at
the  office of  the Trustee  in Boston,  Massachusetts. In  addition, payment of
interest may, at  the option  of the  Company, be made  by check  mailed to  the
address  of the registered holder  of the Note, provided  that a holder of Notes
with an aggregate principal amount equal to  or in excess of $5,000,000 will  be
paid  by wire transfer  in immediately available  funds at the  election of such
holder. Interest will be  computed on the  basis of a  360-day year composed  of
twelve 30-day months.
    

   
    No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange,
conversion  or redemption of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection  therewith (other than  any tax solely  in respect of  the
issue of Common Stock upon conversion).
    

   
CONVERSION OF NOTES
    

   
    The  holders of Notes will  be entitled at any  time after 60 days following
the latest date of original issuance of the Notes through the close of  business
on  the  final  maturity date  of  the  Notes, subject  to  prior  redemption or
repurchase, to convert the principal amount of any Notes or portions thereof (in
denominations of $1,000 or
    

                                       43
<PAGE>
   
integral multiples thereof) into Common Stock of the Company, at the  conversion
price  set forth on the cover page  of this Prospectus, subject to adjustment as
described below.  Except as  described  below, no  adjustment  will be  made  on
conversion  of any Notes  for interest accrued  thereon or for  dividends on any
shares of Common Stock issued  upon conversion of such  Notes. If any Notes  not
called for redemption are surrendered for conversion after a record date for the
payment of interest and prior to the next succeeding interest payment date, such
Notes  must be accompanied by funds payable to the Company equal to the interest
payable on such succeeding interest payment  date on the principal amount  being
converted.  The Company  is not  required to  issue fractional  shares of Common
Stock upon conversion of Notes and, in lieu thereof, will pay a cash  adjustment
based  upon the market price  of Common Stock on the  last business day prior to
the date of conversion. In the  case of Notes called for redemption,  conversion
rights will expire at the close of business on the second business day preceding
the  date fixed  for redemption  unless the Company  defaults in  payment of the
redemption price.  In the  case  of a  Note  in respect  of  which a  holder  is
exercising  its  option  to  require repurchase  upon  a  Repurchase  Event, the
conversion right will  expire at the  close of business  on the repurchase  date
unless the Company defaults in payment of the repurchase price.
    

   
    The  initial conversion price of $      per share of Common Stock is subject
to adjustment (under  formulae set forth  in the Indenture)  in certain  events,
including:  (i) the issuance  of Common Stock  as a dividend  or distribution on
Common Stock of the Company; (ii)  certain subdivisions and combinations of  the
Common  Stock; (iii)  the issuance  to all  holders of  Common Stock  of certain
rights or warrants  to purchase  Common Stock at  less than  the Current  Market
Price  (as defined) of the Common Stock; (iv) the distribution to all holders of
Common Stock of shares of capital stock of the Company (other than Common Stock)
or evidences of indebtedness of the Company or assets (including securities, but
excluding those rights, warrants, dividends and distributions referred to  above
and  dividends and distributions in connection with the liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Company or  paid in cash); (v) distributions consisting  of
cash,  excluding any quarterly cash  dividend on the Common  Stock to the extent
that the aggregate cash dividend per share  of Common Stock in any quarter  does
not  exceed the greater of (x) the amount  per share of Common Stock of the next
preceding quarterly cash dividend  on the Common Stock  to the extent that  such
preceding  quarterly dividend  did not require  an adjustment  of the conversion
price pursuant  to this  clause  (v) (as  adjusted  to reflect  subdivisions  or
combinations  of the  Common Stock) and  (y) 3.75%  of the average  of the daily
Closing Prices (as defined) of the Common Stock for the ten consecutive  Trading
Days (as defined) immediately prior to the date of declaration of such dividend,
and  excluding any dividend or distribution  in connection with the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company; (vi) payment in respect of a tender or
exchange offer made  by the Company  or any  subsidiary of the  Company for  the
Common  Stock  to  the  extent  that  the  cash  and  the  value  of  any  other
consideration included in  such payment per  share of Common  Stock exceeds  the
Current  Market  Price  per  share  of Common  Stock  on  the  Trading  Day next
succeeding the last date on which tenders  or exchanges may be made pursuant  to
such tender or exchange offer; and (vii) payment in respect of a tender offer or
exchange  offer by  a person  other than  the Company  or any  subsidiary of the
Company in which, as of the closing date of the offer, the Board of Directors is
not recommending rejection of the offer. If an adjustment is required to be made
as set  forth in  clause (v)  above as  a result  of a  distribution that  is  a
quarterly dividend, such adjustment would be based upon the amount by which such
distribution  exceeds the amount of the  quarterly cash dividend permitted to be
excluded pursuant to such clause (v). The adjustment referred to in clause (vii)
above will only be made if the tender  offer or exchange offer is for an  amount
which  increases that person's ownership of Common Stock to more than 25% of the
total shares of Common Stock outstanding and if the cash and value of any  other
consideration  included in  such payment per  share of Common  Stock exceeds the
Current Market  Price  per  share of  Common  Stock  on the  business  day  next
succeeding  the last date on which tenders  or exchanges may be made pursuant to
such tender or exchange offer. The adjustment referred to in clause (vii)  above
will  not be  made, however, if,  as of the  closing of the  offer, the offering
documents with respect to such  offer disclose a plan  or an intention to  cause
the  Company to engage in a consolidation or  merger of the Company or a sale of
all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
    

   
    Upon conversion of the Notes, the  holders will receive, in addition to  the
Common  Stock issuable  upon such  conversion, an  appropriate number  of Common
Stock purchase rights issuable under the Company's Rights Plan (as defined)  and
described  under "Description of Capital Stock  -- Rights Plan"), whether or not
such rights have separated from the Common  Stock at the time of conversion.  In
addition, the Indenture
    

                                       44
<PAGE>
   
provides  that if the  Company implements a new  stockholders' rights plan, such
new plan  must  provide that  upon  conversion of  the  Notes the  holders  will
receive,  in addition  to the  Common Stock  issuable upon  such conversion, the
rights issuable under such plan (whether or not such rights have separated  from
the Common Stock at the time of conversion).
    

   
    In the case of (i) any reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other
than one described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of the second preceeding
paragraph)  or (ii) a consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company
or a sale  or conveyance to  another person of  the property and  assets of  the
Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in each case as a result
of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities,
or  other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for
such Common Stock, the  holders of the Notes  then outstanding will be  entitled
thereafter  to convert such Notes  into the kind and  amount of shares of stock,
other securities or other property or  assets (including cash) which they  would
have  owned  or been  entitled to  receive  upon such  reclassification, change,
consolidation, merger,  combination,  sale or  conveyance  had such  Notes  been
converted  into Common Stock immediately prior to such reclassification, change,
consolidation, merger, combination, sale or  conveyance, assuming that a  holder
of  Notes would not have exercised any rights of election as to the stock, other
securities or other property or assets receivable in connection therewith.
    

   
    In the event of a taxable distribution to holders of Common Stock (or  other
transaction)  which  results  in any  adjustment  of the  conversion  price, the
holders of the Notes may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received a
distribution subject  to United  States federal  income tax  as a  dividend;  in
certain  other circumstances, the absence of such  an adjustment may result in a
taxable dividend to the holders of Common Stock.
    

   
    The Company, from  time to  time and  to the  extent permitted  by law,  may
reduce the conversion price by any amount for any period of at least 20 days, in
which  case the Company shall give at least 15 days notice of such reduction, if
the Board of Directors has made a determination that such reduction would be  in
the  best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The
Company may, at  its option, make  such reductions in  the conversion price,  in
addition  to those set forth above, as the Board of Directors deems advisable to
avoid or diminish any income tax to  holders of Common Stock resulting from  any
dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event
treated as such for United States federal income tax purposes.
    

   
    No  adjustment  in  the  conversion  price  will  be  required  unless  such
adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the conversion price then in
effect; provided that any adjustment that would otherwise be required to be made
shall be carried forward and taken in account in any subsequent adjustment.
    

   
    Except as stated above,  the conversion price will  not be adjusted for  the
issuance  of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing.
    

   
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION BY THE COMPANY
    

   
    The Notes are  not entitled to  any sinking fund.  At any time  on or  after
March 15, 1999, the Notes will be redeemable at the Company's option on at least
30  and not more than 60 days' notice as  a whole or, from time to time, in part
at the  following prices  (expressed as  percentages of  the principal  amount),
together with accrued interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                     REDEMPTION PRICE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>
1999...................................................................              %
2000...................................................................
</TABLE>
    

   
    If  fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the
Notes to be redeemed by lot. If any Note  is to be redeemed in part only, a  new
Note  or Notes  in principal  amount equal  to the  unredeemed principal portion
thereof will  be issued.  If a  portion of  a holder's  Notes are  selected  for
partial  redemption  and such  holder  converts a  portion  of such  Notes, such
converted portion  shall be  deemed (so  far as  may be)  to be  taken from  the
portion selected for redemption.
    

                                       45
<PAGE>
   
REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON REPURCHASE EVENT
    

   
    The  Indenture provides that if a Repurchase Event (as defined) occurs, each
holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all of
such holder's Notes, or any portion of  the principal amount thereof that is  an
integral multiple of $1,000, on the date (the "Repurchase Date") that is 30 days
after  the date of the Company Notice (as  defined), at a price in cash equal to
100% of the principal amount thereof (the "Repurchase Price"), plus accrued  and
unpaid  interest to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date (subject to the right of
holders of record  on the relevant  record date  to receive interest  due on  an
interest payment date that is on the Repurchase Date).
    

   
    Within  30 days after the occurrence of  a Repurchase Event, the Company or,
at the Company's request, the Trustee is obligated to give all holders of record
of the  Notes  a  notice  (the  "Company Notice")  of  the  occurrence  of  such
Repurchase Event and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof (unless
the  Company shall have theretofore called for redemption all of the outstanding
Notes). The  Company must  also deliver  a copy  of the  Company Notice  to  the
Trustee.  To exercise the repurchase right, a holder of Notes must deliver on or
before the 30th day after the date  of the Company Notice written notice of  the
holder's  exercise of such right, together with  the Notes with respect to which
the right is being exercised, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company.
    

   
    A "Repurchase Event" shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as:
    

   
         (i) any Person (including any syndicate or group which would be  deemed
    to be a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than the
    Company,  any subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the
    Company or any such subsidiary, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly
    or indirectly, through a purchase or other acquisition transaction or series
    of  transactions  (other  than  a  merger  or  consolidation  involving  the
    Company), of shares of capital stock of the Company entitling such Person to
    exercise in excess of 50% of the total voting power of all shares of capital
    stock  of the Company entitled to  vote generally in elections of directors;
    or
    

   
        (ii) there occurs any  consolidation of the Company  with, or merger  of
    the  Company into, any other  Person, any merger of  another Person into the
    Company or any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of
    the Company to another Person (other than (a) any such transaction  pursuant
    to  which  the  holders  of  the  Common  Stock  immediately  prior  to such
    transaction have, directly  or indirectly,  shares of capital  stock of  the
    continuing or surviving corporation immediately after such transaction which
    entitle  such holders to exercise in excess of 50% of the total voting power
    of all shares of  capital stock of the  continuing or surviving  corporation
    entitled  to vote generally in the election  of directors and (b) any merger
    (1) which does not result  in any reclassification, conversion, exchange  or
    cancellation  of outstanding shares  of Common Stock of  the Company, or (2)
    which is effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of  the
    Company  and  results  in  a  reclassification,  conversion  or  exchange of
    outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of common stock);
    

   
provided, however, that a Repurchase Event shall not be deemed to have  occurred
if  either (a)  the Closing  Price per share  of the  Common Stock  for any five
Trading  Days  within  the  period  of  ten  consecutive  Trading  Days   ending
immediately  before  the Repurchase  Event  shall equal  or  exceed 105%  of the
conversion price of the Notes in effect on each such trading day or (b) at least
90% of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) in  the
transaction or transactions constituting the Repurchase Event consists of shares
of common stock traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq
National  Market (or which will be so  traded or quoted when issued or exchanged
in connection with such Repurchase Event) and as a result of such transaction or
transactions the Notes  become convertible  solely into such  common stock.  The
term  "beneficial  owner"  shall be  determined  in accordance  with  Rule 13d-3
promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act.
    

   
    To the extent  applicable, the Company  will comply with  the provisions  of
Rule  13e-4 or any other  tender offer rules, and will  file a Schedule 13E-4 or
any other schedule required  under such rules, in  connection with any offer  by
the  Company to  repurchase Notes at  the option  of the holders  thereof upon a
Repurchase Event.
    

   
    The Repurchase Event feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances  make
more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of
incumbent management. The repurchase right is not the
    

                                       46
<PAGE>
   
result  of management's knowledge of any effort to accumulate Common Stock or to
obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer,  solicitation,
or otherwise, or part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover
provisions.  Instead,  this  right is  the  result of  negotiations  between the
Company and the Underwriter.
    

   
    The foregoing provisions would not  necessarily afford holders of the  Notes
protection  in the event of a highly  leveraged transaction, a change in control
of the Company or  other transactions involving the  Company that may  adversely
affect holders of the Notes.
    

   
    The  Company's  ability  to  repurchase  Notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  a
Repurchase Event is subject to limitations. If a Repurchase Event were to occur,
there can  be no  assurance that  the Company  would have  sufficient  financial
resources,  or would be able  to arrange financing, to  pay the repurchase price
for all  Notes tendered  by  holders thereof.  In  addition, the  occurrence  of
certain  Repurchase Events would constitute an event of default under certain of
the Company's current debt agreements, and the Company's repurchase of Notes  as
a  result of the occurrence  of a Repurchase Event  may be prohibited or limited
by, or create an event of default under, the terms of future agreements relating
to  borrowings  of  the  Company,   including  agreements  relating  to   Senior
Indebtedness.  In the event a Repurchase Event occurs at a time when the Company
is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the  Company could seek the consent of  its
lenders  to  the  purchase  of  the Notes  or  could  attempt  to  refinance the
borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such  a
consent  or  repay such  borrowings, the  Company  would remain  prohibited from
purchasing Notes.  Any failure  by  the Company  to  repurchase the  Notes  when
required  following a Repurchase Event would result in an Event of Default under
the Indenture whether or not such  repurchase is permitted by the  subordination
provisions  of the  Indenture. Any  such default may,  in turn,  cause a default
under Senior  Indebtedness  of the  Company.  As a  result,  in each  case,  any
repurchase  of  the  Notes  would,  absent a  waiver,  be  prohibited  under the
subordination provisions of the Indenture until the Senior Indebtedness is  paid
in full. See "Subordination of Notes" below and "Risk Factors -- Subordination."
    

   
SUBORDINATION OF NOTES
    

   
    The  indebtedness  evidenced by  the Notes  is  subordinated, to  the extent
provided in  the  Indenture,  to  the  prior  payment  in  full  of  all  Senior
Indebtedness  (as defined). Upon  any payment by the  Company or distribution of
assets of the Company resulting from any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or
reorganization, the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
on the Notes is subordinated, to the extent provided in the Indenture, in  right
of  payment to the prior payment in full  in cash of all Senior Indebtedness. In
the event of any acceleration  of the Notes because of  an Event of Default  (as
defined),  the  holders of  any Senior  Indebtedness  then outstanding  would be
entitled to payment in full in cash of all obligations in respect of such Senior
Indebtedness before the holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment
or distribution in respect thereof. The Indenture will require that the  Company
promptly  notify  holders of  Senior  Indebtedness if  payment  of the  Notes is
accelerated because of an Event of Default.
    

   
    The Company also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the Notes if
(i) a default in  the payment of  the principal of,  premium, if any,  interest,
rent  or  other obligations  in  respect of  Senior  Indebtedness occurs  and is
continuing beyond  any applicable  period of  grace or  (ii) any  other  default
occurs  and is  continuing with  respect to  Designated Senior  Indebtedness (as
defined) that permits holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness as to  which
such  default  relates to  accelerate its  maturity and  the Trustee  receives a
notice of such default (a "Payment  Blockage Notice") from the Company or  other
person  permitted to give such notice under the Indenture. Payments on the Notes
may and shall  be resumed (a)  in case of  a payment default,  upon the date  on
which  such default is cured or waived and  (b) in case of a nonpayment default,
the earlier of the date on which  such nonpayment default is cured or waived  or
179  days after  the date  on which  the applicable  Payment Blockage  Notice is
received if the  maturity of such  Designated Senior Indebtedness  has not  been
accelerated, unless the Indenture otherwise prohibits the payment at the time of
such  payment. No new period of payment  blockage may be commenced pursuant to a
Payment Blockage Notice  unless and until  (i) 365 days  have elapsed since  the
effectiveness  of the  immediately prior  Payment Blockage  Notice and  (ii) all
scheduled payments of
    

                                       47
<PAGE>
   
principal of, premium, if any,  and interest on the  Notes that have become  due
have  been  paid in  full in  cash. No  nonpayment default  that existed  or was
continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee
shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
    

   
    By reason of the subordination provisions described above, holders of Senior
Indebtedness may,  in the  event  of the  Company's bankruptcy,  dissolution  or
reorganization,  receive more,  ratably, and  holders of  the Notes  may receive
less, ratably, than the other creditors of the Company. Such subordination  will
not prevent the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Indenture.
    

   
    The  term "Senior  Indebtedness" means  the principal  of, premium,  if any,
interest (including all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of  any
bankruptcy  or  similar proceeding,  whether or  not  a claim  for post-petition
interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) and rent payable on  or
in  connection with, and all fees, costs,  expenses and other amounts accrued or
due on or in connection with,  Indebtedness of the Company, whether  outstanding
on  the  date  of  the  Indenture  or  thereafter  created,  incurred,  assumed,
guaranteed or  in effect  guaranteed by  the Company  (including all  deferrals,
renewals,   extensions  or  refundings  of,   or  amendments,  modifications  or
supplements to the foregoing), unless in the case of any particular Indebtedness
the instrument creating or  evidencing the same or  the assumption or  guarantee
thereof  expressly provides that such Indebtedness  shall not be senior in right
of payment to the  Notes or expressly provides  that such Indebtedness is  "pari
passu"   or  "junior"  to  the  Notes.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Senior
Indebtedness shall not include any Indebtedness of the Company to any subsidiary
of the Company, a majority  of the voting stock of  which is owned, directly  or
indirectly,  by the Company. The term  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any
Person, and without  duplication, (a)  all indebtedness,  obligations and  other
liabilities  (contingent  or  otherwise)  of  such  Person  for  borrowed  money
(including obligations of the Company in respect of overdrafts, foreign exchange
contracts, currency exchange  agreements, interest  rate protection  agreements,
and  any loans  or advances  from banks,  whether or  not evidenced  by notes or
similar instruments)  or  evidenced  by  bonds,  debentures,  notes  or  similar
instruments  (whether or not the  recourse of the lender is  to the whole of the
assets of such  Person or to  only a  portion thereof) (other  than any  account
payable  or  other  accrued  current liability  or  obligation  incurred  in the
ordinary course of  business in connection  with the obtaining  of materials  or
services),  (b) all reimbursement obligations  and other liabilities (contingent
or otherwise) of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bank  guarantees
or  bankers'  acceptances, (c)  all obligations  and liabilities  (contingent or
otherwise) in respect of leases of such Person as lessee required, in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,   to  be  accounted  for   as
capitalized  lease  obligations on  the balance  sheet of  such Person,  and all
obligations and other liabilities (contingent  or otherwise) under any lease  or
related  document (including a purchase agreement)  in connection with any lease
of real property which provides that  such Person is contractually obligated  to
purchase  or cause  a third  party to purchase  the leased  property and thereby
guarantee a minimum residual value of the leased property to the lessor and  the
obligations  of such Person under such lease  or related document to purchase or
to cause a third party to purchase such leased property, (d) all obligations  of
such  Person (contingent or otherwise) with respect to an interest rate or other
swap, cap  or collar  agreement  or other  similar  instrument or  agreement  or
foreign  currency hedge, exchange, purchase  or similar instrument or agreement,
(e) all direct or  indirect guaranties or similar  agreements by such Person  in
respect  of, and  obligations or liabilities  (contingent or  otherwise) of such
Person to purchase or otherwise acquire  or otherwise assure a creditor  against
loss  in respect of, indebtedness, obligations  or liabilities of another Person
of the kind described in clauses (a) through (d), (f) any indebtedness or  other
obligations  described  in  clauses (a)  through  (d) secured  by  any mortgage,
pledge, lien or other encumbrance existing on property which is owned or held by
such Person, regardless of whether the indebtedness or other obligation  secured
thereby  shall have been assumed by such  Person and, (g) any and all deferrals,
renewals,  extensions  and  refunding   of,  or  amendments,  modifications   or
supplements  to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described
in clauses  (a) through  (f). The  term "Designated  Senior Indebtedness"  means
Indebtedness  under the Company's existing loan  agreements with Wells Fargo and
First Security Bank of Utah, and any other Senior Indebtedness if the instrument
creating or  evidencing the  same or  the assumption  or guarantee  thereof  (or
related  agreements  or documents  to which  the Company  is a  party) expressly
provides that such  Indebtedness shall be  "Designated Senior Indebtedness"  for
purposes  of the  Indenture (provided that  such instrument,  agreement or other
document may  place limitations  and  conditions on  the  right of  such  Senior
Indebtedness to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Indebtedness).
    

                                       48
<PAGE>
   
    The  Notes are obligations exclusively of  the Company. Since the operations
of the Company are partially conducted  through its subsidiaries, the cash  flow
and  the consequent ability to service debt, including the Notes, of the Company
are  partially  dependent  upon  the  earnings  of  such  subsidiaries  and  the
distribution  of those earnings,  or upon loans  or other payments  of funds, by
those subsidiaries to the  Company. The subsidiaries  are separate and  distinct
legal  entities  and have  no obligation,  contingent or  otherwise, to  pay any
amounts due  pursuant to  the Notes  or to  make any  funds available  therefor,
whether  by dividends, distributions, loans or  other payments. In addition, the
payment of dividends or distributions and the making of loans and other payments
to the  Company  by any  such  subsidiaries could  be  subject to  statutory  or
contractual  restrictions,  could  be  contingent  upon  the  earnings  of those
subsidiaries, and are subject to various business considerations.
    

   
    Any right of the Company  to receive any assets  of any of its  subsidiaries
upon  their  liquidation  or reorganization  (and  the consequent  right  of the
holders of  the  Notes to  participate  in  those assets)  will  be  effectively
subordinated  to  the claims  of  that subsidiary's  creditors  (including trade
creditors), except to  the extent  that the Company  is itself  recognized as  a
creditor of such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Company would still
be subordinate to any security interest in the assets of such subsidiary and any
indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by the Company.
    

   
    At  January  28,  1996,  the  Company  had  approximately  $60.3  million of
outstanding indebtedness which  would have constituted  Senior Indebtedness  and
subsidiaries  of  the Company  had  approximately $19.9  million  of outstanding
indebtedness and other liabilities (excluding (i) intercompany liabilities, (ii)
indebtedness included in Senior Indebtedness  because it is guaranteed  directly
or  indirectly by the Company and (iii) liabilities of a type not required to be
reflected on the balance sheet of such subsidiaries in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles) to which  the Notes would have been  effectively
subordinated.  The Company intends to use a  portion of the net proceeds of this
offering to  repay a  portion of  the outstanding  amounts under  its bank  loan
agreements,  which constitute Senior Indebtedness  (although it may subsequently
borrow additional amounts under  such loan agreements).  See "Use of  Proceeds".
The  Indenture contains  no limitations on  either (i) the  amount of additional
indebtedness, including  Senior  Indebtedness,  which the  Company  may  create,
incur,  assume  or  guarantee, or  (ii)  the  amount of  indebtedness  and other
liabilities which any subsidiary may create, incur, assume or guarantee.
    

   
    In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or any  holder
of  Notes receives any payment  or distribution of assets  of the Company of any
kind in contravention of any of  the subordination provisions of the  Indenture,
whether  in cash, property or securities,  including, without limitation, by way
of set-off or otherwise, in respect of the Notes before all Senior  Indebtedness
is paid in full, then such payment or distribution will be held by the recipient
in  trust for the  benefit of and  shall be paid  over to the  holders of Senior
Indebtedness or their representative or representatives to the extent  necessary
to  make  payment in  full of  all Senior  Indebtedness remaining  unpaid, after
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision  therefor,
to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness.
    

   
    The  Company is obligated to pay  reasonable compensation to the Trustee and
to indemnify the Trustee against any losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by
it in connection with its duties relating to the Notes. The Trustee's claims for
such payments will be senior to claims of holders of the Notes in respect of all
funds collected or held by the Trustee.
    

   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    

   
    An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as being: default in payment
of the  principal  of or  premium,  if any,  on  the Notes  (including,  without
limitation, any redemption price or repurchase price payable with respect to any
Note);  default for  30 days in  payment of  any installment of  interest on the
Notes; default by  the Company for  60 days  after notice in  the observance  or
performance  of any other covenants in the  Indenture; failure of the Company or
any subsidiary to make any payment at maturity in respect of Money  Indebtedness
(as  defined) in  an amount  in excess  of $25,000,000  and continuance  of such
failure for 180 days; default by the  Company or any subsidiary with respect  to
any  Money  Indebtedness, which  default results  in  the acceleration  of Money
Indebtedness  in  an  amount  in  excess  of  $25,000,000  without  such   Money
Indebtedness  having  been discharged  or such  acceleration having  been cured,
waived, rescinded or  annulled within 30  days after notice  as provided in  the
Indenture;  or certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
of the Company.
    

                                       49
<PAGE>
   
The Indenture provides that  the Trustee may withhold  notice to the holders  of
Notes  of  any default  (except in  payment  of principal,  premium, if  any, or
interest with respect to the Notes) if  the Trustee in good faith determines  it
in the interest of the holders of the Notes to do so.
    

   
    The  Indenture provides that if an Event  of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the  Trustee or the  holders of  not less than  25% in  principal
amount  of the Notes then  outstanding may declare the  principal of and accrued
interest on the  Notes to be  due and  payable immediately, but  if the  Company
shall cure all defaults (except the nonpayment of principal of, premium, if any,
and  interest on any of  the Notes which shall  have become due by acceleration)
and certain other conditions are met, with certain exceptions, such  declaration
may  be canceled and past defaults may be waived by the holders of a majority of
the principal  amount of  the Notes  then outstanding.  In the  case of  certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, the principal of and accrued
interest  on the  Notes shall  automatically become  and be  immediately due and
payable.
    

   
    The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then  outstanding
shall  have the  right to direct  the time,  method and place  of conducting any
proceedings for  any  remedy  available  to  the  Trustee,  subject  to  certain
limitations specified in the Indenture.
    

   
MODIFICATIONS OF THE INDENTURE
    

   
    The  Indenture contains provisions  permitting the Company  and the Trustee,
with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal  amount
of  the  Notes  at  the  time  outstanding,  to  modify  the  Indenture  or  any
supplemental indenture or the rights of the holders of the Notes, except that no
such modification shall (i)  extend the fixed maturity  of any Note, reduce  the
rate  or extend the time  for payment of interest  thereon, reduce the principal
amount thereof  or premium,  if any,  thereon, reduce  any amount  payable  upon
redemption  thereof, change the obligation of the Company to repurchase any Note
upon the happening  of a  Repurchase Event  in a  manner adverse  to holders  of
Notes,  impair the right of a holder  to institute suit for the payment thereof,
change the currency in which the Notes are payable, impair the right to  convert
the  Notes into Common Stock subject to the  terms set forth in the Indenture or
modify the provisions of the Indenture with respect to the subordination of  the
Notes  in a manner adverse to the holders  of the Notes in any material respect,
without the consent of the holder of  each Note so affected, or (ii) reduce  the
aforesaid  percentage of Notes without the consent  of the holders of all of the
Notes then outstanding.
    

   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    

   
    The Company may discharge  its obligations under  the Indenture while  Notes
remain  outstanding if (i) all outstanding Notes  will become due and payable at
their scheduled  maturity within  one year  or (ii)  all outstanding  Notes  are
redeemed  within one year, and,  in either case, the  Company has deposited with
the Trustee an amount sufficient to  pay and discharge all outstanding Notes  on
the date of their scheduled maturity or the scheduled date of redemption.
    

   
GOVERNING LAW
    

   
    The  Indenture  and  the Notes  provide  that  they are  to  be  governed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
    

   
THE TRUSTEE
    

   
    The Trustee under  the Indenture has  been appointed by  the Company as  the
paying  agent,  conversion agent,  registrar and  custodian  with regard  to the
Notes. The Trustee or its affiliates may from time to time in the future provide
banking and  other services  to the  Company  in the  ordinary course  of  their
business.
    

   
    The  Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, in
the event it  or any of  its affiliates becomes  a creditor of  the Company,  to
obtain  payment of claims  in certain cases,  or to realize  on certain property
received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee  and
its  affiliates  will be  permitted  to engage  in  other transactions  with the
Company; provided, however, that if the  Trustee or any such affiliate  acquires
any  conflicting  interest  (as defined),  it  must eliminate  such  conflict or
resign.
    

   
    In case  an Event  of Default  shall occur  (and shall  not be  cured),  the
Trustee  will be required to use the same  degree of care and skill as a prudent
person would use  under the  circumstances in the  conduct of  his own  affairs.
    

                                       50
<PAGE>
   
Subject  to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise
any of its rights  or powers under the  Indenture at the request  of any of  the
holders  of  Notes, unless  they shall  have offered  to the  Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity.
    

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    The authorized capital stock of  the Company consists of 150,000,000  shares
of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share. As of December 31, 1995, there were outstanding
58,819,335  shares of Common Stock held by  2,634 stockholders of record. Of the
5,000,000 authorized  shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  250,000  shares  have  been
designated  as Series C Junior Participating  Preferred Stock (none of which are
outstanding), and 4,750,000 shares remain available for designation by the Board
of Directors in the future.

    The following summary of certain  provisions of the Company's Common  Stock,
Preferred  Stock, Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws is not intended to be
complete and is qualified by reference  to the provisions of applicable law  and
to  the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and By-laws included as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See "Available
Information."

COMMON STOCK

    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on  all
matters  submitted to a vote  of stockholders and do  not have cumulative voting
rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority  of the outstanding shares of  Common
Stock  entitled  to vote  in  any election  of directors  may  elect all  of the
directors standing for election. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out
of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential dividend rights
of the  holders  of  any  outstanding Preferred  Stock.  Upon  the  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding-up of the Company,  holders of Common Stock are entitled
to receive ratably  the net  assets of  the Company  available for  distribution
after  the payment of all debts and other liabilities of the Company and subject
to the prior rights of the  holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock.  Holders
of  Common  Stock have  no  preemptive, subscription,  redemption  or conversion
rights. The  outstanding shares  of Common  Stock are,  and the  shares  offered
hereby  will be,  when issued  and paid for,  fully paid  and nonassessable. The
rights, preferences and privileges  of holders of Common  Stock are subject  to,
and  may  be adversely  affected  by, the  rights of  holders  of any  shares of
Preferred Stock that the Company may issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

    The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations  prescribed
by  law, without further stockholder approval, to  issue from time to time up to
4,750,000 shares of Preferred Stock, in one or more series. Each such series  of
Preferred  Stock shall  have such  number of  shares, designations, preferences,
voting powers, qualifications and  special or relative  rights or privileges  as
shall  be determined by the Board of Directors, which may include, among others,
dividend  rights,  voting  rights,  redemption  and  sinking  fund   provisions,
liquidation preferences, conversion rights and preemptive rights.

    The  stockholders  of  the  Company  have  granted  the  Board  of Directors
authority to  issue  the  Preferred  Stock  and  to  determine  its  rights  and
preferences  in order to eliminate delays  associated with a stockholder vote on
specific issuances. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to
the rights of holders of any Preferred Stock issued in the future. The  issuance
of  Preferred Stock,  while providing  desirable flexibility  in connection with
possible acquisitions and  other corporate  purposes, could have  the effect  of
making  it more  difficult for a  third party  to acquire, or  of discouraging a
third party from  attempting to acquire,  a majority of  the outstanding  voting
stock  of the Company. The  Company has no present plans  to issue any shares of
Preferred Stock.

RIGHTS PLAN

    In July 1989, the Company adopted  a Shareholder Rights Plan and declared  a
dividend  of four-fifteenths of  one preferred stock  purchase right (a "Right")
for each outstanding share of Common Stock. Under certain conditions, each Right
may be exercised to  purchase one one-hundredth  of a share  of Series C  Junior
Participating Preferred Stock ("Series C Preference Stock") at an exercise price
of $15. The Rights will be exercisable only

                                       51
<PAGE>
if  a person or  group has acquired beneficial  ownership of 20%  or more of the
Common Stock of the Company or announced  a tender or exchange offer that  would
result  in such a  person or group owning  30% or more of  the Common Stock. The
Company generally will be entitled to redeem the Rights at $.01 per Right at any
time until the tenth day following public announcement that a 20% stock position
has been acquired and in certain other circumstances.

    If any person  or group becomes  a beneficial owner  of 25% or  more of  the
Common  Stock (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all shares at a
fair price as determined by the outside members of the Board of Directors) or if
a 20% stockholder consolidates or merges into or engages in certain self-dealing
transactions with the Company,  each Right not owned  by a 20% stockholder  will
enable  its holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal
to the exercise price of  the Right divided by one-half  of the market price  of
the Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event. In addition, if the
Company engages in a merger or other business combination with another person or
group  in which it is not the  surviving corporation or in connection with which
its Common Stock is changed or converted,  or if the Company sells or  transfers
50%  or more of its  assets or earning power to  another person, each Right that
has not  previously been  exercised will  entitle its  holder to  purchase  such
number  of  shares of  Common Stock  of such  other  person as  is equal  to the
exercise price of  the Right divided  by one-half  of the market  price of  such
Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event.

    Because   of  the  nature  of  the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock's  dividend,
liquidation and voting rights, the value  of four fifteen-hundredths of a  share
of  Series C Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the four-fifteenths of
a Right associated with each share of Common Stock should approximate the  value
of one share of Common Stock.

    The  Rights  have  certain  anti-takeover  effects.  The  Rights  may  cause
substantial dilution to a person or  group that attempts to acquire the  Company
on  terms not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned  on a substantial number  of Rights being acquired.  The
Rights  should  not  interfere with  any  merger or  other  business combination
approved by the Board of Directors.

DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS

    The Company  is subject  to the  provisions of  Section 203  of the  General
Corporation  Law of Delaware. In general,  Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with   an
"interested  stockholder" for  a period  of three  years after  the date  of the
transaction in which  the person  became an interested  stockholder, unless  the
business   combination  is  approved   in  a  prescribed   manner.  A  "business
combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a
financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain  exceptions,
an  "interested  stockholder"  is a  person  who, together  with  affiliates and
associates,  owns,  or  within  three  years  did  own,  15%  or  more  of   the
corporation's voting stock.

    The  Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation and  By-Laws provide  that any
action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company  may
be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders or by a
written  consent signed  by all  holders of  outstanding voting  stock, and that
special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors or
the President of the Company. These provisions could have the effect of delaying
until the next stockholders'  meeting stockholder actions  which are favored  by
the  holders of a majority of the  outstanding voting securities of the Company.
These provisions may  also discourage  another person  or entity  from making  a
tender  offer for the  Common Stock, because  such person or  entity, even if it
acquired a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Company,  would
be  able to  take action  as a  stockholder (such  as electing  new Directors or
approving a  merger) only  at a  duly called  stockholders meeting,  and not  by
written consent.

    The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  certain provisions
permitted under  the  General  Corporation  Law  of  Delaware  relating  to  the
liability  of  Directors. The  provisions  eliminate a  Director's  liability to
stockholders for monetary  damages for  a breach  of fiduciary  duty, except  in
certain  circumstances  involving  wrongful  acts,  such  as  the  breach  of  a
Director's duty  of  loyalty or  acts  or omissions  which  involve  intentional
misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law.  The  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation also contains provisions

                                       52
<PAGE>
obligating the Company to  indemnify its Directors and  officers to the  fullest
extent  permitted  by  the  General Corporation  Law  of  Delaware.  The Company
believes that  these  provisions  will  assist the  Company  in  attracting  and
retaining qualified individuals to serve as Directors.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    The  transfer agent  and registrar  for the  Common Stock  is American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.

                                  UNDERWRITING

   
    Subject to  the terms  and  conditions of  the Underwriting  Agreement,  the
Underwriter, Hambrecht & Quist LLC, has agreed to purchase all of the Notes from
the  Company. The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the  obligations of the
Underwriter are subject to certain  conditions precedent, including the  absence
of  any material  adverse change  in the Company's  business and  the receipt of
certain certificates, opinions and letters from the Company, its counsel and the
Company's independent auditors.  The nature of  the Underwriter's obligation  is
such  that it is committed to purchase all of the Notes offered hereby if any of
such Notes are purchased. The Underwriter  proposes to offer the Notes  directly
to  the public at the public offering price  set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in  excess
of  $     per Note. The Underwriter  may allow, and such  dealers may reallow, a
concession not in excess of $     per Note  to certain other dealers. After  the
offering  contemplated hereby, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the Underwriter.
    

   
    The Company has granted to the  Underwriter an option, exercisable no  later
than  30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional
$6,000,000 principal amount  of Notes  at the  public offering  price, less  the
underwriting  discount,  set forth  on the  cover page  of this  Prospectus. The
Company will be obligated,  pursuant to the  option, to sell  such Notes to  the
Underwriter  to the extent the option is exercised. The Underwriter may exercise
such option only to  cover over-allotments made in  connection with the sale  of
Notes offered hereby.
    

   
    The  offering of the Notes is made for  delivery when, as and if accepted by
the Underwriter and  subject to prior  sale and to  withdrawal, cancellation  or
modification  of the offering without notice. The Underwriter reserves the right
to reject an order for the purchase of Notes in whole or in part.
    

   
    The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriter  against  certain
liabilities,  including liabilities  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  and to
contribute to  payments the  Underwriter  may be  required  to make  in  respect
thereof.
    

   
    The  executive  officers  and directors  of  the Company  have  agreed, with
certain limited  exceptions,  that they  will  not, without  the  prior  written
consent  of the Underwriter, offer, sell, or  otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock or options to acquire shares  of Common Stock owned by them  during
the  90-day period following the date of this Prospectus. The Company has agreed
that it will  not, without  the prior written  consent of  the the  Underwriter,
offer,  sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock during  the 90-day  period following  the date  of this  Prospectus
(except pursuant to employee and director stock plans).
    

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   
    The  validity of  the Notes  offered hereby and  the shares  of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion thereof will be passed upon for the Company by Hale and
Dorr, Boston, Massachusetts. Partners of  Hale and Dorr beneficially own  93,750
shares of Common Stock of the Company. Certain legal matters will be passed upon
for the Underwriter by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian,
LLP, Palo Alto, California.
    

                                       53
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS

    The  consolidated financial statements and schedule included or incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement,  to
the  extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, and are included herein  in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in  accordance
therewith  files reports, proxy  statements and other  information with the SEC.
Such documents can be  inspected and copied at  the public reference  facilities
maintained  by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at
the following Regional Offices of the SEC: Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York,  New York  10048 and  500 West  Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661; and  copies of  such material  may be  obtained from  the SEC's
Public Reference Section at  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington, D.C. 20549  at
prescribed rates. The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Reports
and  other information concerning the Company may  be inspected at the office of
Nasdaq Operations, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

   
    The Company has  filed with  the SEC a  Registration Statement  on Form  S-3
under  the Securities Act of  1933 with respect to  the Notes offered hereby and
the Common  Stock issuable  upon conversion  thereof. This  Prospectus does  not
contain  all of the information set forth  in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and  schedules thereto.  For further  information with  respect to  the
Company,  the  Notes and  its Common  Stock,  reference is  hereby made  to such
Registration Statement,  exhibits and  schedules. Statements  contained in  this
Prospectus  as to  the contents of  any contract  or any other  document are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is hereby made to the  copy
of  such contract or document  (if any) filed as  an exhibit to the Registration
Statement,  each  such  statement  being  qualified  in  all  respects  by  such
reference. The Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto may
be  examined without charge  at the Public  Reference Section of  the SEC at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549  and copies of such materials may  be
obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates.
    

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    The  following documents filed by the  Company with the SEC are incorporated
herein by reference:

    (1) the  Company's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K  for the  fiscal year  ended
       December 31, 1994;

   
    (2)  the Company's  Quarterly Reports  on Form  10-Q for  the quarters ended
       April 2, July 2 and October 1, 1995;
    

   
    (3) the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 1996;
    

   
    (4) the Company's Form 10-C filed on February 6, 1996; and
    

   
    (5) the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A registering the  Common
       Stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.
    

   
    All  documents filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to February 27, 1996 and prior
to the termination of the offering  of the Common Stock registered hereby  shall
be  deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and to be a part
hereof from the  date of  filing such documents.  Any statement  contained in  a
document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be
deemed to  be modified  or superseded  for purposes  of this  Prospectus to  the
extent  that a  statement contained  herein or  in any  other subsequently filed
document which  also is  or is  deemed to  be incorporated  by reference  herein
modifies  or supersedes such statement. Any  statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so  modified or superseded, to constitute a  part
of this Prospectus.
    

                                       54
<PAGE>
    The  Company  will  provide  without  charge to  each  person  to  whom this
Prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy  of
any  or  all of  the  foregoing documents  incorporated  by reference  into this
Prospectus (without exhibits to such documents other than exhibits  specifically
incorporated  by reference into such documents). Requests for such copies should
be directed to the  Secretary of the  Company, 1821 West  Iomega Way, Roy,  Utah
84067 (telephone: (801) 778-1000).

                                       55
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................        F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995..........................        F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995.................................................................................        F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1993,
 1994 and 1995........................................................................        F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995.................................................................................        F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................       F-10
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Iomega Corporation:

    We  have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets  of Iomega
Corporation (a Delaware corporation)  and subsidiaries as  of December 31,  1994
and  1995, and the related  consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of  the three years in the period ended  December
31,  1995. These  financial statements are  the responsibility  of the Company's
management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.

    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly,  in all  material  respects, the  financial position  of  Iomega
Corporation  and subsidiaries as of December 31,  1994 and 1995, and the results
of their operations  and their cash  flows for each  of the three  years in  the
period  ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

    As explained in Note 3  to the consolidated financial statements,  effective
January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.

                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
January 26, 1996

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------
                                                               1994        1995
                                                             ---------   ---------
 <S>                                                         <C>         <C>
 Current assets:

   Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $  16,861   $   1,023

   Temporary investments...................................      2,932          --

   Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $1,627 and $1,861, respectively.....................     18,892     105,955

   Inventories.............................................     17,318      98,703

   Deferred tax assets.....................................        477       2,778

   Other current assets....................................      4,077       3,673
                                                             ---------   ---------
       Total current assets................................     60,557     212,132
                                                             ---------   ---------

 Equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost:
   Machinery and equipment.................................     45,585      67,812
   Leasehold improvements..................................      6,034       6,475
   Furniture and fixtures..................................      4,737       4,805
   Equipment and construction in process...................      2,837      24,057
                                                             ---------   ---------
                                                                59,193     103,149

   Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........    (43,917)    (49,779)
                                                             ---------   ---------
                                                                15,276      53,370
                                                             ---------   ---------
 Deferred tax assets.......................................         --         520
                                                             ---------   ---------
 Other assets..............................................         --         205
                                                             ---------   ---------
                                                             $  75,833   $ 266,227
                                                             ---------   ---------
                                                             ---------   ---------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                            of these balance sheets.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1994       1995
                                                              --------   ---------
 <S>                                                          <C>        <C>
 Current liabilities:
   Notes payable............................................  $     --   $  47,640
   Accounts payable.........................................     7,228      94,782
   Bank overdraft...........................................        --      11,833
   Accrued payroll and bonus................................     3,047       6,777
   Deferred revenue.........................................     1,947       3,207
   Accrued vacation.........................................     1,954       2,939
   Accrued warranty.........................................     3,943       4,652
   Other accrued liabilities................................     7,620      21,756
   Income taxes payable.....................................        --       5,141
   Current portion of capitalized lease obligations.........        --         782
                                                              --------   ---------
       Total current liabilities............................    25,739     199,509
                                                              --------   ---------
 Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion......        --       1,481
                                                              --------   ---------
 Notes payable, net of current portion......................        --       2,551
                                                              --------   ---------
 Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
 Redeemable Series A Convertible Preferred Stock;
  outstanding 258,816 shares................................     1,031          --
                                                              --------   ---------
 Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 4,750,000
    shares..................................................        --          --
   Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock; authorized
    250,000 shares, none issued.............................        --          --
   Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value; authorized 150,000,000
    shares; issued 55,559,247 and 58,819,335 shares,
    respectively............................................     1,852       1,960
   Notes receivable from stockholders.......................      (597)         --
   Additional paid-in capital...............................    47,023      51,473
   Retained earnings........................................       785       9,253
                                                              --------   ---------
       Total stockholders' equity...........................    49,063      62,686
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                              $ 75,833   $ 266,227
                                                              --------   ---------
                                                              --------   ---------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                            of these balance sheets.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                    1993        1994        1995
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 <S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
 Sales..........................................  $ 147,123   $ 141,380   $ 326,225
 Cost of sales..................................     92,585      92,453     235,838
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Gross margin...................................     54,538      48,927      90,387
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and administrative..........     38,862      36,862      57,189
   Research and development.....................     18,972      15,438      19,576
   Restructuring costs (reversal)...............     14,131      (2,491)         --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
       Total operating expenses.................     71,965      49,809      76,765
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Operating income (loss)........................    (17,427)       (882)     13,622
   Foreign currency gain (loss).................        328         353      (1,243)
   Interest income..............................        620         871         537
   Interest expense.............................        (70)        (15)     (1,652)
   Other income (expense).......................       (107)       (301)        375
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Income (loss) before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of accounting change........    (16,656)         26      11,639
 Provision for income taxes.....................       (206)     (1,908)     (3,136)
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............................    (16,862)     (1,882)      8,503
 Cumulative effect of accounting change.........      2,337          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net income (loss)............................  $ (14,525)  $  (1,882)  $   8,503
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Net income (loss) per common share:
   Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
    accounting change...........................  $   (0.31)  $   (0.03)  $    0.14
   Cumulative effect of accounting change.......       0.04          --          --
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net income (loss)............................  $   (0.27)  $   (0.03)  $    0.14
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                  ---------   ---------   ---------
 Weighted average common chares outstanding.....     54,318      55,419      60,180
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NOTES
                                                   COMMON STOCK      RECEIVABLE    ADDITIONAL
                                                ------------------      FROM        PAID-IN      RETAINED     TREASURY
                                                  SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS    CAPITAL      EARNINGS       STOCK     TOTAL
                                                ----------  ------  ------------   ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1992.................  53,632,656  $1,788     $   --       $57,746      $ 17,347     $ (11,857) $ 65,024
<S>                                             <C>         <C>     <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.69 cash per share................     570,888      19         --           373            --            --       392
Sale of shares to officer at an average price
 of $0.68 per share for a note receivable.....     882,000      29       (597)          568            --            --        --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium.....................          --      --         --           (51)           --            --       (51)
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock........................................          --      --         --            --           (78)           --       (78)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock...............................          --      --         --           214            --            --       214
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan..........................          --      --         --            84            --            --        84
Issuance of 34,563 treasury shares under
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.................          --      --         --           (30)           --            60        30
Net loss......................................          --      --         --            --       (14,525)           --   (14,525)
                                                ----------  ------     ------      ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1993.................  55,085,544  $1,836     $ (597)      $58,904      $  2,744     $ (11,797) $ 51,090
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NOTES
                                                                     RECEIVABLE    ADDITIONAL
                                                                        FROM        PAID-IN      RETAINED     TREASURY
                                                  SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS    CAPITAL      EARNINGS       STOCK     TOTAL
                                                ----------  ------  ------------   ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>     <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.56 cash per share................     473,703      16         --           240            --            --       256
Purchase of 390,000 shares at an average cost
 of $0.78 cash per share......................          --      --         --            --            --          (305)     (305)
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium.....................          --      --         --           (55)           --            --       (55)
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock........................................          --      --         --            --           (77)           --       (77)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock...............................          --      --         --            28            --            --        28
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan..........................          --      --         --             8            --            --         8
Issuance of 15,171 treasury shares under
 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.................          --      --         --           (17)           --            17        --
Five-for-four Common Stock split effected in
 the form of a 25% stock dividend.............          --      --         --       (12,085)           --        12,085        --
Net loss......................................          --      --         --            --        (1,882)           --    (1,882)
                                                ----------  ------     ------      ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1994.................  55,559,247  $1,852     $ (597)      $47,023      $    785     $      --  $ 49,063
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NOTES
                                                                     RECEIVABLE    ADDITIONAL
                                                                        FROM        PAID-IN      RETAINED     TREASURY
                                                  SHARES    AMOUNT  STOCKHOLDERS    CAPITAL      EARNINGS       STOCK     TOTAL
                                                ----------  ------  ------------   ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>     <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
Sale of shares to employees at an average
 price of $0.83 cash per share................   2,429,751      81         --         1,945            --            --     2,026
Sale of shares to an officer at an average
 price of $0.57 per share for a note
 receivable...................................     496,875      16       (283)          267            --            --        --
Accretion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock redemption premium.....................          --      --         --           (14)           --            --       (14)
Dividends on Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock........................................          --      --         --            --           (35)           --       (35)
Tax benefit from early dispositions of
 employee stock...............................          --      --         --           860            --            --       860
Recognition of compensation from Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan..........................          --      --         --           185            --            --       185
Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred
 Stock to Common Stock........................     318,600      11         --         1,194            --            --     1,205
Issuance of Common Shares under Employee Stock
 Purchase Plan................................      14,862      --         --            13            --            --        13
Collection of notes receivable from
 stockholders.................................          --      --        880            --            --            --       880
Net income....................................          --      --         --            --         8,503            --     8,503
                                                ----------  ------     ------      ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
Balances at December 31, 1995.................  58,819,335  $1,960     $   --       $51,473      $  9,253     $      --  $ 62,686
                                                ----------  ------     ------      ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
                                                ----------  ------     ------      ----------   -----------   ---------  --------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                     1993        1994       1995
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 <S>                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
 Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net Income (Loss)...........................  $ (14,525)  $ (1,882)  $   8,503
     Non-Cash Revenue and Expense Adjustments:
         Depreciation and amortization expense...      8,472      6,853       8,943
         Cumulative effect of accounting
           change................................     (2,337)        --          --
         Deferred income tax provision
           (benefit).............................         --      4,508      (2,821)
         Change in restructuring reserves........      5,554      1,590          --
         Other...................................       (751)      (314)        926
     Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
         Trade receivables (net).................     (6,203)     2,793     (87,063)
         Inventories.............................      3,786     (3,747)    (81,385)
         Income taxes payable....................         --         --       6,823
         Other current assets....................       (694)    (1,135)     (1,278)
         Accounts payable........................      1,696        161      87,554
         Accrued liabilities.....................      6,333     (3,516)     32,808
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
             Net cash provided from (used in)
               operating activities..............      1,331      5,311     (26,990)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Purchase of equipment and leasehold
       improvements..............................     (6,567)    (7,083)    (45,232)
     Purchase of temporary investments...........         --     (8,825)     (2,090)
     Sale of temporary investments...............         --      5,893       5,022
     Prepayment of royalties.....................     (1,000)        --          --
     Proceeds from sale of property held for
       resale....................................      4,461         --          --
     Proceeds from sale of research and
       development assets........................         --      2,792          --
     Net (increase) decrease in other assets.....        343        (10)       (205)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
             Net cash used in investing
               activities........................     (2,763)    (7,233)    (42,505)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Proceeds from sales of Common Stock.........        402        256       2,028
     Proceeds from issuance of notes payable.....         --         --     259,667
     Payments on notes payable and capitalized
       lease obligations.........................        (11)        --    (209,748)
     Tax benefit from early dispositions of
       employee stock............................        214         28         860
     Redemption of Preferred Stock...............         (2)        --         (30)
     Purchase of treasury stock..................         --       (305)         --
     Utilization of treasury stock for Stock
       Purchase Plan.............................         20         --          --
     Payment of dividends on Preferred Stock.....        (78)        --          --
     Proceeds from notes receivable from
       stockholders..............................         --         --         880
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
             Net cash provided from (used in)
               financing activities..............        545        (21)     53,657
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents.........       (887)    (1,943)    (15,838)
 Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of the
 Year............................................     19,691     18,804      16,861
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of the Year....  $  18,804   $ 16,861   $   1,023
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
 Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and
     Financing Activities:
     Net receivable (payable) associated with
       revaluation of forward exchange
       contracts.................................  $      49   $   (111)  $  (1,113)
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
     Sale of Common Stock for a Note.............  $     597   $     --   $     283
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
     Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock to
       Common Stock..............................  $      --   $     --   $   1,205
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
     Machinery and equipment financed under
       capitalized lease obligations.............  $      --   $     --   $   2,535
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                   ---------   --------   ---------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    NATURE OF OPERATIONS

    The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  innovative  data storage
solutions, based  on removable-media  technology,  that help  personal  computer
users  "manage their stuff."  The Company's data  storage solutions include disk
drives marketed  under the  tradenames Zip  and  Jaz, a  family of  tape  drives
marketed  under the  tradename Ditto,  and a  line of  removable drives marketed
under the tradename Bernoulli. Retail outlets for the Company's products include
mail  order  catalogs,  computer  superstores,  office  supply  superstores  and
speciality  computer stores. The  Company sells its  products to retail channels
directly as well as indirectly through distributors. The Company's products  are
sold  at the retail level by most  of the leading retailers of computer products
in the United States.  In addition to sales  through these retail channels,  the
Company  has  entered into  a  number of  strategic  marketing alliances  with a
variety of companies within the  computer industry. These alliances include  OEM
arrangements  providing for certain of the Company's products to be incorporated
in new computer systems at the time of purchase.

   
    The Company's business has grown significantly in the past year, with  sales
increasing  from $141.4 million in 1994 to $326.2 million in 1995. This business
growth  has  resulted  in  substantial  increases  in  accounts  receivable  and
inventories.  Increases in these  working capital components  have resulted in a
significant decline  in  the  Company's  liquidity.  The  Company  expects  that
proceeds  from an  anticipated note offering,  together with  current sources of
financing available to  the Company, will  be sufficient to  fund the  Company's
operations  through at least June 30,  1996. Thereafter, the Company anticipates
that it will require additional funds to finance its operations.
    

    SOURCES OF SUPPLY

    Many components  incorporated  in,  or  used  in  the  manufacture  of,  the
Company's  products are currently only available from sole source suppliers. The
Company purchases  all of  its sole  source and  limited source  components  and
equipment  pursuant  to purchase  orders placed  from  time to  time and  has no
guaranteed supply  arrangements. Supply  shortages resulting  from a  change  in
suppliers  could cause a  delay in manufacturing  and a possible  loss of sales,
which would have an adverse effect on operating results.

    MANUFACTURING RELATIONSHIPS

    The Company uses independent  parties to manufacture for  the Company, on  a
contract  basis, a substantial portion of  the Company's products. The Company's
manufacturing relationships are generally not  covered by binding contracts  and
may  be  subject  to  unilateral  termination  by  the  Company's  manufacturing
partners. Shortages  resulting from  a change  in manufacturing  partners  could
cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would have an
adverse affect on operating results.

    PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES

    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

    The consolidated financial  statements include the  accounts of the  Company
and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of all material intercompany
accounts and transactions.

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenue  is recognized when units are shipped to customers. However, revenue
recognition  is  deferred  on  shipments  to  customers  with  right  of  return
privileges whose inventory is in excess of estimated normal customers' inventory
requirements.  The gross margin  associated with deferral of  sales in excess of
estimated

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
normal customers'  inventory  requirements totaled  $1,494,000,  $1,947,000  and
$3,207,000 at December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and is included in
deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

    In  addition,  the Company  records  reserves at  the  time of  shipment for
estimated volume rebates and price protection credits to be issued to customers.
These reserves totalled $169,000 and $1,633,000  at December 31, 1994 and  1995,
respectively,  and are  netted against  accounts receivable  in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.

    PRICE PROTECTION

    The Company has agreements with certain of its customers which, in the event
of a  price decrease,  allow those  customers (subject  to certain  limitations)
credit equal to the difference between the price originally paid and the reduced
price  on units in the customers' inventories at the date of the price decrease.
When a  price decrease  is  anticipated, the  Company establishes  reserves  for
amounts estimated to be reimbursed to the qualifying customers.

    INVENTORIES

    Inventories  include  direct  materials,  direct  labor,  and  manufacturing
overhead costs and are  recorded at the lower  of cost (first-in, first-out)  or
market and consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1994     1995
                                                              -------  -------
    <S>                                                       <C>      <C>
    Raw materials...........................................  $ 7,524  $89,030
    Work-in-process.........................................    4,839    5,680
    Finished goods..........................................    4,955    3,993
                                                              -------  -------
                                                              $17,318  $98,703
                                                              -------  -------
                                                              -------  -------
</TABLE>

    EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

    When  property is retired  or otherwise disposed  of, the book  value of the
property is  removed from  the asset  and related  accumulated depreciation  and
amortization accounts, and the net gain or loss is included in the determination
of  net income. Depreciation is provided  based on the straight-line method over
the following estimated useful lives of the property.

<TABLE>
    <S>                                                          <C>
    Machinery and equipment....................................  2 - 5 years
    Leasehold improvements.....................................      5 years
    Furniture and fixtures.....................................     10 years
</TABLE>

    The Company  has certain  specialized manufacturing  equipment used  in  its
operations.

    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

    Product research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

    ADVERTISING

    The  Company expenses the cost of advertising the first time the advertising
takes place, except cooperative advertising with customers, which is accrued  at
the  time  of  sale. For  the  years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994  and 1995,
advertising  expenses   totaled   approximately   $5,574,000,   $6,348,000   and
$10,612,000, respectively.

    BANK OVERDRAFT

    The  bank overdraft  represents those  checks which  have been  disbursed to
vendors but have not been presented to the bank for clearance. Upon  presentment
to  the bank, the bank overdraft will be funded by the revolving line of credit,
thereby reducing the availability under the line. (See Note 5.)

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    WARRANTY COSTS

    A one-year limited warranty is generally  provided on the Company's Zip  and
Jaz  drives.  Zip and  Jaz disks  carry a  limited lifetime  warranty. A  two to
five-year limited warranty is  generally provided on  Bernoulli disk drives  and
disk drive subsystems. A two to five-year limited warranty is generally provided
on the tape drives and tape media.

    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

    Net  income (loss) per common share is  based on the weighted average number
of  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  dilutive  common  stock  equivalent   shares
outstanding during the year. Common stock equivalent shares consist primarily of
stock  options and convertible preferred stock  that have a dilutive effect when
applying the treasury stock method. In periods where losses are recorded, common
stock equivalents would decrease the loss per share and are therefore not  added
to  weighted average shares outstanding. The outstanding shares and earnings per
share have been restated for all periods presented to reflect the impact of  the
stock splits described in Note 2.

    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

    For purposes of consolidating foreign operations, the Company has determined
the  functional  currency  for  its  foreign  operations  is  the  U.S.  dollar.
Therefore, translation gains  and losses  are included in  the determination  of
income.

    INCOME TAXES

    The   Company  recognizes  a  liability  or   asset  for  the  deferred  tax
consequences of  temporary  differences  between  the tax  bases  of  assets  or
liabilities  and  their  reported  amounts in  the  financial  statements. These
temporary differences will  result in  taxable or deductible  amounts in  future
years  when the reported amounts  of the assets or  liabilities are recovered or
settled.

    General business tax credits are accounted for using the "liability" method,
which reduces Federal income tax expense in the year in which these credits  are
generated.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS

    For  purposes of  the statements  of cash  flows, the  Company considers all
highly liquid  debt instruments  purchased  with maturities  of three  or  fewer
months  to be cash  equivalents. Instruments with maturities  in excess of three
months are  classified  as temporary  investments.  At December  31,  1994,  all
temporary  investments had maturities of less  than six months. Cash equivalents
and  temporary  investments  primarily  consist  of  certificates  of   deposit,
investments  in  money  market  mutual  funds,  commercial  paper  and  bankers'
acceptances and are recorded at cost which approximates market.

    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The book  value of  the Company's  financial instruments  approximates  fair
value.  The estimated fair values have  been determined using appropriate market
information and valuation methodologies.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS

    Certain reclassifications  have been  made  in prior  periods'  consolidated
financial statements to conform to the current presentation.

(2) STOCK SPLITS
    On  October 27,  1994, the Company's  Board of Directors  declared a 5-for-4
stock split which was effected in the  form of a 25% Common Stock dividend  paid
on  November 23,  1994 to  stockholders of  record at  the close  of business on
November 9, 1994. The  Company paid cash in  lieu of issuing fractional  shares.
The transaction has been accounted for as a stock split. Of the shares of Common
Stock  distributed by  the Company  in connection  with the  November 1994 stock
split, approximately  9,051,000  were treasury  shares  and the  remainder  were

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(2) STOCK SPLITS (CONTINUED)
authorized  but unissued shares. The cost  of the treasury shares and authorized
but unissued shares were recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in  capital.
All  earnings per share and outstanding  shares have been retroactively restated
in the financial statements for all periods presented.

    In December 1995,  the Board of  Directors approved a  3-for-1 Common  Stock
split,  to be effected in  the form of a 200%  Common Stock dividend, subject to
stockholder  approval  of  an  increase  in  the  authorized  Common  Stock   to
150,000,000  shares at $.03  1/3 par value  per share. On  January 26, 1996, the
stockholders approved the  charter amendment to  increase the authorized  Common
Stock.  The  stock  dividend  will be  paid  on  or about  January  31,  1996 to
stockholders of record at the close of business on January 15, 1996. This  stock
split   has  been  retroactively  reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated
financial statements.

    In connection with each stock  split, proportional adjustments were made  to
outstanding  stock options and  other outstanding obligations  of the Company to
issue shares of Common Stock.

(3) INCOME TAXES
    Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                1993        1994       1995
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
    U.S.....................................  $  (7,338)  $    208   $ 10,761
    Non-U.S.................................     (9,318)      (182)       878
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              $ (16,656)  $     26   $ 11,639
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>

    The income tax provision consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                1993        1994       1995
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>
    Current Income Taxes:
      Federal...............................  $    (164)  $  1,217   $ (4,158)
      State.................................        (22)       208       (805)
      Foreign...............................         --         --       (156)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                   (186)     1,425     (5,119)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
    Deferred Taxes:
      Federal...............................      5,989         (6)       189
      State.................................      1,497         --         47
      Change in Valuation Allowance.........     (7,506)    (3,327)     1,747
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                    (20)    (3,333)     1,983
                                              ---------   --------   --------
    Provision for Income Taxes..............  $    (206)  $ (1,908)  $ (3,136)
                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                              ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>

    Effective January  1,  1993,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 109, "Accounting for  Income Taxes" (SFAS No. 109). In
accordance with  the provisions  of SFAS  No. 109,  the Company  recognized  the
cumulative  effect  of  this  accounting change  totaling  $2.3  million  in the
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1993.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(3) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the  differences
between  the financial reporting  and tax basis of  assets and liabilities. They
are measured by applying the enacted tax rates and laws in effect for the  years
in which such differences are expected to reverse. The significant components of
the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1994           1995
                                                              ------------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Accounts receivable reserves..............................    $    482       $  1,158
  Inventory reserves........................................         940          2,378
  Fixed asset reserves......................................          36             64
  Accrued expense reserves..................................       4,596          7,188
  Unrealized foreign currency loss..........................          --            438
  Inventory unicap adjustment...............................         160            375
  Foreign net operating loss carryover......................       1,493          1,921
  Tax credit carryover......................................       5,365          1,273
  Intercompany profit in inventory..........................          86             84
  Other.....................................................          45             30
                                                              ------------   ------------
Total deferred tax assets...................................      13,203         14,909
Valuation allowance.........................................     (12,585)       (11,341)
                                                              ------------   ------------
Deferred tax asset net of valuation allowance...............         618          3,568
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Accelerated depreciation..................................        (141)          (270)
                                                              ------------   ------------
Net deferred tax assets.....................................    $    477       $  3,298
                                                              ------------   ------------
                                                              ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
    

    Management  believes  that,  based on  a  number of  factors,  the available
objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of
the deferred tax asset such that  a valuation allowance has been recorded.  Such
factors  include  lack of  cumulative operating  profits  in the  previous three
years, recent increases in expense levels  to support the Company's growth,  and
the  fact that the market in which the Company competes is intensely competitive
and characterized by rapidly changing technology. Accordingly, the deferred  tax
assets  have been reduced by a $11.3 million valuation allowance at December 31,
1995. This allowance  has been established  for the foreign  net operating  loss
carryforward  and temporary  differences which are  not expected  to be realized
through an income tax loss carryback to a prior period.

    Although the realization  of the net  deferred tax assets  are not  assured,
management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred
tax  assets  will  be  realized.  The amount  of  the  net  deferred  tax assets
considered realizable,  however, could  be reduced  in the  near term  based  on
changing conditions.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(3) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The differences between the provision for income taxes at the U.S. statutory
rate and the effective rate, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    December 31,                                  1993       1994       1995
                                                --------   --------   --------
    <S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
    Benefit (provision) at U.S. statutory
     rate.....................................  $  5,663   $     (9)  $ (3,957)
    Utilization of tax credits................       947          4         --
    Change in transfer price..................        --      1,400         --
    Non-Deductible items......................        21         --        (95)
    State income taxes........................       669        (22)      (596)
    (Increase) decrease in deferred asset
     valuation allowance......................    (7,506)    (3,327)     1,747
    Foreign income taxes......................        --         --       (156)
    Other.....................................        --         46        (79)
                                                --------   --------   --------
    Provision for income taxes................  $   (206)  $ (1,908)  $ (3,136)
                                                --------   --------   --------
                                                --------   --------   --------
</TABLE>

    Cash  paid for  income taxes  was $1,322,000 in  1993, $94,000  in 1994, and
$71,000 in 1995.  The Company received  cash refunds of  $2,247,000 in 1994  and
$1,592,000 in 1995.

    For income tax purposes, the Company has approximately $5,056,000 in foreign
net operating loss carryforwards and $1,273,000 of tax credit carryforwards. The
tax credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2008.

(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    LITIGATION

    The  Company is involved in lawsuits  and claims generally incidental to its
business. It is the opinion of management, after discussions with legal counsel,
that the ultimate  dispositions of  these lawsuits and  claims will  not have  a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.

    LEASE COMMITMENTS

    The  Company  conducts  its  operations from  leased  facilities  and leases
certain equipment  used in  its operations.  Aggregate lease  commitments  under
non-cancelable  operating leases in  effect at December 31,  1995 are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     LEASE
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                     COMMITMENTS
    ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
    <S>                                                           <C>
    1996........................................................    $ 3,063
    1997........................................................      2,456
    1998........................................................      2,108
    1999........................................................      1,683
    2000........................................................      1,289
    Thereafter..................................................         97
                                                                  -----------
                                                                    $10,696
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>

    Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995  was
approximately $2,336,000, $1,989,000 and $1,981,000, respectively.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The  following is a schedule of  future minimum lease payments under capital
leases together with the present value of net minimum lease payments at December
31, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FUTURE MINIMUM
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                 LEASE PAYMENTS
    --------------------------------------------------------  --------------
    <S>                                                       <C>
    1996....................................................      $  973
    1997....................................................         973
    1998....................................................         640
                                                                  ------
    Total net minimum lease payments........................       2,586
    Less amount representing interest.......................        (323)
                                                                  ------
    Present value of net minimum lease payments.............       2,263
    Less: current portion...................................        (782)
                                                                  ------
                                                                  $1,481
                                                                  ------
                                                                  ------
</TABLE>

    BONUS PLAN

    The Company has  adopted a bonus  plan that provides  for bonus payments  to
officers  and key employees. The payment of the 1995 bonuses was contingent upon
the Company  and the  employees achieving  certain objectives.  At December  31,
1995,  the Company has  accrued $3,000,000 for management  bonuses which will be
paid in March 1996 or  after the First Security Bank  Loan Agreement is paid  in
full  (see Note 13). At December  31, 1994, approximately $1,400,000 was accrued
for management bonuses, the majority of which was paid in February and March  of
1995.

    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

    In  1995, the Company adopted  a bonus plan for  the Chief Executive Officer
that provides for  bonus payments  of cash  and up  to 60,000  shares of  stock,
subject  to a  three year  vesting, contingent  upon the  achievement of certain
objectives. At December 31, 1995, the cash payment is fully accrued. In  January
1996, the Compensation Committee approved the issuance of the full 60,000 shares
of stock. The shares will be issued at a cost equal to par value.

    PROFIT SHARING PLAN

    In  1991,  the  Company adopted  a  profit  sharing plan  that  provided for
payments to all eligible employees of their share of a pool that equaled 6.0% of
the Company's annual income before income  taxes. In 1994, the plan was  amended
to  5.0%  of the  Company's annual  income before  income taxes.  Employees must
complete one year of continuous employment  to be eligible. Employees receive  a
share  of the profit sharing  pool based upon their annual  salary as a ratio to
total annual  salaries  of  all  eligible employees.  The  Company  has  accrued
approximately  $600,000 for the 1995 profit sharing  plan, which will be paid in
January 1996. There were no profit sharing payments for fiscal 1993 and 1994.

    FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

    The Company has commitments to  sell foreign currencies relating to  forward
exchange  contracts in order  to hedge against  future currency fluctuations. In
addition, the Company purchases components denominated in Yen and has  purchased
forward contracts to buy Yen.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(4) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The outstanding forward exchange sale and purchase contracts at December 31,
1995 are as follows. The contracts mature in January and February 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CONTRACTED
                                                           FORWARD
                              AMOUNT        CURRENCY        RATE
                          ---------------   --------   ---------------
    <S>                   <C>               <C>        <C>
    French Franc........        1,939,000   FRF                  5.169
    Spanish Peseta......       64,524,000   ESP                 134.45
    Italian Lira........      363,000,000   ITL                 1692.0
    Japanese Yen........   (1,109,678,923)  YEN         100.60 - 101.0
</TABLE>

    Gains  and losses on foreign currency contracts intended to be used to hedge
operating requirements are  reported currently  in income. Gains  and losses  on
foreign  currency contracts intended  to meet firm  commitments are deferred and
are recognized as part of the  cost of the underlying transaction being  hedged.
At  December 31, 1994 and 1995, all  of the Company's foreign currency contracts
are being used to hedge  operating requirements. The Company's theoretical  risk
in  these transactions is the cost of  replacing, at current market rates, these
contracts in the event of default by the counterparty.

(5) NOTES PAYABLE

    LINE OF CREDIT

   
    On July  5,  1995,  the Company  entered  into  a loan  agreement  with  the
Commercial  Finance Division  of Wells  Fargo Bank,  N.A. The  agreement permits
revolving loans, term loans and letters of credit up to an aggregate outstanding
principal amount equal to the lesser of $60 million or 80% of eligible  accounts
receivable,  with a  10% overadvance provision  through April  12, 1996. Amounts
outstanding  are  collateralized  by  accounts  receivable  and  equipment.  The
revolving  credit line bears interest  at the bank's prime  rate plus 1% and the
term loans bear interest at  the bank's prime rate  plus 1.25%. The Company  has
segregated $25 million of the revolving line into a 60 day LIBOR loan to achieve
a  lower interest  rate. Total availability  under the Wells  Fargo agreement at
December 31, 1995 was $56.1 million,  of which $36.8 million (exclusive of  bank
overdrafts  of $11.8 million) had been drawn.  See Note 1. The agreement expires
June 30, 1996. Among other restrictions, covenants within the agreement  require
the  Company to maintain  minimum levels of  working capital and  net worth. The
weighted average outstanding  balance was $23,327,000  during 1995. The  maximum
amount  outstanding during 1995  was $38,184,000. The  weighted average interest
rate was 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 1995.
    

    Loss of Wells Fargo Bank  as a lender would require  the Company to find  an
alternative  source of  funding, which could  have a material  adverse affect on
business and financial results.

    OTHER TERM NOTES

    During 1995,  the  Company  has  entered  into  term  notes  with  financial
institutions.  The proceeds from these notes were used to purchase manufacturing
equipment. The term notes have 36-month terms which mature at various dates from
November 1998  to January  1999.  Principal and  interest payments  are  payable
monthly.  Interest rates are fixed and range  from 8.89% to 9.11%. The notes are
secured by  the equipment  purchased.  The term  notes  require the  Company  to
maintain  minimum levels of working capital,  net worth, and quarterly operating
income.

    FINANCING OF EUROPEAN ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

    In November  1995, a  foreign  subsidiary of  the  Company entered  into  an
agreement  with a German commercial bank for  up to DM 50 million (approximately
$35 million) which involves  the sale of a  portion of the foreign  subsidiary's
accounts  receivable to the  bank. The agreement expires  in November 1996. Such
sales of receivables are limited to 90% of eligible accounts receivable  subject
to  certain credit  limits. The Company  has retained  the bad debt  risk on the
receivables  up  to  DM  1  million  per  customer.  The  interest  rate  varies

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(5) NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
depending on the currency and ranges from 7.75% to 15% at December 31, 1995. The
loan is denominated in several different European currencies and is dependent on
the  underlying receivable. The  weighted average interest rate  was 11% for the
year ended  December 31,  1995. During  1995, the  Company received  a total  of
$17,849,000  in  proceeds  under the  arrangement.  At December  31,  1995, $9.8
million was outstanding  and is included  in notes payable  in the  accompanying
December 31, 1995 consolidated balance sheet.

    The following table summarizes the notes payable outstanding at December 31,
1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
    <S>                                                           <C>
    LIBOR loan
     (8.875% fixed interest rate)...............................  $  25,000
    Revolving credit line
     (9.5% interest rate at 12/31/95)...........................      8,241
    Term loan
     (9.75% interest rate at 12/31/95)..........................      3,612
    Other term notes............................................      3,537
    European agreement..........................................      9,801
                                                                  ---------
                                                                     50,191
    Less: Current portion.......................................    (47,640)
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  $   2,551
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>

    Maturities of notes payable by year are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
    --------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                             <C>
    1996..........................................................  $47,640
    1997..........................................................    1,119
    1998..........................................................    1,187
    1999..........................................................      245
                                                                    -------
                                                                    $50,191
                                                                    -------
                                                                    -------
</TABLE>

    Cash  paid for interest was $970,000  in 1995, including interest on capital
leases. There was  no outstanding debt  in 1993 and  1994. Included in  interest
expense  for 1995  was $267,000 of  amortization of  deferred charges associated
with obtaining the debt.

(6) PREFERRED STOCK
    The Company  has  authorized the  issuance  of  up to  5,000,000  shares  of
Preferred  Stock, $.01 par value per share. The Company's Board of Directors has
the authority, without further shareholder approval, to issue Preferred Stock in
one or more series and to fix the rights and preferences thereof. As of December
31, 1995,  250,000  shares were  designated  as Series  C  Junior  Participating
Preferred Stock and the remaining 4,750,000 shares were undesignated.

    SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

    During  1987, in connection  with the settlement  of litigation, the Company
designated  1,200,000  shares  of  Preferred   Stock  as  Redeemable  Series   A
Convertible Preferred Stock. These shares were issued in 1989.

    Effective  June 16,  1995, the  Company exercised  its right  to require the
conversion of all  outstanding Series A  Stock into the  Company's Common  Stock
pursuant  to the original  conversion terms. Upon  conversion, 318,600 shares of
Common Stock were  issued to  the Series  A Stock  shareholders. Any  fractional
shares were paid with cash in lieu of stock.

    Common  shares  issued  on conversion  of  the  Series A  Stock  shares were
recorded at the net carrying value of the Series A Convertible Preferred  Stock,
plus accrued dividends.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

    In  July 1989, the  Company designated 250,000 shares  of Preferred Stock as
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock in connection with its Shareholder
Rights Plan (see Note 7). Each share of Series C Junior Participating  Preferred
Stock  (Series C  Stock) will:  (1) have  a liquidation  preference of  $375 per
share; (2) have  rights to dividends,  subject to  the rights of  any series  of
Preferred  Stock ranking prior and  superior to the Series  C Stock, when and if
declared by the Board of Directors; (3)  not be redeemable; and (4) have  voting
rights which entitle the holder to 375 votes per share.

(7) PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
    In  July 1989, the Company adopted a  Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a
dividend of  four-fifteenths of  one  preferred stock  purchase right  for  each
outstanding  share of Common Stock. Under  certain conditions, each right may be
exercised to purchase  one one-hundredth  of a  share of  Series C  Stock at  an
exercise  price of $15. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group
has acquired  beneficial  ownership  of 20%  or  more  of the  Common  Stock  or
announced a tender or exchange offer that would result in such a person or group
owning  30% or more of the Common  Stock. The Company generally will be entitled
to redeem the rights at $.01 per right at any time until the tenth day following
public announcement that a 20% stock  position has been acquired and in  certain
other circumstances.

    If  any person  or group becomes  a beneficial owner  of 25% or  more of the
Common Stock (except pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for all shares at  a
fair price as determined by the outside members of the Board of Directors) or if
a 20% stockholder consolidates or merges into or engages in certain self-dealing
transactions  with the Company, each  right not owned by  a 20% stockholder will
enable its holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as is  equal
to  the exercise price  of the right  divided by one-half  of the current market
price of  the Common  Stock on  the  date of  the occurrence  of the  event.  In
addition,  if the Company engages in a merger or other business combination with
another person or  group in  which it  is not  the surviving  corporation or  in
connection  with  which its  Common Stock  is  changed or  converted, or  if the
Company sells or transfers 50% or more of its assets or earning power to another
person, each  right that  has not  previously been  exercised will  entitle  its
holder to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock of such other person as
is  equal to the exercise price of the  right divided by one-half of the current
market price of such Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event.

(8) STOCK OPTIONS

    STOCK OPTION PLANS

    The Company has a 1981 Stock Option Plan (the "1981 Option Plan") and a 1987
Stock Option Plan (the "1987 Option Plan"). The 1981 Option Plan has expired and
no further options may be granted under this plan; however, outstanding  options
previously  granted  under this  plan remain  in effect.  Both plans  permit the
granting of  incentive  and  nonstatutory  stock options.  The  plans  cover  an
aggregate  of 20,625,000 shares  of Common Stock. The  exercise price of options
granted under the 1987 Option Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair  market
value  of the Common Stock at  the date of grant in  the case of incentive stock
options, and may not  be less than 25%  of the fair market  value of the  Common
Stock at the date of grant in the case of nonstatutory stock options.

    Options under both plans must be exercised within ten years from the date of
grant  in the case of incentive stock options and within ten years and one month
from the date of grant in the  case of nonstatutory stock options, or sooner  if
so  specified within the option agreement. At December 31, 1995, the Company had
reserved an aggregate of 11,134,590 shares for issuance upon exercise of options
granted or to be granted under these plans.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(8) STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    The following table presents the  aggregate options granted, forfeited,  and
exercised  under the 1981 and 1987 Option Plans for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995 at their  respective exercise price ranges. All options  and
option prices have been restated for the stock splits (see Note 2).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUMBER OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                  OPTIONS       PER SHARE
                                                 ----------  ---------------
    <S>                                          <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1992...   8,934,153  $0.11 to $2.92
    Granted....................................     305,034  $0.70 to $1.90
    Exercised..................................  (1,816,110) $0.11 to $1.00
    Forfeited..................................    (373,908) $0.27 to $2.90
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1993...   7,049,169  $0.27 to $2.92
    Granted....................................   2,204,625  $0.60 to $1.06
    Exercised..................................    (474,141) $0.27 to $0.80
    Forfeited..................................  (1,418,391) $0.41 to $2.92
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1994...   7,361,262  $0.27 to $2.92
    Granted....................................   1,000,800  $1.13 to $14.21
    Exercised..................................  (2,473,053) $0.27 to $2.92
    Forfeited..................................     (57,032) $0.42 to $2.10
                                                 ----------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1995...   5,831,977  $0.27 to $14.21
                                                 ----------
                                                 ----------
</TABLE>

    Options   to  purchase  5,660,850,  4,886,061   and  4,754,094  shares  were
exercisable at December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

    Options to  purchase 5,302,613  shares  were reserved  for future  grant  at
December 31, 1995.

    DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLANS

    The  1987 Director Stock  Option Plan (the  "Director Plan") covered 750,000
shares of  Common  Stock. The  Director  Plan provided  for  the grant  to  each
non-employee  director of the Company, on his initial election as a director, an
option to purchase 93,750 shares of  Common Stock. The exercise price per  share
of the option is equal to the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on
the date of grant of the option. Options become exercisable in five equal annual
installments,  commencing one year  from the date of  grant, provided the holder
continues to serve as a  director of the Company.  Any option granted under  the
Director  Plan must be exercised no later than ten years from the date of grant.
All options granted under  the Director Plan are  nonstatutory options. In  1995
the Board adopted, and the stockholders approved, the 1995 Director Stock Option
Plan. This Plan covers 600,000 shares of Common Stock and provides for the grant
to  each non-employee  director of  the Company,  on his  initial election  as a
director, an option to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(8) STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    The following table  presents the aggregate  options granted, forfeited  and
exercised  under the Director Plans for the  years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995, at  their respective  exercise price  ranges. All  options and  option
prices have been restated for the stock splits (see Note 2).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NUMBER OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                   OPTIONS      PER SHARE
                                                  ---------   --------------
    <S>                                           <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1992....   412,500    $0.57 to $0.92
    Granted.....................................    93,750    $1.17
    Exercised...................................         0
    Forfeited...................................         0
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1993....   506,250    $0.57 to $1.17
    Granted.....................................   187,500    $0.53
    Exercised...................................   (93,750)   $0.57
    Forfeited...................................         0
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1994....   600,000    $0.53 to $1.17
    Granted.....................................         0
    Exercised...................................  (225,000)   $0.73 to $0.87
    Forfeited...................................         0
                                                  ---------
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1995....   375,000    $0.53 to $1.17
                                                  ---------
                                                  ---------
</TABLE>

    Options  to purchase 281,250, 300,000 and 300,000 shares were exercisable at
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

    Options to  purchase  600,000  shares  were reserved  for  future  grant  at
December 31, 1995.

    OTHER STOCK OPTIONS

    In  December 1987, the Company granted to each of five of the six members of
the Board of Directors an option to purchase 93,750 shares of Common Stock.  The
exercise price of these options was $0.40 per share in the case of four options,
and  $0.47 per share in the case of the other option. Each option is exercisable
in increments of  18,750 shares per  year beginning  one year from  the date  of
grant  and must be exercised no later than ten years and one month from the date
of grant. During  1995, options  to purchase  243,750 shares  were exercised  at
$0.40  and $0.47 per  share. At December  31, 1994, options  for the purchase of
243,750 shares were outstanding  and exercisable at $0.40  and $0.47 per  share.
There were no options outstanding at December 31, 1995.

(9) STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

    1991 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

    On  January 25, 1991, the Company's  Board of Directors approved an employee
stock purchase plan for 1991, 1992, and 1993. Eligible employees were allowed to
purchase  Common  Stock  at  market  value  on  the  date  coincident  with  the
distribution of the semiannual profit sharing payments. The employee will earn a
premium  equal  to 25%  of their  original purchase  on each  of the  first four
anniversaries of purchase provided the employee is still employed by the Company
and the shares are still held by  the Company. A total of 4,500,000 shares  were
approved for the three-year plan with 750,000 shares plus the premium of 750,000
shares  approved for  each year. Employees  participating in  the profit sharing
plan used up to 66 2/3% of their profit sharing payment to purchase stock. As of
December 31, 1995,  a total of  130,923 shares have  been purchased pursuant  to
this  plan and a total  of 41,370 of premium shares  have been issued under this
plan.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(10) RETIREMENT PLAN
    The Iomega Retirement  and Investment Savings  (IRIS) Plan permits  eligible
employees to make tax deferred investments through payroll deductions. Each year
the  Company may contribute to  the IRIS Plan at the  discretion of the Board of
Directors, based on the prior year's earnings  of the Company. The IRIS Plan  is
subject  to compliance with Section 401(k) of  the Internal Revenue Code and the
Employee Retirement Income Securities Act of  1974. Under the terms of the  IRIS
Plan,   all  employee  contributions  and  certain  employer  contributions  are
immediately vested  in  full.  Certain employer  matching  contributions  become
vested  over  five years.  The  Company contributed  approximately  $398,000 and
$319,000 to  the IRIS  Plan for  the years  ended December  31, 1993  and  1994,
respectively. The Company has accrued $671,000 for contribution to the IRIS Plan
for the year ended December 31, 1995.

(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION
   
    The  Company  has two  primary  geographic regions:  domestic  and European.
Domestic operations include all U.S. and export operations, primarily Canada and
Asia. Domestic export sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
were $7,534,000, $6,133,000 and  $18,160,000, respectively. European  operations
are  comprised of a subsidiary  in Germany and sales  offices located in France,
Belgium, the United  Kingdom, Spain,  Italy, Germany, Ireland  and Austria.  The
sales  offices  are  branches  of  U.S.  subsidiaries.  All  European  sales and
substantially all identifiable assets and operating expenses are recorded on the
books of the German subsidiary. Export sales from the European operation for the
years ended December  31, 1993,  1994 and 1995  were approximately  $23,868,000,
$29,903,000 and $49,526,000, respectively, primarily to European countries other
than  Germany. Sales  to European countries  other than  Germany are distributed
relatively evenly  across countries  in  which sales  offices are  located.  The
characteristics  of  sales  to  Germany and  all  other  European  countries are
similar. The  sales  offices  are  compensated  through  commission  agreements.
Inventory is transferred from domestic operations to the German subsidiary at an
arms-length price as determined by an independent economic study. Following is a
summary of the Company's operations by geographic location.
    

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $112,961     $ 34,162      $     --       $147,123
      Affiliates........     26,750           --       (26,750)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (89,984)     (29,997)       27,396        (92,585)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     49,727        4,165           646         54,538
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     58,454       13,511            --         71,965
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income (Loss)...   $ (4,147)    $(11,024)     $    646       $(14,525)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 68,004     $ 13,214      $   (129)      $ 81,089
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  4,920     $  1,647      $     --       $  6,567
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(11) OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $ 95,554     $ 45,826      $     --       $141,380
      Affiliates........     26,393           --       (26,393)            --
    Cost of Sales.......    (87,305)     (31,522)       26,374        (92,453)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     34,642       14,304           (19)        48,927
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     45,049        4,760            --         49,809
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income (Loss)...   $ (9,729)    $  7,866      $    (19)      $ (1,882)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $ 61,696     $ 14,228      $    (91)      $ 75,833
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $  5,894     $  1,189      $     --       $  7,083
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DOMESTIC     EUROPEAN    INTERCOMPANY
                          OPERATIONS   OPERATIONS   TRANSACTIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
    Net Sales:
      Unaffiliated
       Customers........   $241,128     $ 85,097      $     --       $326,225
      Affiliates........     65,644           --       (65,644)            --
    Cost of Sales.......   (229,134)     (72,357)       65,653       (235,838)
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Gross Margin........     77,638       12,740             9         90,387
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Operating
     Expenses...........     66,072       10,693            --         76,765
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Net Income..........   $  8,475     $     19      $      9       $  8,503
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable
     Assets.............   $226,696     $ 39,473      $     58       $266,227
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
    Capital
     Expenditures.......   $ 44,223     $  1,009      $     --       $ 45,232
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>

(12) OTHER MATTERS

    SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

    During  1993,  sales  to Ingram  Micro  D,  Inc. accounted  for  14%  of the
Company's sales. During 1994, sales to Ingram Micro D, Inc. accounted for 11% of
the Company's sales. In 1995,  no single customer accounted  for 10% or more  of
consolidated sales.

    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

    The   Company  markets  its  products  primarily  through  computer  product
distributors and retailers.  Accordingly, as  the Company grants  credit to  its
customers, a substantial portion of outstanding accounts receivable are due from
computer product distributors and certain large retailers. At December 31, 1994,
the  customers  with the  ten highest  outstanding accounts  receivable balances
totaled $7.1 million or  34% of the gross  accounts receivable. At December  31,
1994,  the outstanding  accounts receivable balance  from one  customer was $3.1
million or 15% of gross accounts receivable. At December 31, 1995, the customers
with the ten highest

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                      IOMEGA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(12) OTHER MATTERS (CONTINUED)
outstanding accounts receivable balances totaled  $47.1 million or 43% of  gross
accounts  receivable. At December 31,  1995, the outstanding accounts receivable
balance from one customer was $15.2 million or 14% of gross accounts receivable.
If any one or a group of  these customers' receivable balances should be  deemed
uncollectible,  it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's results
of operations and financial condition.

    PURCHASES FROM RELATED PARTIES

    The Company  purchased  inventory  items  totaling  $372,000,  $398,000  and
$1,130,000  for the years ended December  31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively,
from a vendor having a common director with the Company.

    NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES

    In September 1993,  the Company  loaned an  executive officer  approximately
$679,000  as part of the officer's severance  package; a portion of the loan was
used by the  executive to exercise  stock options.  This amount of  the loan  is
included  in notes receivable from shareholders in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet at December 31, 1994. The Company received a note from the officer
which bore interest  at an  annual rate  of 4.5% and  was payable  in two  equal
annual  installments of $340,000  which were due  on or before  January 1995 and
January 1996. The  note was  with full recourse  and was  collateralized by  the
stock  purchased. The  loan was  paid in full  with accrued  interest during the
first quarter of 1995.

    In January 1995, the Company loaned another executive officer  approximately
$283,000  as part of the officer's severance  package. A portion of the loan was
used by the  executive to exercise  stock options. The  Company received a  note
from  the officer which bore interest at an annual rate of 7.75% and was payable
in full on  or before  January 1996.  The note was  with full  recourse and  was
collateralized  by the stock purchased.  The loan was paid  in full with accrued
interest during the second quarter of 1995.

(13) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

    In January 1996,  the Company  entered into  a $6  million revolving  credit
facility  with First Security Bank  of Utah, N.A. The  line matures on April 12,
1996 and  bears interest  at prime  plus  2%. Interest  is payable  monthly  and
principal is due at maturity. The facility is secured by accounts receivable and
inventory  subject to a priority lien by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. In addition, the
agreement prohibits the payment of certain bonuses until the facility expires or
is paid in full.

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
  NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  WOULD
BE  UNLAWFUL. NEITHER  THE DELIVERY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY OFFER  OR SALE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE  HAS
BEEN  NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF  THE COMPANY OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
    

                                 --------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PAGE
                                                 ----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................    3
Risk Factors...................................    6
The Company....................................   13
Use of Proceeds................................   13
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy........................................   14
Capitalization.................................   15
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........   16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................   17
Business.......................................   25
Management.....................................   39
Principal Stockholders.........................   42
Description of Notes...........................   43
Description of Capital Stock...................   51
Underwriting...................................   53
Legal Matters..................................   53
Experts........................................   54
Available Information..........................   54
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.....................................   54
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....  F-1
</TABLE>
    

   
                                  $40,000,000
    

                                     [LOGO]

   
                    % CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2001
    

                                 --------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 --------------

   
                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST
    

                                          , 1996

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The  following table sets forth the  various expenses in connection with the
sale and  distribution  of  the  securities being  registered,  other  than  the
underwriting  discounts and commissions. All  amounts shown are estimates except
for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD  filing
fee.

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................................  $  34,048
NASD Filing Fee...................................................................     10,374
Nasdaq Listing Fee................................................................     17,500
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................................................     15,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................................    100,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................................    300,000
Printing, Engraving and Mailing Expenses..........................................    125,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................................     48,078
                                                                                    ---------
Total.............................................................................  $ 650,000
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Under  Article Sixth of the  Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Article Fifth of  the Company's By-Laws,  each person who  is a director  or
officer  of the Company shall  be indemnified by the  Company to the full extent
permitted by Section 145  of the General Corporation  Law of Delaware  ("Section
145").

    Section 145 provides a detailed statutory framework covering indemnification
of  directors  and officers  of liabilities  and expenses  arising out  of legal
proceedings brought  against  them by  reason  of  their status  or  service  as
directors  or officers. This  section provides that  a director or  officer of a
corporation (i) shall be indemnified by the corporation for all expenses of such
legal proceedings when he is successful  on the merits, (ii) may be  indemnified
by  the  corporation for  the  expenses, judgments,  fines  and amounts  paid in
settlement of such proceedings (other than a derivative suit), even if he is not
successful on  the  merits, if  he  acted  in good  faith  and in  a  manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of the
corporation (and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable  cause
to  believe  his conduct  was unlawful),  and  (iii) may  be indemnified  by the
corporation for expenses of a derivative suit (a suit by a shareholder  alleging
a breach by a director or officer of a duty owed to the corporation), even if he
is  not successful on the merits,  if he acted in good  faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of  the
corporation.  No indemnification may be made  under clause (iii) above, however,
if the director or  officer is adjudged liable  for negligence or misconduct  in
the  performance of  his duties  to the  corporation, unless  a court determines
that, despite such adjudication and in view  of all of the circumstances, he  is
entitled  to indemnification. The indemnification  described in clauses (ii) and
(iii) above may be made only upon a determination that indemnification is proper
because the applicable standard  of conduct has been  met. Such a  determination
may  be made by a  majority of a quorum  of disinterested directors, independent
legal counsel  or  the  stockholders.  The  board  of  directors  may  authorize
advancing  litigation  expenses to  a  director or  officer  upon receipt  of an
undertaking by  such  director  or officer  to  repay  such expenses  if  it  is
ultimately determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified for them.

    The  Company has  entered into indemnification  agreements with  each of its
directors which  supplement or  clarify the  statutory indemnity  provisions  of
Section  145 in the following respects: (i) the presumption that the director or
officer met  the  applicable  standard  of  conduct  is  established,  (ii)  the
advancement  of litigation expenses is provided  upon request if the director or
officer agrees to  repay them  if it  is ultimately  determined that  he is  not
entitled to indemnification for them, (iii) indemnity is explicitly provided for
settlements  of derivative actions, (iv) the director or officer is permitted to
petition a court to determine whether his actions met the standard required, and
(v) partial  indemnification is  permitted in  the event  that the  director  or
officer is not entitled to full indemnification.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    As  permitted by Section 145, the  Company has purchased a general liability
insurance policy which covers certain  liabilities of directors and officers  of
the  Company arising out of claims based  on acts or omissions in their capacity
as directors or officers and for which they are not indemnified by the Company.

   
    Under the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 hereto, the  Underwriter
is  obligated, under certain circumstances,  to indemnify directors and officers
of the  Company against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act").
    

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<C>          <S>
        1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        4.1  Certificate of Incorporation.
        4.2  By-Laws.
        4.3  Rights Agreement between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent, dated July
              28, 1989.
        4.4  Form of Indenture.
        5    Opinion of Hale and Dorr.
       12    Statement re Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
       23.1  Consent of Hale and Dorr.
       23.2  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
       24    Powers of Attorney.
       25    Statement on Form T-1 of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee.
       27    Financial Data Schedule.
       99    Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (including report of Arthur Andersen LLP).
</TABLE>
    

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

    The  Company  hereby  undertakes  that,  for  purposes  of  determining  any
liability under the Securities Act, each  filing of the Company's annual  report
pursuant  to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of  the Exchange Act (and, where applicable,
each filing of  an employee  benefit plan's  annual report  pursuant to  Section
15(d)   of  the  Exchange  Act)  that  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this
Registration Statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement
relating  to the securities offered therein  and the offering of such securities
at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
Corporation pursuant  to the  indemnification  provisions described  herein,  or
otherwise,  the Company has been  advised that in the  opinion of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Securities Act and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a  claim  for indemnification  against  such liabilities  (other  than  the
payment  by the Company of  expenses incurred or paid  by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action,  suit
or  proceeding) is asserted  by such director, officer  or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its  counsel the matter  has been settled  by controlling  precedent,
submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether such
indemnification by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)  For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of  this
registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A  and contained in  a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant  to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or  497(h)
under  the  Securities Act  shall  be deemed  to  be part  of  this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2) For purposes of  determining any liability under  the Securities Act  of
1933,  each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be  a new registration  statement relating to  the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that  it  has  reasonable grounds  to  believe  it meets  all  of  the
requirements  for filing on  Form S-3 and  has duly caused  this Amendment to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the  Town
of Roy and State of Utah on the 27th day of February, 1996.
    

   
                                          IOMEGA CORPORATION
                                          By:        /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             Leonard C. Purkis
                                             Senior Vice President, Finance, and
    
   
                                             Chief Financial Officer
    

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below
on the 27th day of February, 1996.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------

<C>                                                     <S>
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive
                    Kim B. Edwards                      officer)

                      /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
     -------------------------------------------        Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial
                  Leonard C. Purkis                     Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board of Directors
                    David J. Dunn

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Willem H.J. Andersen

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 Robert P. Berkowitz

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Anthony L. Craig

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Michael J. Kucha

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                    John R. Myers

                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  John E. Nolan, Jr.
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>
                                     *
     -------------------------------------------        Director
            The Honorable John E. Sheehan

*By:          /s/ LEONARD C. PURKIS
    --------------------------------------
    Leonard C. Purkis
    Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

                                 $40,000,000(1)

                               IOMEGA CORPORATION

                            % Convertible Subordinated
                                Notes due 2001


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------

                              _____________, 1996


HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
One Bush Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Iomega Corporation, a Delaware corporation (herein called the "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell to you, as the underwriter (herein called the
"Underwriter"), an aggregate of $40,000,000 principal amount of its __%
Convertible Subordinated Notes (herein called the "Underwritten Notes"), to be
issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of March __, 1996 (herein called the
"Indenture") between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as the
trustee (herein called the "Trustee").  The Company proposes to grant to the
Underwriter an option to purchase up to an additional $6,000,000 principal
amount of its __% Convertible Subordinated Notes (herein called the "Option
Notes;" with the Underwritten Notes, herein collectively called the "Notes") as
provided in Section 3(c) of this Underwriting Agreement (herein called the
"Agreement").  The Underwritten Notes and Option Notes will be convertible, on
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the
Notes, into shares of Common Stock, $0.03 1/3 par value, of the Company (the
"Common Stock").  The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Notes are referred to herein as the "Conversion Shares."  The Notes are more
fully described in the Indenture and the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus hereinafter mentioned.

     The Company hereby confirms the agreements made with respect to the
purchase of the Notes by the Underwriter.

- --------------------
(1) Plus a 30-day option to purchase from the Company up to an additional
$6,000,000 principal amount of Notes to cover over-allotments, if any.

<PAGE>

     1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  The Company has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (herein called the "Commission") a registration statement on
Form S-3 (No.  33-64995), including the related preliminary prospectus, for the
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (herein called the
"Securities Act"), of the Notes and Conversion Shares.  Copies of such
registration statement and of each amendment thereto, if any, including the
related preliminary prospectus (meeting the requirements of Rule 430A of the
rules and regulations of the Commission) heretofore filed by the Company with
the Commission have been delivered to you.

     The term Registration Statement as used in this Agreement shall mean such
registration statement, including all documents incorporated by reference
therein and all exhibits and financial statements and all information omitted
therefrom in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the Prospectus referred to
below, in the form in which it became effective, and any registration statement
filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the rules and regulations of the Commission
with respect to the Notes (herein called a 462(b) registration statement), and
in the event of any amendment thereto after the effective date of such
registration statement (herein called the "Effective Date"), shall also mean
(from and after the effectiveness of such amendment) such registration statement
as so amended (including any Rule 462(b) registration statement).  The term
"Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the prospectus, including the
documents incorporated by reference therein, relating to the Notes first filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A (or, if no such filing
is required, as included in the Registration Statement) and, in the event of any
supplement or amendment to such prospectus after the Effective Date, shall also
mean (from and after the filing with the Commission of such supplement or the
effectiveness of such amendment) such prospectus as so supplemented or amended.
The term "Preliminary Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean each
preliminary prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference
therein, included in such registration statement prior to the time it becomes
effective.

     The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities
Act, and no post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been
filed as of the date of this Agreement.  The Company has caused to be delivered
to you copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and has consented to the use of
such copies for the purposes permitted by the Securities Act.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

     (a)  The Company hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          (i)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has full
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its
business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and as
being conducted, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good
standing in all jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned or
leased or the nature of the business transacted by it makes qualification

                                      2
<PAGE>

necessary (except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material
adverse effect on the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise)
or results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken
as whole (a "Material Adverse Effect")).

          (ii) The Company owns all of the shares of capital stock of each
subsidiary of the Company, and each of the Company's subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full corporate power and
authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and as being conducted, and is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in all
jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned or leased or the
nature of the business transacted by it makes qualification necessary except
where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (iii)   Since the respective dates as of which information is given
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any
materially adverse change in the business, properties, financial condition or
results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of
business, other than as set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, and since such dates, except in the ordinary course of business,
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any material
transaction not referred to in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (iv) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending
the use of any Preliminary Prospectus relating to the proposed offering of the
Notes nor instituted or, to the best knowledge of the Company, after due
inquiry, threatened instituting proceedings for that purpose.  The Registration
Statement and the Prospectus comply, and on the Closing Date (as hereinafter
defined) and any later date on which Option Notes are to be purchased, the
Prospectus will comply, in all material respects, with the provisions of the
Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (herein called
the "Exchange Act"), and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (herein
called the "Trust Indenture Act") and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder.  The Company has taken such actions as are necessary to
qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder.  On the Effective Date, the
Registration Statement (including the information incorporated by reference
therein) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading; and, on the Effective Date
the Prospectus (including the information incorporated by reference therein) did
not and, on the Closing Date and any later date on which Option Notes are to be
purchased, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that none of the representations and warranties in this
subparagraph (iv) shall apply to statements in, or omissions from, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information herein or otherwise furnished in writing to the

                                      3
<PAGE>

Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter for use in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus.

          (v)  The outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized
and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

          (vi) The Notes to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly
authorized by the Company and, when executed, authenticated, issued and
delivered in accordance with this Agreement and the Indenture, will be duly and
validly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will constitute valid
and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their
terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally, or by general equitable principles, and
will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.  No further approval or
authority of the stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Company will be
required for the issuance and sale of the Notes as contemplated herein.

          (vii)  All of the Conversion Shares have been duly authorized and
duly reserved for issuance upon such conversion and, when issued upon conversion
of the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and the Notes, will be
validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable with no personal
liability attached to the ownership thereof.  None of the Conversion Shares,
when delivered, will be subject to any lien, claim, encumbrance, restriction
upon voting or transfer, preemptive right or any other claim of any third party,
except such as are described in the Prospectus.

          (viii)  The Notes and the capital stock of the Company conform in
all material respects to the statements concerning them in the Registration
Statement, and the form of certificate for the Notes conforms in all material
respects to the Indenture.

          (ix) Prior to the Closing Date, the Notes to be issued and sold by the
Company and the Conversion Shares will be authorized for listing on the Nasdaq
System (herein called the "NS") upon official notice of issuance.  The Company
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Conversion Shares to be
authorized for listing on the Nasdaq National Market prior to their initial
issuance.

          (x)  Except as specifically disclosed in the Registration Statement,
and except for options to purchase not more than an aggregate of
_________ shares of Common Stock granted to the Company's employees, directors
or consultants in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the date as of
which stock option data is presented in the Registration Statement, the Company
does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights, or
other rights to subscribe or to purchase or rights of co-sale, any securities or
obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell
or register for sale, shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights,
convertible securities or obligations.

                                      4
<PAGE>

          (xi) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company,
together with related notes and schedules as set forth in the Registration
Statement ("Financial Statements"), present fairly the financial position and
the results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods.  The Financial Statements
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied through the period involved, and all adjustments necessary
for a fair presentation of results for such periods have been made.  The
selected and summary financial data and the tables set forth under "Results of
Operations" and "Selected Quarterly Operating Results" in the Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
section, included in the Registration Statement, present fairly the information
shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with the audited
financial statements presented in the Registration Statement.

          (xii)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in
violation or default under any provision of its charter documents or bylaws, as
currently in effect, or any indenture, license, mortgage, lease, franchise,
permit, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which such corporation
is a party or by which such corporation or any of its properties is bound or may
be affected, except where such violation or default would not have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (xiii)  The Company has full legal right, power and authority to
enter into this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes and perform the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and the Indenture
have been duly authorized by the Company and this Agreement has been duly
executed and delivered by the Company and is, and the Indenture, when duly
executed and delivered by the officers of the Company (assuming due execution
and delivery by the Trustee) will be valid and binding agreements on the part of
the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as
rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law
and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally, or by general equitable principles.  The Indenture
will be duly qualified under, and conform to the requirements of, the Trust
Indenture Act.  The execution and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture
and the Notes and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein
contemplated do not and will not: (A) conflict with, or result in a breach of,
or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute, either by
itself or upon notice or the passage of time or both, a default under, any
indenture, license, mortgage, lease, franchise, permit, deed of trust or other
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a
party or by which any such corporation or any of its properties is bound or may
be affected, except where such breach, violation or default would not have a
Material Adverse Effect, (B) violate any of the provisions of the charter
documents or bylaws of any such corporation, except where such violation would
not have a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) violate any material order, judgment,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to any such corporation or of any
regulatory, administrative or governmental body or agency having jurisdiction
over any such corporation or any of its properties, except where such violation
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                      5
<PAGE>

          (xiv)   Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there is not any
pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim or
proceeding against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their
respective officers or any of their properties, assets or rights before any
court or governmental agency or body or otherwise which (A) might have a
Material Adverse Effect, or (B) might prevent consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or (C) is required to be disclosed in the Registration
Statement; and there are no contracts or documents of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Prospectus or to be filed
as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been fairly and
accurately described in all material respects in the Prospectus and filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement.  The contracts so described in the
Prospectus are in full force and effect on the date hereof; and neither the
Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company's knowledge any other
party, is in breach of or default under any of such contracts.

          (xv) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company owns or
possesses adequate rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, trade
secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights
described or referred to in the Prospectus as owned or used by it or which are
necessary for the conduct of its businesses as described in the Prospectus; the
Company has not received any notice of, and the Company has no knowledge of, any
infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any
patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service
marks, trade names or copyrights which, singly or in the aggregate, might
reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (xvi)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause
or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes.

     3.   PURCHASE OF THE NOTES BY THE UNDERWRITER.

     (a)  On the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the
Underwritten Notes to the Underwriter and the Underwriter agrees to purchase
from the Company the Underwritten Notes at the purchase price of ___% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, from March ___, 1996 to
the date of payment and delivery.

     (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein
contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company
grants an option to the Underwriter to purchase up to $6,000,000 principal
amount of Option Notes from the Company at the purchase price of ___% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, from March ___, 1996 to
the date of payment and delivery.  Said option may be exercised only to cover
over-allotments in the sale of the Underwritten Notes by the Underwriter and may
be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) on or
before the thirtieth day after the date of this Agreement upon written or
telegraphic notice by you to the Company setting forth the aggregate principal
amount of the Option Notes as to which the Underwriter is

                                      6
<PAGE>

exercising the option. Delivery of certificates for the Option Notes and
payment therefor shall be made as provided in Section 5 hereof.

     4.   OFFERING BY UNDERWRITER.

     (a)  The terms of the public offering by the Underwriter of the Notes to be
purchased by it shall be as set forth in the Prospectus.  The Underwriter may
from time to time change the public offering price after the closing of the
public offering and increase or decrease the concessions and discounts to
dealers as they may determine.

     (b)  The information set forth in the last paragraph on the front cover
page and under "Underwriting" in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary
Prospectus and the Prospectus relating to the Notes filed by the Company
(insofar as such information relates to the Underwriter or the terms and
conditions upon which it will sell the Notes) constitutes the only information
furnished by the Underwriter to the Company for inclusion in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus, and you represent and
warrant to the Company that the statements made therein are correct.

     5.   DELIVERY OF AND PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES.

     (a)  Delivery of certificates for the Underwritten Notes and the Option
Notes (if the option granted by Section 3(b) hereof shall have been exercised
not later than 7:00 A.M., California time, on the date two business days
preceding the Closing Date), and payment therefor, shall be made at the office
of ______________________________________, at 7:00 A.M., California time, on the
fourth business day after the date of this Agreement, or at such time on such
other day, not later than seven full business days after such fourth business
day, as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Company and you.  The date and
hour of such delivery and payment (which may be postponed as provided in Section
3(b) hereof) are herein called the Closing Date.

     (b)  If the option granted by Section 3(b) hereof shall be exercised after
7:00 A.M., California time, on the date two business days preceding the Closing
Date, delivery of certificates for the Option Notes, and payment therefor, shall
be made at the office of ______________________________________________________,
at 7:00 A.M., California time, on the third business day after the exercise of
such option.

     (c)  Payment for the Notes purchased from the Company shall be made to the
Company or its order by one or more certified or official bank check or checks
in next day funds (and the Company agrees not to deposit any such check in the
bank on which drawn until the day following the date of its delivery to the
Company).  Such payment shall be made upon delivery of certificates for the
Notes to you for the respective accounts of the several Underwriter against
receipt therefor signed by you.  Certificates for the Notes to be delivered to
you shall be registered in such name or names and shall be in such denominations
as you may request at least two business days before the Closing Date, in the
case of Underwritten Notes, and at least two

                                      7
<PAGE>

business days prior to the purchase thereof, in the case of the Option Notes.
Such certificates will be made available to the Underwriter for inspection,
checking and packaging at the offices of Lewco Securities Corporation, 2
Broadway, New York, New York, 10004 not less than one full business day prior
to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Notes, by 3:00 p.m., New
York time, on the business day preceding the date of purchase.

     6.   FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.

     The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

     (a)  The Company will (i) prepare and timely file with the Commission under
Rule 424(b) a Prospectus containing information previously omitted at the time
of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A and (ii)
not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the
Prospectus of which you shall not previously have been advised and furnished
with a copy or to which you shall have reasonably objected in writing or which
is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the
Commission.

     (b)  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives in the event of
(i) the request by the Commission for amendment of the Registration Statement or
for supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (ii) the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, (iii) the institution or notice of intended institution
of any action or proceeding for that purpose, (iv) the receipt by the Company of
any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
Notes for sale in any jurisdiction, or (v) the receipt by it of notice of the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.  The Company will
make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of such a stop order and,
if such an order shall at any time be issued, to obtain the withdrawal thereof
at the earliest possible moment.

     (c)  The Company will (i) on or before the Closing Date, deliver to you a
signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each
amendment thereto filed prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes
effective and, promptly upon the filing thereof, a signed copy of each post-
effective amendment, if any, to the Registration Statement (together with, in
each case, all exhibits thereto unless previously furnished to you), (ii) as
promptly as possible deliver to you, at such office or offices as you may
designate, as many copies of the Prospectus as you may reasonably request, and
(iii) thereafter from time to time during the period in which a prospectus is
required by law to be delivered by the Underwriter or dealer, likewise send to
you as many additional copies of the Prospectus and as many copies of any
supplement to the Prospectus and of any amended Prospectus, filed by the Company
with the Commission, as you may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated
by the Securities Act.

     (d)  If at any time during the period in which a prospectus is required by
law to be delivered by the Underwriter or dealer any event relating to or
affecting the Company, or of which the Company shall be advised in writing by
you, shall occur as a result of which it is

                                      8
<PAGE>

necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or of counsel for the
Underwriter, to supplement or amend the Prospectus in order to make the
Prospectus not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the
time it is delivered to a purchaser of the Notes, the Company will forthwith
prepare and file with the Commission a supplement to the Prospectus or an
amended Prospectus so that the Prospectus as so supplemented or amended will
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light
of the circumstances existing at the time such Prospectus is delivered to
such purchaser, not misleading.  If, after the public offering of the Notes
by the Underwriter and during such period, the Underwriter shall propose to
vary the terms of offering thereof by reason of changes in general market
conditions or otherwise, you will advise the Company in writing of the
proposed variation, and, if in the opinion either of counsel for the Company
or of counsel for the Underwriter such proposed variation requires that the
Prospectus be supplemented or amended, the Company will forthwith prepare and
file with the Commission a supplement to the Prospectus or an amended
Prospectus setting forth such variation.  The Company authorizes the
Underwriter and all dealers to whom any of the Notes may be sold by the
Underwriter to use the Prospectus, as from time to time amended or
supplemented, in connection with the sale of the Notes in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
regulations thereunder for such period.

     (e)  Prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, the Company will
submit to you, for your information, a copy of any post-effective amendment to
the Registration Statement and any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended
Prospectus proposed to be filed.

     (f)  The Company will cooperate, when and as requested by you, in the
qualification of the Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky
laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate and, during the period in which
a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by the Underwriter or dealer, in
keeping such qualifications in good standing under said securities or blue sky
laws; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any
general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in
any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified.  The Company will from time to
time, prepare and file such statements, reports, and other documents as are or
may be required to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period
as you may reasonably request for distribution of the Notes.

     (g)  During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof, the
Company will furnish to you copies of all periodic and special reports furnished
to stockholders of the Company and of all information, documents and reports
filed with Commission.

     (h)  Not later than the 45th day following the end of the fiscal quarter
first occurring after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, the Company
will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement in
accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

     (i)  The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Indenture, including
all costs and expenses incident

                                      9
<PAGE>

to (i) the preparation, printing and filing with the Commission and the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") of the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Form T-1 filed
in connection with the Notes (the "Form T-1"), (ii) the furnishing to the
Underwriter of copies of any Preliminary Prospectus and of the several
documents required by paragraph (c) of this Section 6 to be so furnished,
(iii) the printing of this Agreement and related documents delivered to the
Underwriter, (iv) the preparation, printing and filing of all supplements and
amendments to the Prospectus referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 6
and the T-1, (v) the furnishing to you of the reports and information
referred to in paragraph (g) of this Section 6 and (vi) the printing and
issuance of the Indenture and the note certificates, including the transfer
agent's fees.

     (j)  The Company agrees to reimburse you, for the account of the several
Underwriter, for blue sky fees and related disbursements and costs of a legal
investment survey (including counsel fees and disbursements and cost of printing
memoranda for the Underwriter) paid by or for the account of the Underwriter or
its counsel in qualifying the Notes under state securities or blue sky laws, in
conducting a legal investment survey and in the review of the offering by the
NASD.

     (k)  The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of
the Underwriter, it will not, during the period ending ninety (90) days after
the date of the final Prospectus for the public offering, (1) offer, pledge,
sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in
whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Common Stock, whether any
such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (k) shall not
apply to (a) the Notes to be sold to the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement,
and (b) shares of Common Stock issued under the stock option and stock purchase
plans of the Company (the "Stock Plans"), including Common Stock issued upon the
exercise of options granted under the Stock Plans, all as described through
incorporation by reference in the Preliminary Prospectus and (c) shares of
Common Stock issued on conversion of the Notes.  For purposes of this paragraph
(k), a sale, offer, or other disposition shall be deemed to include any sale to
an institution which can, following such sale, sell Common Stock to the public
in reliance on Rule 144A.

     (l)  The Company is familiar with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and has in the past conducted its affairs, and will in the future
conduct its affairs, in such a manner to ensure that the Company was not and
will not be an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                                      10
<PAGE>

     7.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

     (a)  Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f) of this Section 7, the
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person
(including each partner or officer thereof) who controls the Underwriter within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such
indemnified parties or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act, the Trust Indenture Act, or the common law or otherwise, and
the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriter and controlling person for any
legal or other expenses (including, except as otherwise hereinafter provided,
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the respective
indemnified parties in connection with defending against any such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities or in connection with any investigation or
inquiry of, or other proceeding which may be brought against, the respective
indemnified parties, in each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement (including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule
462(b) registration statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto
(including any Rule 462(b) registration statement), or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the
Company shall have filed with the Commission any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that (A) the indemnity agreements of the Company contained in this paragraph (a)
shall not apply to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses if
such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished as herein stated or otherwise furnished in writing to the
Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in any Preliminary
Prospectus or the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, and (B) the indemnity agreement contained in this
paragraph (a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the
benefit of the Underwriter from whom the person asserting any such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses purchased the Notes which is the
subject thereof (or to the benefit of any person controlling the Underwriter) if
at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Notes a copy of the
Prospectus (or the Prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not sent or
delivered to such person (excluding the documents incorporated therein by
reference) and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in
such Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus (or the Prospectus
as amended or supplemented) unless the failure is the result of noncompliance by
the Company with this Agreement.  The indemnity agreements of the Company
contained in this paragraph (a) and the representations and warranties of the
Company contained in Section 2 hereof shall remain operative and in full force
and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
indemnified party and shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Notes.

                                      11
<PAGE>

     (b)  The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement on his own behalf or
pursuant to a power of attorney, each of its directors and each person
(including each partner or officer thereof) who controls the Company within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such indemnified
parties or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act, the Trust Indenture Act, or the common law or otherwise and to reimburse
each of them for any legal or other expenses (including, except as otherwise
hereinafter provided, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by
the respective indemnified parties in connection with defending against any such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities or in connection with any investigation
or inquiry of, or other proceeding which may be brought against, the respective
indemnified parties, in each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement (including the Prospectus as part thereof and any Rule
462(b) registration statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto
(including any Rule 462(b) registration statement) or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the
Company shall have filed with the Commission any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if such statement or
omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished
as herein stated or otherwise furnished in writing to the Company by or on
behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement or in
any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or
supplement thereto.  The indemnity agreement of the Underwriter contained in
this paragraph (b) shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party
and shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Notes.

     (c)  Each party indemnified under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b)
of this Section 7 agrees that, upon the service of a summons or other initial
legal process upon it in any action or suit instituted against it or upon its
receipt of written notification of the commencement of any investigation or
inquiry of, or  proceeding against, it in respect of which indemnity may be
sought on account of any indemnity agreement contained in such paragraphs, it
will promptly give written notice (herein called the Notice) of such service or
notification to the party or parties from whom indemnification may be sought
hereunder.  No indemnification provided for in such paragraphs shall be
available to any party who shall fail so to give the Notice if the party to whom
such Notice was not given was unaware of the action, suit, investigation,
inquiry or proceeding to which the Notice would have related and was prejudiced
by the failure to give the Notice, but the omission so to notify such
indemnifying party or parties of any such service or notification shall not
relieve such indemnifying party or parties from any liability which it or they
may have to the indemnified party for contribution or otherwise than on account
of such indemnity agreement.  Any indemnifying party shall be entitled at its
own expense to participate in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
against, or investigation or inquiry of, an

                                      12
<PAGE>

indemnified party.  Any indemnifying party shall be entitled, if it so elects
within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice by giving written notice
(herein called the Notice of Defense) to the indemnified party, to assume
(alone or in conjunction with any other indemnifying party or parties) the
entire defense of such action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, in
which event such defense shall be conducted, at the expense of the
indemnifying party or parties, by counsel chosen by such indemnifying party
or parties and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or parties;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if the indemnified party or parties reasonably
determine that there may be a conflict between the positions of the
indemnifying party or parties and of the indemnified party or parties in
conducting the defense of such action, suit, investigation, inquiry or
proceeding or that there may be legal defenses available to such indemnified
party or parties different from or in addition to those available to the
indemnifying party or parties, then one counsel for the indemnified party or
parties shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party or
parties to the extent reasonably determined by such counsel to be necessary
to protect the interests of the indemnified party or parties and (ii) in any
event, the indemnified party or parties shall be entitled to have counsel
chosen by such indemnified party or parties participate in, but not conduct,
the defense. If, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, an
indemnifying party gives a Notice of Defense and the counsel chosen by the
indemnifying party or parties is reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified
party or parties, the indemnifying party or parties will not be liable under
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by the indemnified party or parties in connection with
the defense of the action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, except
that (A) the indemnifying party or parties shall bear the legal and other
expenses incurred in connection with the conduct of the defense as referred
to in clause (i) of the proviso to the preceding sentence and (B) the
indemnifying party or parties shall bear such other expenses as it or they
have authorized to be incurred by the indemnified party or parties.  If,
within a reasonable time after receipt of the Notice, no Notice of Defense
has been given, the indemnifying party or parties shall be responsible for
any legal or other expenses incurred by the indemnified party or parties in
connection with the defense of the action, suit, investigation, inquiry or
proceeding.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under paragraph (a) or (b)
of this Section 7, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 (i) in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each indemnifying
party from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault of each indemnifying party in connection with
the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, or actions in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the
one hand and the Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same
respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Notes
received by the Company and the total underwriting discount received by the
Underwriter, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, bear
to the aggregate public offering price

                                      13
<PAGE>

of the Notes.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by each indemnifying party and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such untrue statement or omission.

     The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions
pursuant to this paragraph (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or
by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable
considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (d).  The
amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, or actions in respect thereof, referred to in the first sentence
of this paragraph (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating,
preparing to defend or defending against any action or claim which is the
subject of this paragraph (d).  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph
(d), the Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of
the underwriting discount applicable to the Notes purchased by the Underwriter.
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     Each party entitled to contribution agrees that upon the service of a
summons or other initial legal process upon it in any action instituted against
it in respect of which contribution may be sought, it will promptly give written
notice of such service to the party or parties from whom contribution may be
sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties of any such service
shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any
obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise (except as specifically provided
in paragraph (c) of this Section 7).

     (e)  The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the
Underwriter, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any
pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Underwriter or any
person who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act is a party to such claim,
action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent
includes an unconditional release of the Underwriter and each controlling person
from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

     8.   TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time
prior to the Closing Date by giving written notice to the Company if after the
date of this Agreement trading in the Common Stock shall have been suspended, or
if there shall have occurred (i) the engagement in hostilities or an escalation
of major hostilities by the United States or the declaration of war or a
national emergency by the United States on or after the date hereof, (ii) any
outbreak of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis or
change in economic or political conditions if the effect of such outbreak
calamity, crisis or change in economic or political conditions in the financial
markets of the United States would, in the

                                      14
<PAGE>

Underwriters' reasonable judgment, make the offering or delivery of the Notes
impracticable, (iii) suspension of trading in securities generally or a
material adverse decline in value of securities generally on the New York
Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the NASD Automated Quotation
System ("Nasdaq") or the NS, or limitations on prices (other than limitations
on hours or numbers of days of trading) for securities on either such
exchange or system, (iv) the enactment, publication, decree or other
promulgation of any federal or state statute, regulation, rule or order of,
or commencement of any proceeding or investigation by, any court, legislative
body, agency or other governmental authority which in the Underwriter's
reasonable opinion materially and adversely affects or will materially or
adversely affect the business or operations of the Company, (v) declaration
of a banking moratorium by either federal or New York State authorities or
(vi) the taking of any action by any federal, state or local government or
agency in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in the
Underwriter's reasonable opinion has a material adverse effect on the
securities markets in the United States.  If this Agreement shall be
terminated pursuant to this Section 8, there shall be no liability of the
Company to the Underwriter and no liability of the Underwriter to the
Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event of any such termination the
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter from all costs
or expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company
under this Agreement, including all costs and expenses referred to in
paragraphs (i) and (j) of Section 6 hereof.

     9.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITER'S OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the
Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Notes shall be subject to the
performance by the Company of its obligations to be performed hereunder at or
prior to the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Notes are to be
purchased, as the case may be, and to the following further conditions:

     (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective; and no stop
order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and no
proceedings therefor shall be pending or threatened by the Commission.  The
Indenture shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and the
Form T-1 shall have become effective under the Trust Indenture Act.

     (b)  The legality and sufficiency of the sale of the Notes hereunder, the
validity and form of the certificates representing the Notes, and all corporate
proceedings and other legal matters incident to the foregoing and the
authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except as to the financial statements
contained therein) and the Form T-1, shall have been approved at or prior to the
Closing Date by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP,
counsel for the Underwriter ("GDSVF&H").

     (c)  You shall have received from Hale and Dorr, counsel for the Company,
and from Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris, patent counsel for the
Company, opinions, addressed to the Underwriter and dated the Closing Date,
covering the matters set forth in Annex A and Annex B hereto, respectively, and
if Option Notes are purchased at any date after the Closing Date, additional
opinions from each such counsel addressed to the Underwriter and dated

                                      15
<PAGE>

such later date, confirming that the statements expressed as of the Closing
Date in such opinions remain valid as of such later date.

     (d)  You shall be satisfied that (i) as of the Effective Date, the
statements made in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were true and
correct and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus omitted to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, respectively, not misleading, (ii) since the
Effective Date, no event has occurred which was required by law to have been set
forth in a supplement or amendment to the Prospectus which has not been set
forth in such a supplement or amendment, (iii) since the respective dates as of
which information is given in the Registration Statement in the form in which it
originally became effective and the Prospectus contained therein, there has not
been any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective
material adverse change in or affecting the business, properties, financial
condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, and, since such
dates, except in the ordinary course of business, the Company has not entered
into any material transaction not referred to in the Registration Statement in
the form in which it originally became effective and the Prospectus contained
therein, (iv) the Company does not have any material contingent obligations
which are not disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (v)
there are not any pending or known threatened legal proceedings to which the
Company is a party or of which property of the Company is the subject which are
material and which are not disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, (vi) there are not any franchises, contracts, leases or other
documents which are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement which have not been filed as required, (vii) the representations and
warranties of the Company herein are true and correct in all material respects
as of the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Notes are to be
purchased, as the case may be, and (viii) there has not been any material change
in the market for securities in general or in political, financial or economic
conditions from those reasonably foreseeable as to render it impracticable, in
your reasonable judgment, to make a public offering of the Notes or a material
adverse change in market levels for securities in general (or those of companies
in particular) or financial or economic conditions which render it inadvisable
to proceed.

     (e)  You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on
which Option Notes are purchased a certificate, dated the Closing Date or such
later date, as the case may be, and signed by the President and the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, on behalf of the Company, stating that the
respective signers of said certificate have carefully examined the Registration
Statement in the form in which it originally became effective and the Prospectus
contained therein and any supplements or amendments thereto, and that the
statements included in clauses (i) through (vii) of paragraph (d) of this
Section 9 are true and correct.

     (f)  You shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP, a letter or letters,
addressed to the Underwriter and dated the Closing Date and any later date on
which Option Notes are purchased, confirming that they are independent public
accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act
and the applicable published rules and regulations

                                      16
<PAGE>

thereunder and based upon the procedures described in their letter delivered
to you concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (herein called the
Original Letter), but carried out to a date not more than five (5) business
days prior to the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Notes are
purchased (i) confirming, to the extent true, that the statements and
conclusions set forth in the Original Letter are accurate as of the Closing
Date or such later date, as the case may be, and (ii) setting forth any
revisions and additions to the statements and conclusions set forth in the
Original Letter which are necessary to reflect any changes in the facts
described in the Original Letter since the date of the Original Letter or to
reflect the availability of more recent financial statements, data or
information.  The letters shall not disclose any change, or any development
involving a prospective change, in or affecting the business or properties of
the Company which, in your reasonable judgment, makes it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Notes or the purchase
of the Option Notes as contemplated by the Prospectus.

     (g)  You shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP a letter stating that
their review of the Company's system of internal accounting controls, to the
extent they deemed necessary in establishing the scope of their examination of
the Company's financial statements as at December 31, 1995, did not disclose any
weakness in internal controls that they considered to be material weaknesses.

     (h)  You shall have been furnished evidence in usual written or telegraphic
form from the appropriate authorities of the several jurisdictions, or other
evidence satisfactory to you, of the qualification referred to in paragraph (f)
of Section 6 hereof.

     (i)  On or prior to the Closing Date, you shall have received from all
directors, and executive officers of the Company and Idanta Partners Ltd.
agreements in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter that such
stockholders will not, without the prior written consent of Hambrecht & Quist
LLC, during the period ending ninety (90) days after the date of the final
Prospectus for the public offering, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell,
sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to
sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) enter
into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the
economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction
described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common
Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, and whether any such
transaction relates to Common Stock then owned or thereafter acquired by such
holder.

     (j)  Prior to the Closing Date, the Notes to be issued and sold by the
Company and the Conversion Shares will be authorized for listing on the NS upon
official notice of issuance.

     (k)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) no
downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Notes by any
"nationally recognized statistical rating organization," as that term is defined
by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) of

                                      17
<PAGE>

the Rules and Regulations and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly
announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative
implications, its rating of any of the Company's Notes.

     All the agreements, opinions, certificates and letters mentioned above or
elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the
provisions hereof only if GDSVF&H, counsel for the Underwriter, shall be
reasonably satisfied that they comply in form and scope.

     In case any of the conditions specified in this Section 9 shall not be
fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by you by giving notice to the
Company.  Any such termination shall be without liability of the Company to the
Underwriter and without liability of the Underwriter to the Company; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (i) in the event of such termination, the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter from all costs or expenses incident
to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement,
including all costs and expenses referred to in paragraphs (i) and (j) of
Section 6 hereof, and (ii) if this Agreement is terminated by you because of any
refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any
agreement herein, to fulfill any of the conditions herein, or to comply with any
provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriter,
the Company will reimburse the Underwriter upon demand for all out-of-pocket
expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall
have been incurred by them in connection with transactions contemplated hereby.

     10.  REIMBURSEMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES.  In addition to its other
obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to
reimburse on a quarterly basis the Underwriter for all reasonable legal and
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any claim,
action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based upon
any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, described in
paragraph (a) of Section 7 of this Agreement, notwithstanding the absence of a
judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the obligations
under this Section 10 and the possibility that such payments might later be held
to be improper; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) to the extent any such payment is
ultimately held to be improper, the persons receiving such payments shall
promptly refund them, (ii) such persons shall provide to the Company, upon
request, reasonable assurances of their ability to effect any refund, when and
if due and (iii) such persons shall not be entitled to reimbursement under this
Section 10 if there shall have been a judicial determination or agreement among
the Company and such persons that they are not entitled to payment of their
reasonable legal expenses and other expenses pursuant to Section 7 of this
Agreement.

     11.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of the Company and the Underwriter and, with respect to the
provisions of Section 7 hereof, the several parties (in addition to the Company
and the Underwriter) indemnified under the provisions of said Section 7, and
their respective personal representatives, successors and assigns.  Nothing in
this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person,
firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect
of this Agreement

                                      18
<PAGE>

or any provision herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as
herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the
Notes from the Underwriter.

     12.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Underwriter, shall be mailed,
copied or delivered to Hambrecht & Quist LLC, One Bush Street, San Francisco,
California 94104, Attention:  Andrew Kahn (with a copy to the General Counsel);
and if to the Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at its
office, Attention:  Kim B. Edwards or Leonard C. Purkis (with a copy to Hale and
Dorr, Attention:  Patrick Rondeau, Esq.).  All notices given by telegraph shall
be promptly confirmed by letter.

     13.  MISCELLANEOUS.  The reimbursement, indemnification and contribution
agreements contained in this Agreement and the representations, warranties and
covenants in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of
(a) any termination of this Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on
behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person thereof, or by or on behalf of
the Company or its respective directors or officers, and (c) delivery and
payment for the Notes under this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if this
Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing Date, the provisions of paragraph
(k) of Section 6 hereof shall be of no further force or effect.  The engagement
letter dated February 9, 1996 between the Company and the Underwriter with
respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall terminate and be
of no further force and effect.

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.

     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

                                      19
<PAGE>

     Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter, whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the
Company and the Underwriter in accordance with its terms.

                              Very truly yours,

                              IOMEGA CORPORATION


                              By: _____________________________________________
                                  Kim B. Edwards
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer












The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first above written.

HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC



By: ____________________________________
    Managing Director

                                      20
<PAGE>

                                    ANNEX A


Matters to be Covered in the Opinion of
Hale and Dorr
Counsel for the Company

     (i)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing in ______________,
______________, ______________, and is so qualified and in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which, to its knowledge, the ownership or leasing of property
requires such qualification (except where the failure to be so qualified would
not have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or results of operations or prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries taken as whole (a "Material Adverse Effect")), and has full
corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its
business as described in the Registration Statement;

     (ii) The Company owns beneficially and of record all of the shares of
capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company, and each subsidiary of the
Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

     (iii)  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of
5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, none of which are issued
and outstanding, and 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.03 1/3 par value, of
which there are issued and outstanding of record __________ shares; proper
corporate proceedings have been taken validly to authorize such authorized
capital stock; all of the outstanding shares of such capital stock have been
duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable; all of the
Conversion Shares have been duly authorized and duly reserved for issuance upon
conversion of the Notes and, when issued and delivered upon conversion of the
Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, will be validly issued and
outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable; no preemptive rights or rights of
refusal exist with respect to the Notes or Conversion Shares, or the issue and
sale thereof, pursuant to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of
the Company; and, to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no contractual
preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or rights of co-sale which exist with
respect to the issue and sale of the Notes or Conversion Shares that have not
been waived.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and except for
options to purchase not more than an aggregate of _________ shares of Common
Stock granted to the Company's employees, directors or consultants subsequent to
the date as of which stock option data is presented in the Registration
Statement, to the knowledge of such counsel, the Company does not have
outstanding any options to purchase, or any other rights to subscribe for or to
purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or
commitments to issue or sell shares of its capital stock or any such options,
rights, convertible securities or obligations;

                                      21
<PAGE>

     (iv)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the
Securities Act and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge after due inquiry,
no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus is in effect and no
proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened
by the Commission.  The Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act;

     (v)  The Registration Statement at the Effective Date and the Prospectus
and each amendment and supplement thereto (except as to the financial statements
and schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to which such
counsel need express no opinion) and the Form T-1 comply as to form in all
material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act,
the Trust Indenture Act, as applicable, and with the rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder;

     (vi) The information required to be set forth in the Registration Statement
in answer to Items 9 and 10 (insofar as Item 10 relates to such counsel) of
Form S-3 is accurately and adequately set forth therein in all material respects
or no response is required with respect to such Items; the statements (1) in the
Prospectus under the captions "Business -- Legal Proceedings," and
"Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference" and (2) in the Registration
Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case insofar as such statements constitute
summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly
and correctly present the information called for with respect to such legal
matters, documents and proceedings in all material aspects; and, to the best of
such counsel's knowledge, the description of the Company's stock option plans
and the options granted and which may be granted thereunder set forth or
incorporated by reference in the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the
information required to be shown with respect to said plans and options to the
extent required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder;

     (vii)  To counsel's knowledge, there are no franchises, contracts,
leases, documents or legal proceedings, pending or threatened, which in the
opinion of such counsel are of a character required to be described in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement, which are not described and filed as required; such
franchises, contracts, leases, documents and legal proceedings as are summarized
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus fairly and correctly present the
information disclosed with respect thereto in all material aspects;

     (viii)  The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company;

     (ix) The Notes have been duly authorized and, when duly executed,
authenticated and issued in accordance with the Indenture and delivered by the
Company and paid for in accordance the terms thereof will constitute valid and
legally binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits provided by
the Indenture, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
transfer, moratorium, reorganization and similar laws of

                                      22
<PAGE>

general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
general equity principles; the form of certificate of the Notes conforms in
all material respects to the terms of the Indenture and the holders of the
Notes will not be subject to personal liability for acts or obligations of
the Company by reason of being such holders.

     (x)  The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding instrument, enforceable
against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement to
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium, reorganization and
similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights
and to general equity principles; and the Indenture has been duly qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act;

     (xi) The statements in the Prospectus under the captions "Prospectus
Summary-The Offering", "Description of Notes" and "Description of Capital
Stock", insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of
documents or agreements specifically referred to therin or matters of law, are
correct in all material respects;

     (xii)  Except as described in the Prospectus with respect to the
repurchase of the Notes upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event (as defined in
the Indenture), the issue and sale by the Company of the Notes as contemplated
by this Agreement and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions
of the Notes, the Indenture and this Agreement and the consummations of the
transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with, or result
in a breach of, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the
Company or any material agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which
the Company is a party or by which the Company or its assets are bound or any
applicable law or regulation, or so far as is known to such counsel, any order,
writ, injunction or decree, of any jurisdiction, court or governmental
instrumentality;

     (xiii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, all holders of
securities of the Company having rights to the registration of shares of Common
Stock, or other securities, because of the filing of the Registration Statement
by the Company have waived such rights or such rights have expired by reason of
lapse of time following notification of the Company's intent to file the
Registration Statement;

     (xiv)  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the Underwriting Agreement, except such as have been obtained
under the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and such as may be required
under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the purchase and
distribution of the Notes by the Underwriter.

     (xv) The Company is not an "investment company" or an entity "controlled"
by an "investment company," as such terms are defined in The Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended; and

                                      23
<PAGE>

     Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of law not
involving the laws of the United States or of the State of Delaware, upon
opinions of local counsel satisfactory in form and scope to counsel for the
Underwriter.  Copies of any opinions so relied upon shall be delivered to the
Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriter and the foregoing opinion
shall also state that counsel knows of no reason the Underwriter are not
entitled to rely upon the opinions of such local counsel.

     In addition to the matters set forth above, counsel rendering the foregoing
opinion shall also include a statement to the effect that nothing has come to
the attention of such counsel that leads them to believe that the Registration
Statement (except as to the financial statements and schedules and other
financial and statistical data contained or incorporated by reference therein,
as to which such counsel need not express any opinion or belief) at the
Effective Date contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus (except as to the
financial statements and schedules and other financial and statistical data
contained or incorporated by reference therein, as to which such counsel need
not express any opinion or belief) as of its date or at the Closing Date (or any
later date on which Option Notes are purchased), contained or contains any
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
as under which they were made, not misleading.

                                      24
<PAGE>

                                    ANNEX B

Matters to be Covered in the Opinion of
Woodcock Washburn Kurtz Mackiewicz & Norris
Patent Counsel for the Company

     Such counsel are familiar with the technology used by the Company in its
business and the manner of its use thereof and have read the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, including particularly the portions of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus referring to patents, trade secrets,
or other proprietary information or materials and:

     (i)  The statements in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under
the captions "Risk Factors--Dependence on Proprietary Technology" and
"Business--Proprietary Rights," to the best of such counsel's knowledge and
belief, are accurate and complete statements or summaries of the matters
therein set forth and nothing has come to such counsel's attention that
causes such counsel to believe that the above-described portions of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

     (ii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge and except as referred to
in the Prospectus under the captions and disclosures referred to in paragraph
(i) above, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending relating to
patent rights that could materially affect the Company's business and, to the
best of such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or
contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

      (iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company is not
infringing or otherwise violating any patents, trade secrets, trademarks,
service marks or other proprietary information or materials of others, which in
the judgment of such counsel could affect materially the use by the Company of
any of the Company's patents, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks or other
proprietary information or materials, and to the best of such counsel's
knowledge there are no infringements of any of the Company's patents, trade
secrets, trademarks, service marks or other proprietary information or materials
by others which in the judgment of such counsel could affect materially the
Company's business; and

     (v)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company owns or possesses
sufficient licenses or other rights to use all patents, trade secrets, or other
proprietary information or materials necessary to conduct the business now being
or proposed to be conducted by the Company as described in the Prospectus.

                                      25


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                              IOMEGA CORPORATION

                                     AND

                     STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                                  Trustee


                                 INDENTURE

                         Dated as of March __, 1996





               ___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

  Section 1.1  DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     AFFILIATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     BOARD OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     BUSINESS DAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     CLOSING PRICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     COMMISSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     COMMON STOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CONVERSION PRICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CREDIT AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     DEFAULTED INTEREST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     EXCHANGE ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     EVENT OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     INDENTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     MONEY INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     NEW RIGHTS PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     NOTE or NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     NOTEHOLDER or HOLDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     NOTE REGISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     OPINION OF COUNSEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     OUTSTANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     PERSON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     PREDECESSOR NOTE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6


                                       i
<PAGE>

     REPURCHASE EVENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     REPURCHASE PRICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     RESPONSIBLE OFFICER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     RIGHTS PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SECURITIES ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SUBSIDIARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     TRADING DAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     TRIGGER EVENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     TRUST INDENTURE ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     UNDERWRITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

ARTICLE II  ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES. 7

  Section 2.1  DESIGNATION, AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
  Section 2.2  FORM OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
  Section 2.3  DATE AND DENOMINATION OF NOTES; PAYMENTS OF INTEREST. . . . . . 8
  Section 2.4  EXECUTION OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
  Section 2.5  EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES. . . . . . . . .10
  Section 2.6  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN NOTES. . . . . . . . . . .11
  Section 2.7  TEMPORARY NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
  Section 2.8  CANCELLATION OF NOTES PAID, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

ARTICLE III  REDEMPTION OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

  Section 3.1  REDEMPTION PRICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
  Section 3.2  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION: SELECTION OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . .13
  Section 3.3  PAYMENT OF NOTES CALLED FOR REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . .14
  Section 3.4  CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION . . . . . . . . .15

ARTICLE IV  SUBORDINATION OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

  Section 4.1  AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
  Section 4.2  PAYMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16


                                       ii
<PAGE>

  Section 4.3  SUBROGATION OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
  Section 4.4  AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
  Section 4.5  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
  Section 4.6  TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . .21
  Section 4.7  NO IMPAIRMENT OF SUBORDINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
  Section 4.8  CERTAIN CONVERSIONS DEEMED PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
  Section 4.9  ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
  Section 4.10 SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ENTITLED TO RELY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

ARTICLE V  PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

  Section 5.1  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST. . . . . . . . . . .22
  Section 5.2  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
  Section 5.3  APPOINTMENTS TO FILL VACANCIES IN TRUSTEE'S OFFICE. . . . . . .23
  Section 5.4  PROVISIONS AS TO PAYING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
  Section 5.5  CORPORATE EXISTENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
  Section 5.6  STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
  Section 5.7  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

ARTICLE VI  NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE. . .25

  Section 6.1  NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
  Section 6.2  PRESERVATION AND DISCLOSURE OF LISTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
  Section 6.3  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
  Section 6.4  REPORTS BY COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

ARTICLE VII  REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND NOTEHOLDERS ON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. .26

  Section 7.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
  Section 7.2  PAYMENTS OF NOTES ON DEFAULT: SUIT THEREFOR . . . . . . . . . .28
  Section 7.3  APPLICATION OF MONIES COLLECTED BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . .30
  Section 7.4  PROCEEDINGS BY NOTEHOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
  Section 7.5  PROCEEDINGS BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
  Section 7.6  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE AND CONTINUING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
  Section 7.7  DIRECTION OF PROCEEDINGS AND WAIVER OF DEFAULTS BY MAJORITY
     OF NOTEHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32


                                      iii
<PAGE>

  Section 7.8  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
  Section 7.9  UNDERTAKING TO PAY COSTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

ARTICLE VIII  CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

  Section 8.1  DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . .33
  Section 8.2  RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS, OPINIONS. ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
  Section 8.3  NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR RECITALS, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
  Section 8.4  TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENTS, CONVERSION AGENTS OR REGISTRAR MAY
     OWN NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
  Section 8.5  MONIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
  Section 8.6  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
  Section 8.7  OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE AS EVIDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
  Section 8.8  CONFLICTING INTERESTS OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
  Section 8.9  ELIGIBILITY OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
  Section 8.10 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
  Section 8.11 ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
  Section 8.12 SUCCESSION BY MERGER, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
  Section 8.13 LIMITATION ON RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AS CREDITOR . . . . . . . . . .39

ARTICLE IX  CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

  Section 9.1  ACTION BY NOTEHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
  Section 9.2  PROOF OF EXECUTION BY NOTEHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
  Section 9.3  WHO ARE DEEMED ABSOLUTE OWNERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
  Section 9.4  COMPANY-OWNED NOTES DISREGARDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
  Section 9.5  REVOCATION OF CONSENTS: FUTURE HOLDERS BOUND. . . . . . . . . .41

ARTICLE X  NOTEHOLDERS' MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

  Section 10.1  PURPOSE OF MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
  Section 10.2  CALL OF MEETINGS BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
  Section 10.3  CALL OF MEETINGS BY COMPANY OR NOTEHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . .42
  Section 10.4  QUALIFICATIONS FOR VOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
  Section 10.5  REGULATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
  Section 10.6  VOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
  Section 10.7  NO DELAY OF RIGHTS BY MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44


                                       iv
<PAGE>

ARTICLE XI  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

  Section 11.1  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS . . . .44
  Section 11.2  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS. . . . . .45
  Section 11.3  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
  Section 11.4  NOTATION ON NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
  Section 11.5  EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE
     FURNISHED TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

ARTICLE XII  CONSOLIDATED, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE. . . . . . . . .47

  Section 12.1  COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS. . . . . . . . .47
  Section 12.2  SUCCESSOR CORPORATION TO BE SUBSTITUTED. . . . . . . . . . . .47
  Section 12.3  OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BE GIVEN TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . .48

ARTICLE XIII  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . .48

  Section 13.1  DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
  Section 13.2  DEPOSITED MONIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . .49
  Section 13.3  PAYING AGENT TO REPAY MONIES HELD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
  Section 13.4  RETURN OF UNCLAIMED MONIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
  Section 13.5  REINSTATEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

ARTICLE XIV  IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS .50

  Section 14.1  INDENTURE AND NOTES SOLELY CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . .50

ARTICLE XV  CONVERSION OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

  Section 15.1  RIGHT TO CONVERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
  Section 15.2  EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE; ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK
     ON CONVERSION; NO ADJUSTMENT FOR INTEREST OR DIVIDENDS. . . . . . . . . .50
  Section 15.3  CASH PAYMENTS IN LIEU OF FRACTIONAL SHARES . . . . . . . . . .52
  Section 15.4  CONVERSION PRICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
  Section 15.5  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
  Section 15.6  EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE. . .62
  Section 15.7  TAXES ON SHARES ISSUED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
  Section 15.8  RESERVATION OF SHARES; SHARES TO BE FULLY PAID; COMPLIANCE
     WITH GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS; LISTING OF COMMON STOCK . . . . . . . . .63
  Section 15.9  RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63


                                       v
<PAGE>

  Section 15.10 NOTICE TO HOLDERS PRIOR TO CERTAIN ACTIONS . . . . . . . . . .64

ARTICLE XVI  REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER UPON REPURCHASE
  EVENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

  Section 16.1  RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
  Section 16.2  NOTICES; METHOD OF EXERCISING REPURCHASE RIGHT, ETC. . . . . .65
  Section 16.3  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
  Section 16.4  REPURCHASE EVENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

ARTICLE XVII  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

  Section 17.1  PROVISIONS BINDING ON COMPANY'S SUCCESSORS . . . . . . . . . .68
  Section 17.2  OFFICIAL ACTS BY SUCCESSOR CORPORATION . . . . . . . . . . . .68
  Section 17.3  ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
  Section 17.4  GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
  Section 17.5  EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS PRECEDENT;
     CERTIFICATES TO TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
  Section 17.6  LEGAL HOLIDAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
  Section 17.7  TRUST INDENTURE ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
  Section 17.8  NO SECURITY INTEREST CREATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
  Section 17.9  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
  Section 17.10 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
  Section 17.11 AUTHENTICATING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
  Section 17.12 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71


                                       vi
<PAGE>

     INDENTURE dated as of March __, 1996, between Iomega Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (hereinafter sometimes called the "Company", as more fully
set forth in Section 1.1), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a national
banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United
States, as trustee hereunder (hereinafter sometimes called the "Trustee", as
more fully set forth in Section 1.1).

                           W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized
the issue of its ___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001 (hereinafter
sometimes called the "Notes"), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$46,000,000 and, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to
be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the
execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

     WHEREAS, the Notes, the certificate of authentication to be borne by the
Notes, a form of assignment, a form of option to elect repurchase upon a
Repurchase Event, a form of conversion notice and a certificate of transfer to
be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided
for; and

     WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by
the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized
authenticating agent, as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and
legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute these presents a valid
agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed, and the
execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Notes have in all
respects been duly authorized.

     NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and
are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the
premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the holders thereof,
the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and
proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Notes
(except as otherwise provided below), as follows:

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1  DEFINITIONS. The terms defined in this Section 1.1 (except
as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise
requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture
supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this
Section 1.1.  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the
Trust Indenture Act or which are by reference therein defined in the
Securities Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in
said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force at the date
of the execution of this Indenture.  The words "herein," "hereof,"
"hereunder," and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole
and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision.  The terms
defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

     AFFILIATE:  The term "Affiliate" of any specified Person shall mean any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct
or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this
definition, "control," when used with respect to any specified Person means the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     BOARD OF DIRECTORS:  The term "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of
Directors of the Company or a committee of such Board duly authorized to act for
it hereunder.

     BUSINESS DAY:  The term "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which the banking
institutions in The City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust
Office is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close
or be closed.

     CLOSING PRICE:  The term "Closing Price" shall have the meaning specified
in Section 15.5(g)(1).

     COMMISSION:  The term "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

     COMMON STOCK:  The term "Common Stock" shall mean any stock of any class
of the Company which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts
payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Company and which is not subject to redemption by the
Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 15.6, however, shares issuable
on conversion of Notes shall include only shares of the class designated as
common stock of the Company at the date of this Indenture or shares of any
class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications
thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts
payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary

<PAGE>

liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which are not
subject to redemption by the Company; PROVIDED that if at any time there
shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class
then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total
number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications
bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all
such reclassifications.

     COMPANY:  The term "Company" shall mean Iomega Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and subject to the provisions of Article XII, shall include its
successors and assigns.

     CONVERSION PRICE:  The term "Conversion Price" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 15.4.

     CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE:  The term "Corporate Trust Office" or other similar
term, shall mean the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its
corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office is, at
the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 225 Franklin Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention:  Corporate Trust Division (Iomega
Corporation, ___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001).

     CREDIT AGREEMENTS:  The term "Credit Agreements" means that certain Loan
Agreement, dated July 5, 1995, between the Company, as borrower, and Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A., as lender, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, and that certain Revolving Loan Agreement
dated January 12, 1996 between the Company, as lender, and First Security Bank
of Utah, N.A., as lender, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time.

     DEFAULT:  The term "default" shall mean any event that is, or after notice
or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

     DEFAULTED INTEREST:  The term "Defaulted Interest" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 2.3.

     DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS:  The term "Designated Senior Indebtedness"
means all amounts payable under the Credit Agreements and any other Senior
Indebtedness if the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption
or guarantee thereof (or related agreements or documents to which the Company is
a party) expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be "Designated Senior
Indebtedness" for purposes of this Indenture (provided that such instrument,
agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on the right of
such Senior Indebtedness to exercise the rights of Designated Senior
Indebtedness).

     EXCHANGE ACT:  The term "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,
as in effect from time to time.

     EVENT OF DEFAULT:  The term "Event of Default" shall mean any event
specified in Section 7.1(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f).


                                       3
<PAGE>

     INDEBTEDNESS:  The term "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person,
and without duplication, (a) all indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities
(contingent or otherwise) of such Person for borrowed money (including
obligations of the Company in respect of overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts,
currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans
or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar
instruments) or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments
(whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such
Person or to only a portion thereof) (other than any account payable or other
accrued current liability or obligation incurred in the ordinary course of
business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services), (b) all
reimbursement obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of
such Person with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers'
acceptances, (c) all obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) in
respect of leases of such Person as lessee required, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles, to be accounted for as capitalized
lease obligations on the balance sheet of such Person, and all obligations and
other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any lease or related document
(including a purchase agreement) in connection with any lease of real property
which provides that such Person is contractually obligated to purchase or cause
a third party to purchase the leased property and thereby guarantee a minimum
residual value of the leased property to the lessor and the obligations of such
Person under such lease or related document to purchase or to cause a third
party to purchase such leased property, (d) all obligations of such Person
(contingent or otherwise) with respect to an interest rate or other swap, cap or
collar agreement or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency
hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement, (e) all direct or
indirect guaranties or similar agreements by such Person in respect of, and
obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase
or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another Person of the kind described
in clauses (a) through (d), (f) any indebtedness or other obligations described
in clauses (a) through (d) secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien or other
encumbrance existing on property which is owned or held by such Person,
regardless of whether the indebtedness or other obligation secured thereby shall
have been assumed by such Person and (g) any and all deferrals, renewals,
extensions and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to,
any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (a)
through (f).

     INDENTURE:  The term "Indenture" shall mean this instrument as originally
executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or
supplemented.

     MONEY INDEBTEDNESS:  The term "Money Indebtedness" shall have the meaning
specified in Section 7.1(c).

     NEW RIGHTS PLAN:  The term "New Rights Plan" has the meaning specified in
Section 15.5(d).

     NOTE or NOTES:  The terms "Note" or "Notes" shall mean any Note or Notes,
as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.


                                       4
<PAGE>

     NOTEHOLDER or HOLDER:  The terms "Noteholder" or "holder" as applied to any
Note, or other similar terms (but excluding the term "beneficial holder"), shall
mean any person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the
Note registrar's books.

     NOTE REGISTER:  The term "Note register" shall have the meaning specified
in Section 2.5.

     OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE:  The term "Officers' Certificate," when used with
respect to the Company, shall mean a certificate signed by both (a) the
President, the Chief Executive Officer, Executive or Senior Vice President or
any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or
words added before or after the title "Vice President") and (b) by the Treasurer
or any Assistant Treasurer or Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the
Company.

     OPINION OF COUNSEL:  The term "Opinion of Counsel" shall mean an opinion in
writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the
Company, or other counsel acceptable to the Trustee.

     OUTSTANDING:  The term "outstanding," when used with reference to Notes,
shall, subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, mean, as of any particular
time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture,
except

          (a)  Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to
     the Trustee for cancellation;

          (b)  Notes, or portions thereof, for the redemption of which
     monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with
     the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall
     have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the
     Company shall act as its own paying agent); PROVIDED that if such
     Notes are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such
     redemption shall have been given as in Article III provided, or
     provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving
     such notice;

          (c)  Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other
     Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the
     terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is
     presented that any such Notes are held by bona fide holders in due
     course; and

          (d)  Notes converted into Common Stock pursuant to Article XV
     and Notes deemed not outstanding pursuant to Article III or Article XVI.

     PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE:  The term "Payment Blockage Notice" has the
meaning specified in Section 4.2.


                                       5
<PAGE>

     PERSON:  The term "Person" shall mean a corporation, an association, a
partnership, an individual, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an
unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political
subdivision thereof.

     PREDECESSOR NOTE:  The term "Predecessor Note" of any particular Note shall
mean every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any
Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed
or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed
or stolen Note that it replaces.

     REPURCHASE EVENT:  The term "Repurchase Event" has the meaning specified in
Section 16.4.

     REPURCHASE PRICE:  The term "Repurchase Price" has the meaning specified in
Section 16.1.

     RESPONSIBLE OFFICER:  The term "Responsible Officer," when used with
respect to the Trustee, shall mean an officer of the Trustee in the Corporate
Trust Office assigned and duly authorized by the Trustee to administer its
corporate trust matters.

     RIGHTS PLAN:  The term "Rights Plan" means that certain Rights Agreement,
dated July 28, 1989, between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston,
as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     RIGHTS:  The term "Rights" shall mean "Rights" as such term is defined in
the Rights Plan.

     SECURITIES ACT:  The term "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS: The term "Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of,
premium, if any, interest (including all interest accruing subsequent to the
commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for
post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) and rent
payable on or in connection with, and all fees, costs, expenses and other
amounts accrued or due on or in connection with, Indebtedness of the Company,
whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created,
incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by the Company (including
all deferrals, renewals, extensions or refundings of, or amendments,
modifications or supplements to the foregoing), unless in the case of any
particular Indebtedness the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the
assumption or guarantee thereof expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall
not be senior in right of payment to the Notes or expressly provides that such
Indebtedness is "pari passu" or "junior" to the Notes.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the term Senior Indebtedness shall not include any Indebtedness of
the Company to any subsidiary of the Company, a majority of the voting stock of
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.


                                       6
<PAGE>

     SUBSIDIARY: The term "subsidiary" means, with respect to any person,
(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50%
of the total voting power of shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to
the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that
person (or a combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general
partner or managing general partner of which is such person or a subsidiary of
such person or (b) the only general partners of which are such person or one or
more subsidiaries of such person (or any combination thereof).

     TRADING DAY:  The term "Trading Day" shall have the meaning specified in
Section 15.5(g)(5).

     TRIGGER EVENT:  The term "Trigger Event" shall have the meaning specified
in Section 15.5(d).

     TRUST INDENTURE ACT:  The term "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution
of this Indenture, except as provided in Sections 11.3 and 15.6; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the
date hereof, the term "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean, to the extent required
by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

     TRUSTEE:  The term "Trustee" shall mean State Street Bank and Trust
Company, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any
consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any
successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee hereunder.

     UNDERWRITER:  Means Hambrecht & Quist LLC.

     The definitions of certain other terms are as specified in Sections 2.3,
2.5, Article XV and Article XVI.


                                   ARTICLE II

                   ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION
                             AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     Section 2.1  DESIGNATION, AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF NOTES.  The Notes shall be
designated as "___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001." Notes not to
exceed the aggregate principal amount of $40,000,000 (or $46,000,000 if the
over-allotment option set forth in Section 3(c) of the Underwriting Agreement
dated March __, 1996 (as amended from time to time by the parties thereto) by
and between the Company and the Underwriter is exercised in full) (except
pursuant to Sections 2.5, 2.6, 3.3, 15.2 and 16.2 hereof) upon the execution
of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, may be executed by the
Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee
shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Notes to or upon the written
order of the Company, signed by its (a) Chairman of the Board, President,


                                       7
<PAGE>

Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not
designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the
title "Vice President") and (b) Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or its
Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, without any further action by the
Company hereunder.

     Section 2.2  FORM OF NOTES.  The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit A, which is incorporated in and made a part of this
Indenture.

     Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of
identification and such notations, legends and endorsements as the officers
executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of
such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this
Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or
regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any
securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be
listed, or to conform to usage.

     The terms and provisions contained in the form of Note attached as Exhibit
A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this
Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their
execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and
provisions and to be bound thereby.

     Section 2.3  DATE AND DENOMINATION OF NOTES; PAYMENTS OF INTEREST.  The
Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations
of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof.  Every Note shall
be dated the date of its authentication, shall bear interest from the
applicable date in each case as specified on the face of the form of Note
attached as Exhibit A hereto.

     The person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered
at the close of business on any record date with respect to any interest payment
date (including any Note that is converted after the record date and on or
before the interest payment date) shall be entitled to receive the interest
payable on such interest payment date notwithstanding the cancellation of such
Note upon any transfer, exchange or conversion subsequent to the record date and
on or prior to such interest payment date; PROVIDED, that in the case of any
Note, or portion thereof, called for redemption on a redemption date or
repurchased in connection with a Repurchase Event on a Repurchase Date that is
after a record date and prior to (but excluding) the next succeeding interest
payment date, interest shall not be paid to the person in whose name the Note,
or portion thereof, is registered on the close of business on such record date
and the Company shall have no obligation to pay interest on such Note or such
portion except to the extent required to be paid upon redemption or repurchase
of such Note or portion thereof, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.3 or
16.2 hereof.  Interest may, at the option of the Company, be paid by check
mailed to the address of such person on the registry kept for such purposes;
PROVIDED that, with respect to any holder of Notes with an aggregate principal
amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000, at the request of such holder in
writing to the Company (who shall then furnish written notice to such effect to
the Trustee), interest on such holder's Notes shall be paid by wire transfer
(the costs of such wire transfer to be borne by the Company) in immediately


                                       8
<PAGE>

available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions supplied by
such holder to the Trustee and paying agent (if different from the Trustee).
The term "record date" with respect to any interest payment date shall mean the
March 1 or September 1 preceding said March 15 or September 15, respectively.

     Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months.

     Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or
duly provided for, on any said March 15 or September 15 (herein called
"Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Noteholder on
the relevant record date by virtue of his having been such Noteholder; and such
Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case,
as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

          (A)  The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted
Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective
Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special
record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed
in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of Defaulted Interest to be paid on each Note and the date of the
payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt
by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier
date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an
amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such
Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when
deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such
Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall
fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which
shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days
prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days
after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in
the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the
proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date
therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder as of
such special record date at his address as it appears in the Note register,
not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date.  Notice of the
proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date
therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the
Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) were
registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no
longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (B).

          (B)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any
other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
exchange and automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or
designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such
exchange and automated quotation system, if, after notice given by the
Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such
manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.


                                       9
<PAGE>

     Section 2.4  EXECUTION OF NOTES.  The Notes shall be signed in the name
and on behalf of the Company by the facsimile signature of its Chairman of
the Board, President, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice
President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words
added before or after the title "Vice President") and attested by the
facsimile signature of its Secretary or any of its Assistant Secretaries
(which may be printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile
or otherwise).  Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of
authentication substantially in the form set forth on the form of Note
attached as Exhibit A hereto, manually executed by the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 17.11),
shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory
for any purpose.  Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating
agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence
that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

     In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes
shall cease to be such officer before the Notes so signed shall have been
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such
Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though
the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such officer of the
Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as,
at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the proper officers
of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such
person was not such an officer.

     Section 2.5  EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES.  The
Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the
register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the
Company designated pursuant to Section 5.2 being herein sometimes
collectively referred to as the "Note register") in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the
registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes.  The Note register shall be
in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form
within a reasonably prompt period of time. The Trustee is hereby appointed
"Note registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes
as herein provided.  The Company may change the Note registrar or appoint one
or more co-registrars in accordance with Section 5.2 without any prior notice
to any holders, PROVIDED that a Note register shall be at all times
maintained at the Corporate Trust Office.

          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note
     registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for
     such transfer set forth in this Section 2.5, the Company shall execute, and
     the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated
     transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized
     denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such
     restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.

          Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations
     and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be
     exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant
     to Section 5.2.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the
     Company shall execute, and the Trustee


                                     10


<PAGE>

     shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the
     exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not
     contemporaneously outstanding.

          All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
     Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same
     debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes
     surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for
     exchange, redemption or conversion shall (if so required by the Company or
     the Note registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written
     instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company,
     and the Notes shall be duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or his
     attorney duly authorized in writing.

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
     exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
     to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be
     imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of
     Notes.

          Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Note registrar or any
     Company registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of
     (a) any Notes for a period of fifteen (15) days next preceding any
     selection of Notes to be redeemed or (b) any Notes or portions thereof
     called for redemption pursuant to Article III or (c) any Notes or portion
     thereof surrendered for conversion pursuant to Article XV.

     Section 2.6  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN NOTES.  In case any Note
shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its
discretion may execute, and upon its request the Trustee or an authenticating
agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note,
bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and
substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the
Note so destroyed, lost or stolen.  In every case the applicant for a
substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if
applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be
required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost
or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case
of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company,
to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the
ownership thereof.

     The Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such
substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or
indemnity as the Trustee, the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating
agent may require.  Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Company may
require from the holder of such Note the payment of a sum sufficient to cover
the Company's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses connected therewith.  In case any Note which has matured or is about to
mature or has been called for redemption or is about to be converted into Common
Stock shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the


                                   11


<PAGE>


Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the
payment of or convert or authorize the conversion of the same (without
surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may
be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the
Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such
security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them
harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with
such substitution, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence
satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any paying agent
or conversion agent of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the
ownership thereof.

     Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6
by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall
constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not
the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set
forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder.  To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be
held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are
exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment or conversion of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or
remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the
contrary with respect to the replacement or payment or conversion of negotiable
instruments or other securities without their surrender.

     Section 2.7 TEMPORARY NOTES.  Pending the preparation of definitive Notes,
the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed
by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Company, authenticate
and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed).  Temporary Notes shall
be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of
the definitive Notes, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as
may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the
Company.  Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same
conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as
the definitive Notes.  Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute
and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent definitive Notes
(other than in the case of Notes in global form) and thereupon any or all
temporary Notes (other than any such Note in global form) may be surrendered
in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company
pursuant to Section 5.2 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal
aggregate principal amount of definitive Notes.  Such exchange shall be made
by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor.  Until so
exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as
definitive Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

     Section 2.8 CANCELLATION OF NOTES PAID, ETC.  All Notes surrendered for
the purpose of payment, redemption, conversion, exchange or registration of
transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent or any
Note registrar or any conversion agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and
promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly
canceled by it (provided that in the case of any Note or portion thereof
submitted for repurchase,


                                       12
<PAGE>


the Trustee shall not cancel such Note or portion thereof until after the
Repurchase Date), and no Notes shall be issued in lieu thereof except as
expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture.  The Trustee
shall destroy canceled Notes (unless the Company directs it to do otherwise)
and, after such destruction, shall, if requested by the Company, deliver a
certificate of such destruction to the Company.  If the Company shall acquire
any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or
satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until
the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

                             ARTICLE III

                         REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     Section 3.1 REDEMPTION PRICES.  The Company may not redeem the Notes prior
to March 15, 1999.  At any time on or after March 15, 1999, the Company may,
at its option, redeem all or from time to time any part of the Notes on any
date prior to maturity, upon notice as set forth in Section 3.2, and at the
optional redemption prices set forth in the form of Note attached as Exhibit
A hereto, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, the date fixed
for redemption; PROVIDED that if the date fixed for redemption is March 15 or
September 15, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the
holder of record of the Note on the next preceding March 1 or September 1,
respectively.

     Section 3.2 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION: SELECTION OF NOTES.  In case the Company
shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any
part of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.1, it shall fix a date for redemption
and it or, at its request, the Trustee in the name of and at the expense of
the Company, shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption at
least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to
the holders of Notes so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their most
recent available addresses as the same appear on the Note register (PROVIDED
that if the Company shall give such notice, it shall also give written
notice, and written notice of the Notes to be redeemed, to the Trustee).
Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner
herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given,
whether or not the holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give
such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Note
designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity
of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

     Each such notice of redemption shall specify the aggregate principal amount
of Notes to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price at
which Notes are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment
will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Notes, that interest
accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption will be paid as
specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on
the portion thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue.  Such notice shall also
state the current Conversion Price and the date on which the right to convert
such Notes or portions thereof into Common Stock will expire.  If fewer than all
the Notes are to be redeemed, the notice of redemption shall identify the Notes
to be redeemed.  In case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be


                                    13


<PAGE>


redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption,
upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

     On or prior to the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption
given as provided in this Section 3.2, the Company will deposit with the Trustee
or with one or more paying agents (or, if the Company is acting as its own
paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 5.4)
an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Notes (or
portions thereof) so called for redemption (other than those theretofore
surrendered for conversion into Common Stock) at the appropriate redemption
price, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for
redemption; PROVIDED that if such payment is made on the redemption date it must
be received by the Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, by 10:00 a.m.
New York City time, on such date.  If any Note called for redemption is
converted pursuant hereto, any money deposited with the Trustee or any paying
agent or so segregated and held in trust for the redemption of such Note shall
be paid to the Company upon its written request, or, if then held by the
Company, shall be discharged from such trust.  If fewer than all the Notes are
to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee written notice in the form of
an Officers' Certificate not fewer than forty-five (45) days (or such shorter
period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the redemption date
as to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

     If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select
the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $1,000 or
integral multiples thereof), by lot.  If any Note selected for partial
redemption is converted in part after such selection, the converted portion of
such Note shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion to be selected
for redemption.  The Notes (or portions thereof) so selected shall be deemed
duly selected for redemption for all purposes hereof, notwithstanding that any
such Note is converted as a whole or in part before the mailing of the notice of
redemption.

     Upon any redemption of less than all Notes, the Company and the Trustee may
(but need not) treat as outstanding any Notes surrendered for conversion during
the period of fifteen (15) days next preceding the mailing of a notice of
redemption and may (but need not) treat as outstanding any Note authenticated
and delivered during such period in exchange for the unconverted portion of any
Note converted in part during such period.

     Section 3.3 PAYMENT OF NOTES CALLED FOR REDEMPTION.  If notice of
redemption has been given as above provided, the Notes or portion of Notes
with respect to which such notice has been given shall, unless converted into
Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, become due and payable on the
redemption date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the
applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to (but
excluding) the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said date (unless
the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes at the redemption
price, together with interest accrued to, but excluding, said date) interest
on the Notes or portion of Notes so called for redemption shall cease to
accrue and such Notes shall cease after the close of business on the second
Business Day next preceding the date fixed for redemption to be convertible
into Common Stock and, except as provided in Sections 8.5 and


                                  14
<PAGE>


13.4, to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the
holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Notes except the right
to receive the redemption price thereof and unpaid interest to (but
excluding) the date fixed for redemption.  On presentation and surrender of
such Notes at a place of payment in said notice specified, the said Notes or
the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at
the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued thereon to
(but excluding) the date fixed for redemption; PROVIDED that, if the
applicable redemption date is an interest payment date, the semi-annual
payment of interest becoming due on such date shall be payable to the holders
of such Notes registered as such on the relevant record date instead of the
holders surrendering such Notes for redemption on such date.

     Upon presentation of any Note redeemed in part only, the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder thereof, at
the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of authorized denominations, in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Notes so presented.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not redeem any Notes or
mail any notice of optional redemption during the continuance of a default in
payment of interest or premium on the Notes or of any Event of Default of which,
in the case of any Event of Default other than under Sections 7.1(a) or 7.1(b),
a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge.  If any Note called for
redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the
principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid or duly provided for, bear
interest from the date fixed for redemption at the rate borne by the Note and
such Note shall remain convertible into Common Stock until the principal and
premium, if any, shall have been paid or duly provided for.

     Section 3.4 CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION.  In connection
with any redemption of Notes, the Company may arrange for the purchase and
conversion of any Notes by an agreement with one or more investment bankers
or other purchasers to purchase such Notes by paying to the Trustee in trust
for the Noteholders, on or before the date fixed for redemption, an amount
not less than the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued
to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, of such Notes.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the
obligation of the Company to pay the redemption price of such Notes, together
with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, shall
be deemed to be satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid
by such purchasers.  If such an agreement is entered into, a copy of which
will be filed with the Trustee prior to the date fixed for redemption, any
Notes not duly surrendered for conversion by the holders thereof may, at the
option of the Company, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
acquired by such purchasers from such holders and (notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in Article XV) surrendered by such purchasers for
conversion, all as of immediately prior to the close of business on the date
fixed for redemption (and the right to convert any such Notes shall be
extended through such time), subject to payment of the above amount as
aforesaid.  At the direction of the Company, the Trustee shall hold and
dispose of any such amount paid to it in the same manner as it would monies
deposited with it by the Company for the redemption of Notes.  Without the
Trustee's prior written consent, no arrangement between the Company and such
purchasers for the purchase and conversion of any Notes shall


                                     15


<PAGE>


increase or otherwise affect any of the powers, duties, responsibilities or
obligations of the Trustee as set forth in this Indenture, and the Company
agrees to indemnify the Trustee from, and hold it harmless against, any loss,
liability or expense arising out of or in connection with any such
arrangement for the purchase and conversion of any Notes between the Company
and such purchasers to which the Trustee has not consented in writing,
including the costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees, incurred
by the Trustee in the defense of any claim or liability arising out of or in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers, duties,
responsibilities or obligations under this Indenture.


                                 ARTICLE IV

                          SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

     Section 4.1 AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION.  The Company covenants and agrees,
and each holder of Notes issued hereunder by his acceptance thereof likewise
covenants and agrees, that all Notes shall be issued subject to the
provisions of this Article IV; and each Person holding any Note, whether upon
original issue or upon transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and
agrees to be bound by such provisions.

     The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all Notes
(including, but not limited to, the redemption price with respect to the Notes
called for redemption in accordance with Section 3.2 or submitted for repurchase
in accordance with Section 16.2, as the case may be, as provided in the
Indenture) issued hereunder shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter
set forth, be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment
in full of all Senior Indebtedness, whether outstanding at the date of this
Indenture or thereafter incurred.

     No provision of this Article IV shall prevent the occurrence of any default
or Event of Default hereunder.

     Section 4.2 PAYMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.  No payment shall be made with respect
to the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (including,
but not limited to, the redemption price or the Repurchase Price with respect
to the Notes to be called for redemption in accordance with Section 3.2 or
submitted for repurchase in accordance with Section 16.2, as the case may be,
as provided in the Indenture), except payments and distributions made by the
Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 4.5, if:

                    (1) a default in the payment of principal, premium,
     interest, rent or other obligations due on any Senior Indebtedness
     occurs and is continuing (or, in the case of Senior Indebtedness for
     which there is a period of grace, in the event of such a default that
     continues beyond the period of grace, if any, specified in the
     instrument or lease evidencing such Senior Indebtedness), unless and
     until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have
     ceased to exist; or


                                    16


<PAGE>


                    (2) a default, other than a payment default, on a
     Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing that then
     permits holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate
     its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a
     "Payment Blockage Notice") from a Person who may give it pursuant to
     Section 4.5 hereof.

     If the Trustee receives any Payment Blockage Notice pursuant to clause (2)
above, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of
this Section unless and until (A) at least 365 days shall have elapsed since the
effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice, and (B) all
scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that
have come due have been paid in full in cash.  No  nonpayment default that
existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice
to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice.

     The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect
of the Notes upon the earlier of:

                    (1) the date upon which the default is cured or waived, or

                    (2) in the case of a default referred to in clause (ii)
     above, 179 days pass after notice is received if the maturity of such
     Designated Senior Indebtedness has not been accelerated,

unless this Article IV otherwise prohibits the payment or distribution at the
time of such payment or distribution.

     Upon any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company
of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors
upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due or to become due upon all
Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or other payment
satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, or payment thereof in
accordance with its terms shall be provided for in cash or other payment
satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness before any payment is
made on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes
(except payments made pursuant to Article XIII from monies deposited with the
Trustee pursuant thereto prior to commencement of proceedings for such
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization); and upon any such
dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company or
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceeding, any payment by the
Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character,
whether in cash, property or securities, to which the holders of the Notes or
the Trustee would be entitled, except for the provision of this Article IV,
shall (except as aforesaid) be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee
in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or
distribution, or by the holders of the Notes or by the Trustee under this
Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of
Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, or as otherwise required by law or a
court order) or their representative or representatives, or to


                                         17


<PAGE>


the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments
evidencing any Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective
interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness
in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution
to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or
distribution is made to the holders of the Notes or to the Trustee.

     For purposes of this Article IV, the words, "cash, property or securities"
shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or
readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for
by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is
subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article IV with respect to
the Notes to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be
outstanding; PROVIDED that (i) the Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new
corporation, if any, resulting from any reorganization or readjustment, and (ii)
the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (other than leases which are
not assumed by the Company or the new corporation, as the case may be) are not,
without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or
readjustment.  The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the
Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the
Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or
substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and
conditions provided for in Article XII shall not be deemed a dissolution,
winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 4.2
if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger,
conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article XII.

     In the event of the acceleration of the Notes because of an Event of
Default, no payment or distribution shall be made to the Trustee or any holder
of Notes in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes (including, but not limited to, the redemption price with respect to the
Notes called for redemption in accordance with Section 3.2 or submitted for
repurchase in accordance with Section 16.2, as the case may be, as provided in
the Indenture), except payments and distributions made by the Trustee as
permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 4.5, until all Senior
Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness or such acceleration is rescinded in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture.  If payment of the Notes is accelerated
because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of
Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration.

     In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any payment or
distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash,
property or securities (including, without limitation, by way of setoff or
otherwise), prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee or the
holders of the Notes before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or
other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, or
provision is made for such payment thereof in accordance with its terms in cash
or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, such
payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be
paid over or delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their
representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any


                                        18


<PAGE>


indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Indebtedness
may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by
the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining
unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in cash or
other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, after
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of
such Senior Indebtedness.

     Nothing in this Section 4.2 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 8.6.  This Section 4.2 shall be subject to
the further provisions of Section 4.5.

     Section 4.3 SUBROGATION OF NOTES.  Subject to the payment in full of all
Senior Indebtedness, the rights of the holders of the Notes shall be
subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders
of such Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of this Article IV
(equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company
which by its express terms is subordinated to other indebtedness of the
Company to substantially the same extent as the Notes are subordinated and is
entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or
securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full;
and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to
the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to
which the holders of the Notes or the Trustee would be entitled except for
the provisions of this Article IV, and no payments pursuant to the provisions
of this Article IV, to or for the benefit of the holders of Senior
Indebtedness by holders of the Notes or the Trustee, shall, as between the
Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the
holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on
account of the Notes; and no payments or distributions of cash, property or
securities to or for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the
subrogation provisions of this Article IV, which would otherwise have been
paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to be a payment by
the Company to or for the account of the Notes.  It is understood that the
provisions of this Article IV are and are intended solely for the purposes of
defining the relative rights of the holders of the Notes, on the one hand,
and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

     Nothing contained in this Article IV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in
the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors
other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the
holders of the Notes the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their
terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of
the Notes and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the
holder of any Note from exercising (subject to the provisions hereof) all
remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this
Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article IV of the holders
of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company
received upon the exercise of any such remedy.


                                   19

<PAGE>

     Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
this Article IV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1, and the
holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by
any court of competent jurisdiction in which such bankruptcy, dissolution,
winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a
certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent
or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or
to the holders of the Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons
entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or
payable thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article IV.

     Section 4.4 AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.  Each holder of a Note
by the holder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on the
holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to
effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article IV and appoints the
Trustee to act as the holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes.  If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of
debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in the third
paragraph of Section 7.2 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the
time to file such claim, the holders of any Senior Indebtedness or their
representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on
behalf of the holders of the Notes.

     Section 4.5 NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.  The Company shall give prompt written
notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate to a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee and to any paying agent of any fact known to the Company which
would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee or
any paying agent in respect of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this
Article IV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article IV or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge
of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment
of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes pursuant to the
provisions of this Article IV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the Corporate Trust
Office from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from
any trustee thereof; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1, shall be entitled in all
respects to assume that no such facts exist; PROVIDED that if on a date not
fewer than one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof
any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without
limitation, the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
on any Note) the Trustee shall not have received, with respect to such
monies, the notice provided for in this Section 4.5, then, anything herein
contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power
and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for
which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary which may be received by it on or after such prior date.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, nothing shall
prevent (a) any payment by the Company or the Trustee to the Trustee or
Noteholders of amounts in connection with a redemption of Notes (including a
redemption pursuant to Section 3.5) if (i) notice of such redemption has been
given pursuant to Article III prior to the receipt by the Trustee of written
notice as aforesaid, and (ii) such notice of redemption is given not earlier
than sixty (60) days


                                   20


<PAGE>

before the redemption date or (b) any payment by the Trustee to the
Noteholders of monies deposited with it pursuant to Section 13.1, and any
such payment shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.1 or 4.2.

     The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1, shall be entitled to
rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a person representing himself
to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to
establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or
a trustee on behalf of any such holder or holders.  In the event that the
Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect
to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in
any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article IV, the Trustee may request
such person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as
to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such person, the extent to which
such person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any
other facts pertinent to the rights of such person under this Article IV, and if
such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such person
pending judicial determination as to the right of such person to receive such
payment.

     Section 4.6 TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  The Trustee in its
individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this
Article IV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to
the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in
Section 8.13 or elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any
of its rights as such holder.

     With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes
to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Article IV, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe
any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the
provisions of Section 8.1, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of
Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to holders of Notes, the
Company or any other person money or assets to which any holder of Senior
Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article IV or otherwise.

     Section 4.7 NO IMPAIRMENT OF SUBORDINATION.  No right of any present or
future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein
provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or
failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in
good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with
the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any
knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

     Section 4.8 CERTAIN CONVERSIONS DEEMED PAYMENT.  For the purposes of this
Article IV only, (1) the issuance and delivery of junior securities upon
conversion of Notes in accordance with Article XV shall not be deemed to
constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on Notes or on account of the purchase or other
acquisition of Notes, and (2) the payment, issuance or delivery of cash,


                                        21

<PAGE>


property or securities (other than junior securities) upon conversion of a
Note shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of the principal of
such Note.  For the purposes of this Section 4.8, the term "junior
securities" means (a) shares of any stock of any class of the Company, or (b)
securities of the Company which are subordinated in right of payment to all
Senior Indebtedness which may be outstanding at the time of issuance or
delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or to a
greater extent than, the Notes are so subordinated as provided in this
Article.  Nothing contained in this Article IV or elsewhere in this Indenture
or in the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its
creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Noteholders, the
right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Note to
convert such Note in accordance with Article XV.

     Section 4.9 ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS.  If at any time any
paying agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company
and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article
shall (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to
and including such paying agent within its meaning as fully for all intents
and purposes as if such paying agent were named in this Article in addition
to or in place of the Trustee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the first paragraph of
Section 4.5 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if
it or such Affiliate acts as paying agent.

     Section 4.10 SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ENTITLED TO RELY. The holders of Senior
Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Designated Senior Indebtedness)
shall have the right to rely upon this Article IV, and no amendment or
modification of the provisions contained herein shall diminish the rights of
such holders unless such holders shall have agreed in writing thereto.


                                ARTICLE V

                     PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

      Section 5.1 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST.  The Company
covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid
the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on each of the Notes at
the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in
the Notes.  Each installment of interest on the Notes due on any semi-annual
interest payment date may be paid by mailing checks for the interest payable
to or upon the written order of the holders of Notes entitled thereto as they
shall appear on the registry books of the Company; PROVIDED, that; with
respect to any holder of Notes with an aggregate principal amount equal to or
in excess of $5,000,000, at the request of such holder in writing to the
Company (who shall then furnish notice to such effect to the Trustee),
interest on such holder's Notes shall be paid by wire transfer (the cost of
such wire transfer to be borne by the Company) in immediately available funds
in accordance with the wire transfer instructions supplied by such holder to
the Trustee and paying agent (if different from the Trustee).

     Section 5.2 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Company will maintain
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in Boston,
Massachusetts, an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for
conversion or redemption and where notices and demands to or upon the


                                     22


<PAGE>

Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and
any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or
appointed by the Trustee.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain
any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may
be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office or agency of the Trustee in
Boston, Massachusetts.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; PROVIDED that no
such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its
obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
of New York or in Boston, Massachusetts, for such purposes.  The Company will
give prompt written notice to any such designation or rescission and of any
change in the location of any such other office or agency.

     The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as paying agent, Note
registrar and conversion agent, and the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts.

     So long as the Trustee is the Note registrar, the Trustee agrees to mail,
or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 8.10(a) and the third
paragraph of Section 8.11.

     Section 5.3 APPOINTMENTS TO FILL VACANCIES IN TRUSTEE'S OFFICE. The
Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of
Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 8.10, a Trustee, so
that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

     Section 5.4 PROVISIONS AS TO PAYING AGENT.

               (a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the
     Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a paying agent, it will
     cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an
     instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject
     to the provisions of this Section 5.4:

                    (1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for
     the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the
     Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any
     other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the
     Notes;

                    (2) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by
     the Company (or by any other obligor on the Notes) to make any payment of
     the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when the
     same shall be due and payable; and

                    (3) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee
     all sums so held in trust.


                                         23


<PAGE>


          The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal of,
     premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, deposit with the paying agent a
     sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest, and
     (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify
     the Trustee of any failure to take such action; PROVIDED that if such
     deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the
     paying agent by 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date.

               (b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will,
     on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or
     interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the
     benefit of the holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such
     principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due and will
     notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any
     failure by the Company (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make
     any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
     Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

               (c) Anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary
     notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of
     obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any
     other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in
     trust by the Company or any paying agent hereunder as required by this
     Section 5.4, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts
     herein contained and upon such payment by the Company or any paying
     agent to the Trustee, the Company or such paying agent shall be
     released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

               (d) Anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary
     notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in
     this Section 5.4 is subject to Sections 13.3 and 13.4.

     Section 5.5 CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  Subject to Article XII, the Company will
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full
force and effect its corporate existence.

     Section 5.6 STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.  The Company covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive
the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on
the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of
this Indenture and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that
it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

     Section 5.7 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company
(beginning with the fiscal year ending


                                     24

<PAGE>

on December 31, 1996) an Officers' Certificate stating whether or not the
signers know of any Event of Default that occurred during such period.  If
such signers know of any Event of Default that occurred during such period,
such Officers' Certificate shall describe the Event of Default and its status.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                       NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY
                          THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

      Section 6.1 NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS.  The Company covenants and agrees that it
will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semiannually, not more
than fifteen (15) days after each March 1 and September 1 in each year
beginning with September 1, 1996, and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of
any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request
in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it
hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the
names and addresses of the holders of Notes as of a date not more than
fifteen (15) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request
in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information
is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished so long as the
Trustee is acting as Note registrar.

     Section 6.2 PRESERVATION AND DISCLOSURE OF LISTS.

               (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
     reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses
     of the holders of Notes contained in the most recent list furnished to
     it as provided in Section 6.1 or maintained by the Trustee in its
     capacity as Note registrar, if so acting.  The Trustee may destroy any
     list furnished to it as provided in Section 6.1 upon receipt of a new
     list so furnished.

               (b) The rights of Noteholders to communicate with other holders
     of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under
     the Notes, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee,
     shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

               (c) Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees
     with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the
     Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by
     reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of
     holders of Notes made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

     Section 6.3 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

               (a) Within 60 days after August 1 of each year commencing with
     the year 1996, the Trustee shall transmit to holders of Notes such
     reports


                                     25


<PAGE>


     dated as of August 1 of the year in which such reports are made concerning
     the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required
     pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided
     pursuant thereto.

               (b) A copy of such report shall, at the time of such
     transmission to holders of Notes, be filed by the Trustee with each
     stock exchange and automated quotation system upon which the Notes are
     listed and with the Company.  The Company will notify the Trustee
     within a reasonable time when the Notes are listed on any stock
     exchange and automated quotation system.

     Section 6.4 REPORTS BY COMPANY.  The Company shall file with the Trustee
(and the Commission at any time after the Indenture becomes qualified under
the Trust Indenture Act), and transmit to holders of Notes, such information,
documents and other reports and such summaries thereof, as may be required
pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided
pursuant to such Act; PROVIDED that any such information, documents or
reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days
after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                  REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND NOTEHOLDERS
                          ON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

      Section 7.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. In case one or more of the following Events
of Default (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it
shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or
pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body) shall have occurred
and be continuing:

               (a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon
     any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable,
     and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days,
     whether or not such payment is permitted under Article IV hereof; or

               (b) default in the payment of the principal of and premium, if
     any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and
     payable either at maturity or in connection with any redemption
     pursuant to Article III or repurchase pursuant to Article XVI, by
     acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is permitted
     under Article IV hereof; or

               (c) a failure on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary of
     the Company to make any payment at maturity in respect of any
     obligations (other than non-recourse obligations) of, or guaranteed or
     assumed by, the Company or any such subsidiary for borrowed money
     ("Money Indebtedness") in an amount in


                                       26


<PAGE>


      excess of $25,000,000 and continuance of such failure for thirty (30)
      days, or a default by the Company or any such Subsidiary with
      respect to any Money Indebtedness, which default results in the
      acceleration of Money Indebtedness in an amount in excess of
      $25,000,000 without such Indebtedness having been discharged or such
      acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled within
      thirty (30) days after there shall have been given, by registered or
      certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and
      the Trustee by the holders of not less than 10% in aggregate principal
      amount of the Notes then outstanding a written notice specifying such
      default and requiring the Company to cause such Money Indebtedness to
      be discharged or cause such default to be cured or waived or such
      acceleration to be rescinded or annulled and stating that such notice
      is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

               (d) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or
      perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the
      Company in the Notes or in this Indenture (other than a covenant or
      agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere
      in this Section 7.1 specifically dealt with) continued for a period of
      sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure,
      requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have been given to the
      Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and a Responsible Officer of
      the Trustee by the holders of at least 25 percent in aggregate principal
      amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance
      with Section 9.4; or

                (e) the Company shall commence a voluntary case or other
      proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with
      respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or
      other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the
      appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other
      similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or
      shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking
      possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other
      proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment
      for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts
      as they become due; or

                (f) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced
      against the Company seeking liquidation, reorganization or other
      relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy,
      insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking
      the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other
      similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and
      such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and
      unstayed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days;

then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 7.1(e) or (f)), unless the principal of all of the Notes
shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders
of not less than 25 percent in aggregate principal amount of the Notes


                                      27


<PAGE>


then outstanding hereunder determined in accordance with Section 9.4, by
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by
Noteholders), may declare the principal of all the Notes and the interest
accrued thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such
declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable,
anything in this Indenture or in the Notes contained to the contrary
notwithstanding.  In the event a declaration of acceleration because of an
Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(c) hereof has occurred and is
continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically annulled
if such default is cured or waived or the holders of the Debentures have
rescinded their declaration of acceleration in respect of such indebtedness
within 60 days thereof and the Trustee has received written notice of such
cure, waiver or rescission and no other Event of Default described in Section
71(c) hereof has occurred that has not been cured or waived within 60 days of
the declaration of such acceleration in respect thereof.  If an Event of
Default specified in Section 7.1(e) or (f) occurs, the principal of all the
Notes and the interest accrued thereon shall be immediately and automatically
due and payable without necessity of further action.  This provision,
however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the
principal of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and
before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have
been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or
shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured
installments of interest upon all Notes and the principal of and premium, if
any, on any and all Notes which shall have become due otherwise than by
acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of interest (to the
extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) and
on such principal and premium, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes, to the
date of such payment or deposit) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 8.6, and if any and all defaults under this Indenture, other than the
nonpayment of principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes
which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured or waived
pursuant to Section 7.7 -- then and in every such case the holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by
written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults or
Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to
or shall affect any subsequent default or Event of Default, or shall impair
any right consequent thereon.  The Company shall notify a Responsible Officer
of the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, of any Event of Default.

     In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this
Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because
of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have
been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the
Company, the holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to
their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and
powers of the Company, the holders of Notes, and the Trustee shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been taken.

     Section 7.2 PAYMENTS OF NOTES ON DEFAULT: SUIT THEREFOR. The Company
covenants that (a) in case default shall be made in the payment of any
installment of interest upon any of the Notes as and when the same shall
become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of
thirty (30) days, or (b) in case default shall be made in the payment of


                                       28

<PAGE>

the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same
shall have become due and payable, whether at maturity of the Notes or in
connection with any redemption, by or under this Indenture declaration or
otherwise -- then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the
Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, the whole amount that
then shall have become due and payable on all such Notes for principal and
premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with interest upon
the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of
such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon the overdue
installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and, in addition
thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its
agents, attorneys and counsel, and any expenses or liabilities incurred by
the Trustee hereunder other than through its negligence or bad faith.  Until
such demand by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes to the registered holders, whether or not
the Notes are overdue.

     In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such
demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall
be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in
equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any
such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such
judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes
and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or
any other obligor on the Notes wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed
to be payable.

     In the case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for
the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title
11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a
receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator,
sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken
possession of the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Company or
such other obligor, or in the case of any other judicial proceedings relative to
the Company or such other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or
property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of
whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee
shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.2, shall
be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to
file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal, premium, if
any, and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any
judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents
as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and
of the Noteholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company
or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their
property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction
of any amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.6; and any receiver, assignee or
trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar
official is hereby authorized by each of the Noteholders to make such payments
to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making
of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount
due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements,
including counsel fees incurred by it up to the date of such distribution.  To
the


                                    29


<PAGE>


extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and
disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any
reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out
of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property
which the holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings,
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or
otherwise.

     All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under
any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any
of the Notes, or the production thereof on any trial or other proceeding
relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes.

     In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving
the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall
be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Notes,
and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Notes parties to any
such proceedings.

     Section 7.3 APPLICATION OF MONIES COLLECTED BY TRUSTEE. Any monies
collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VII shall be applied in the
order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution
of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon
the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:

          First:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
     Section 8.6;

          Second:  Subject to the provisions of Article IV, in case the
     principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid,
     to the payment of interest on the Notes in default in the order of the
     maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent
     that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue
     installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes, such payments to
     be made ratably to the persons entitled thereto;

          Third:  Subject to the provisions of Article IV, in case the principal
     of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or
     otherwise, and be unpaid, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and
     unpaid upon the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and interest, with
     interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent
     that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue
     installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and in case such
     monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and
     unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal and premium,
     if any, and interest without preference or priority of principal and
     premium, if any, over interest, or of interest over principal and premium,
     if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of
     interest, or


                                         30

<PAGE>


     of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal
     and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest; and

          Fourth:  Subject to the provisions of Article IV, to the payment of
     the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other person lawfully entitled
     thereto.

     Section 7.4 PROCEEDINGS BY NOTEHOLDER. No holder of any Note shall have
any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to
institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or
with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver,
trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the
Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof,
as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the holders of not less than 25
percent in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall
have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or
proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the
Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs,
expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee
for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit
or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall
have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7; it being understood
and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and holder of every
Note with every other taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more
holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or
by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or
prejudice the rights of any other holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to
obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce
any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for
the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Notes (except as
otherwise provided herein).  For the protection and enforcement of this
Section 7.4, each and every Noteholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to
such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision
of any Note, the right of any holder of any Note to receive payment of the
principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the
Company shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.

     Anything in this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding,
the holder of any Note, without the consent of either the Trustee or the holder
of any other Note, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, may enforce, and
may institute and maintain any proceeding suitable to enforce, his rights of
conversion as provided herein.

     Section 7.5 PROCEEDINGS BY TRUSTEE. In case of an Event of Default the
Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights
vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as
the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such
rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in
bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant
or agreement contained in this


                                     31

<PAGE>


Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture,
or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by
this Indenture or by law.

     Section 7.6 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE AND CONTINUING. Except as provided in
Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this Article VII to the Trustee
or to the Noteholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed
cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and
remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the
covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or
omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Notes to exercise any
right or power accruing upon any default or Event of Default occurring and
continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be
construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein;
and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, every power and remedy given
by this Article VII or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be
exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by
the Trustee or by the Noteholders.

     Section 7.7 DIRECTION OF PROCEEDINGS AND WAIVER OF DEFAULTS BY MAJORITY OF
NOTEHOLDERS.  The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 9.4 shall
have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee; provided, however, that (a) such direction shall
not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (b) the
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not
inconsistent with such direction.  The holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance
with Section 9.4 may on behalf of the holders of all of the Notes waive any past
default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (i) a default
in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the
Notes, (ii) a failure by the Company to convert any Notes into Common Stock,
(iii) a default in the payment of redemption price pursuant to Article III or
(iv) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions hereof which under
Article XI cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holders of
all Notes then outstanding. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and
the holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights
hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or
Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  Whenever any default
or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this
Section 7.7, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the
Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing;
but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of
Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     Section 7.8 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. The Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days
after it has knowledge of the occurrence of a default, mail to all
Noteholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Note
register, notice of all defaults known to a Responsible Officer, unless such
defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice;
and PROVIDED that, except in the case of default in the payment of the
principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes, the
Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so


                                    32

<PAGE>


long as a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the
Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the
interests of the Noteholders.

     Section 7.9 UNDERTAKING TO PAY COSTS.  All parties to this Indenture agree,
and each holder of any Note by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have
agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the
filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in
such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by such party litigant; PROVIDED that the provisions of this
Section 7.9 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit
instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group
of Noteholders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent in principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with
Section 9.4, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement
of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any
Note on or after the due date expressed in such Note or to any suit for the
enforcement of the right to convert any Note in accordance with the
provisions of Article XV.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

     Section 8.1 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee, prior to
the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of
Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only
such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture.  In case an
Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived) the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his own affairs.

     No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act
or its own willful misconduct, except that

              (a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after
     the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred:

                    (1) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be
     determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trust
     Indenture Act, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the
     performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in
     this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
     this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act against the Trustee; and


                                     33


<PAGE>
                    (2) in the absence of bad faith and willful misconduct on
     the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth
     of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
     upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming
     to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such
     certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically
     required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty
     to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the
     requirements of this Indenture;

              (b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
     made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the
     Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
     pertinent facts;

              (c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
     taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with
     the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal
     amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in
     Section 9.4 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any
     proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any
     trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and

               (d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this
     Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or
     affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the
     provisions of this Section.

     None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the
Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of
its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.

     Section 8.2 RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS, OPINIONS. ETC. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 8.1:

              (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon
     any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
     notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or
     other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and
     to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

              (b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company
     mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers'
     Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein
     specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors
     may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the
     Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;


                                       34
<PAGE>


              (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any advice or
     Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and
     protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder
     in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of
     Counsel;

              (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
     the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request,
     order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to the
     provisions of this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have
     offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the
     costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or
     thereby;

              (e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation
     into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
     statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction,
     consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the
     Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
     investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if
     the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
     investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
     premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee
     of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in
     the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee,
     not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it
     by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable
     indemnity against such expenses or liability as a condition to so
     proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such examination shall be
     paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor
     Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and

              (f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
     hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
     through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible
     for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney
     appointed by it with due care hereunder.

     Section 8.3 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR RECITALS, ETC. The recitals contained
herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee's certificate of
authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.  The
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Indenture or of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use
or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions
of this Indenture.

     Section 8.4 TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENTS, CONVERSION AGENTS OR REGISTRAR MAY OWN
NOTES. The Trustee, any paying agent, any authenticating agent, any
conversion agent or Note registrar,


                                      35


<PAGE>


in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, paying
agent, conversion agent or Note registrar.

     Section 8.5 MONIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 13.4, all monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied
as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were
received.  Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The
Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it
hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time by the Company and the
Trustee.

     Section 8.6 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE.  The Company covenants
and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be
entitled to, reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it
hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law
in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the
Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable
expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the
Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including
the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel
and of all persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct,
recklessness or bad faith.  The Company also covenants to indemnify the
Trustee in any capacity under this Indenture and its agents and any
authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss,
liability or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct,
recklessness, or bad faith on the part of the Trustee or such agent or
authenticating agent, as the case may be, and arising out of or in connection
with the acceptance or administration of this trust or in any other capacity
hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending
themselves against any claim of liability in the premises, PROVIDED that (i)
each of the Trustee or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may
be, shall notify the Company promptly of any claim or liability asserted
against such party for which it may seek indemnification, (ii) the Company
shall defend such claim and each of the Trustee, such agent or authenticating
agent, as the case may be, shall cooperate with the Company's defense of such
claim or liability, (iii) the Trustee, such agent and authenticating agent
may hire separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel, but (A) the Company will not be required to pay
such fees and expenses if it assumes such parties' defense and there is no
conflict of interest between the Company and such parties in connection with
such defense and (B) the Company shall not be liable, in connection with any
such claim or liability or substantially similar or related claims or
liabilities, at any time, for the fees and expenses of more than one separate
firm of attorneys (in addition to local counsel).  The Company need not pay
for any settlement made without its written consent.  The obligations of the
Company under this Section 8.6 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to
pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall
be secured by a lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and funds
held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the
benefit of the holders of particular Notes.  The obligation of the Company
under this Section shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture.


                                     36


<PAGE>


     When the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses
or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(e) or (f)
occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws.

     Section 8.7 OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE AS EVIDENCE.  Except as otherwise
provided in Section 8.1, whenever in the administration of the provisions of
this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter
be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder,
such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct,
recklessness, or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be
conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to
the Trustee.

     Section 8.8 CONFLICTING INTERESTS OF TRUSTEE.  If the Trustee has or shall
acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act,
the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and
in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust
Indenture Act and this Indenture.

     Section 8.9 ELIGIBILITY OF TRUSTEE. There shall at all times be a Trustee
hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust
Indenture Act to act as such and has, together with its parent, a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.  If such person publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the
requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes
of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such person shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to
be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in
this Article.

     Section 8.10 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE.

              (a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice
     of such resignation to the Company and to the holders of Notes.  Upon
     receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly
     appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate,
     executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which
     instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to
     the successor trustee.  If no successor trustee shall have been so
     appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after the
     mailing of such notice of resignation to the Noteholders, the
     resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
     the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Noteholder who has been
     a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months may,
     subject to the provisions of Section 7.9, on behalf of himself and all
     others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment
     of a successor trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice,
     if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor
     trustee.


                                       37

<PAGE>


               (b)  In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

                    (1)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 8.8 after
     written request therefor by the Company or by any Noteholder who has been a
     bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months; or

                    (2)  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
     with the provisions of Section 8.9 and shall fail to resign after written
     request therefor by the Company or by any such Noteholder; or

                    (3)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall
     be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its
     property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or
     control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
     rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

     then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a
     successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of
     the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to
     the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject
     to the provisions of Section 7.9, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide
     holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months may, on behalf of himself
     and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent
     jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
     successor trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as
     it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a
     successor trustee.

               (c)  The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
     of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee
     and nominate a successor trustee which shall be deemed appointed as
     successor trustee unless within ten (10) days after notice to the
     Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case
     the Trustee so removed or any Noteholder, upon the terms and
     conditions and otherwise as in Section 8.10(a) provided, may petition
     any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor
     trustee.

               (d)  Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment
     of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this
     Section 8.10 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by
     the successor trustee as provided in Section 8.11.

     Section 8.11  ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE.  Any successor trustee
appointed as provided in Section 8.10 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver
to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the
rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named as trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on
the written request of the Company or of the


                                      38
<PAGE>


successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any
amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.6, execute and
deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights
and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act.  Upon reasonable request of any
such successor trustee, the Company shall execute such instruments in writing
as necessary for fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such
successor trustee all such rights and powers.  Any trustee ceasing to act
shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or
collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the
benefit of holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it
pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.6.

     No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 8.11 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee
shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 8.8 and be eligible under
the provisions of Section 8.9.

     Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in
this Section 8.11, either the Company or the former trustee shall mail or
cause to be mailed notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the
holders of Notes at their addresses as they shall appear on the Note
register.  If the Company or the former trustee fails to mail such notice
within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor
trustee, the successor trustee shall mail or cause such notice to be mailed
to the holders of Notes.

     Section 8.12  SUCCESSION BY MERGER, ETC.  Any corporation into which the
Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or
any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to
which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or
substantially all of the trust business of the Trustee, shall be the
successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided
that in the case of any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of
the trust business of the Trustee such corporation shall be qualified under
the provisions of Section 8.8 and eligible under the provisions of Section 8.9.

     In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the
trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been
authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt
the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or
authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such
Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not
have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating
agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes either
in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the
successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided
that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee
or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only
to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

     Section 8.13  LIMITATION ON RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AS CREDITOR.  If and when
the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall


                                      39
<PAGE>


be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the
collection of the claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

                                  ARTICLE IX

                        CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS

     Section 9.1  ACTION BY NOTEHOLDERS.  Whenever in this Indenture it is
provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand
or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any
other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the
holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a)
by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by
Noteholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by
the record of the holders of Notes voting in favor thereof at any meeting of
Noteholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article
X, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such
record of such a meeting of Noteholders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee
solicits the taking of any action by the holders of the Notes by a written
instrument or at a meeting, the Company or the Trustee shall fix in advance
of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining holders
entitled to execute such instrument or vote at such meeting. The record date
shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of
solicitation of such action by written instrument and not more than sixty
(60) days prior to the date of such meeting, as the case may be. With respect
to any record date set pursuant to this Section 9.1, the party hereto which
sets such record date may designate any day as the "Expiration Date" and from
time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day;
provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed
new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to
each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in 17.3, on or prior to the
existing Expiration Date.  If an Expiration Date is not designated with
respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 9.1, the party hereto
which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the
180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto,
subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this
paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later
than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

     Section 9.2  PROOF OF EXECUTION BY NOTEHOLDERS.  Subject to the
provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 10.5, proof of the execution of any
instrument by a Noteholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made
in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed
by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee.
The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note register or by a certificate
of the Note registrar.

     The record of any Noteholders' meeting shall be proved in the manner
provided in Section 10.6.

     Section 9.3  WHO ARE DEEMED ABSOLUTE OWNERS.  The Company, the Trustee,
any paying agent, any conversion agent and any Note registrar may deem the
person in whose name


                                      40
<PAGE>


such Note shall be registered upon the Note register to be, and may treat him
as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be
overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Note, for conversion of
such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee
nor any paying agent nor any conversion agent nor any Note registrar shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary.  All such payments so made to any
holder for the time being, or upon his order, shall be valid, and, to the
extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to fully satisfy and discharge
the liability for monies payable upon any such Note.

     Section 9.4  COMPANY-OWNED NOTES DISREGARDED.  In determining whether
the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have
concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this
Indenture, Notes which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the
Notes or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor
on the Notes shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the
purpose of any such determination; PROVIDED that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes which a Responsible
Officer knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have
been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of
this Section 9.4 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgee's right to vote such Notes and that the pledgee is not
the Company, any other obligor on the Notes or a person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with the Company or any such other obligor.  In the case of a dispute
as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of
counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.  Upon request of the
Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers'
Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company
to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described
persons; and, subject to Section 8.1, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept
such Officers' Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set
forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for
the purpose of any such determination.

     Section 9.5  REVOCATION OF CONSENTS: FUTURE HOLDERS BOUND.  At any time
prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in
Section 9.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in
connection with such action, any holder of a Note which is shown by the
evidence to be included in the Notes the holders of which have consented to
such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 9.2, revoke
such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such
action taken by the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon
such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Note and of any
Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether
any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in
exchange or substitution therefor.


                                      41
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X

                            NOTEHOLDERS' MEETINGS

     Section 10.1  PURPOSE OF MEETINGS.  A meeting of Noteholders may be
called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this
Article X for any of the following purposes:

                    (1)  to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or
     to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to
     consent to the waiving of any default or Event of Default hereunder and its
     consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by
     Noteholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article VII;

                    (2)  to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee
     pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII;

                    (3)  to consent to the execution of an indenture or
     indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.2;
     or

                    (4)  to take any other action authorized to be taken by or
     on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the
     Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.


     Section 10.2  CALL OF MEETINGS BY TRUSTEE.  The Trustee may at any time
call a meeting of Noteholders to take any action specified in Section 10.1,
to be held at such time and at such place at a location within 10 miles of
the Corporate Trust Office or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
as the Trustee shall determine.  Notice of every meeting of the Noteholders,
setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the
action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any
record date pursuant to Section 9.1, shall be mailed to holders of Notes at
their addresses as they shall appear on the Note register.  Such notice shall
also be mailed to the Company.  Such notices shall be mailed not less than
twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the
meeting.

     Any meeting of Noteholders shall be valid without notice if the holders
of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice
is waived before or after the meeting by the holders of all Notes
outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly
authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived
notice.

     Section 10.3  CALL OF MEETINGS BY COMPANY OR NOTEHOLDERS.  In case at
any time the Company, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, or
the holders of at least ten percent in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of
Noteholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action
proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed
the notice of such meeting within twenty (20) days after receipt of such
request, then the Company or such Noteholders may determine the time and the
place at any location within 10 miles of the


                                      42
<PAGE>


Corporate Trust Office or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for
such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in
Section 10.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 10.2.

     Section 10.4  QUALIFICATIONS FOR VOTING.  To be entitled to vote at any
meeting of Noteholders a person shall (a) be a holder of one or more Notes on
the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a person appointed by an
instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more Notes.  The only
persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of
Noteholders shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their
counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any
representatives of the Company and its counsel.

     Section 10.5  REGULATIONS.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem
advisable for any meeting of Noteholders, in regard to proof of the holding
of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment
and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies,
certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters
concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

     The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary
chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the
Company or by Noteholders as provided in Section 10.3, in which case the
Company or the Noteholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in
like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman and a
permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and
entitled to vote at the meeting.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, at any meeting each Noteholder
or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount
of Notes held or represented by him; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no vote shall be
cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not
outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding.
The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue
of Notes held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating
him as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Noteholders.  Any meeting of
Noteholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2 or 10.3
may be adjourned from time to time by the holders of a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or
not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned
without further notice.

     Section 10.6  VOTING. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any
meeting of Noteholders shall be by written ballot on which shall be
subscribed the signatures of the holders of Notes or of their representatives
by proxy and the principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them.
The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes
who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution
and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified
written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in
duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Noteholders shall be prepared
by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said


                                      43
<PAGE>


record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot
taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the
facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said
notice was mailed as provided in Section 10.2. The record shall show the
principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution.
The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent
chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be
delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the
Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

     Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the
matters therein stated.

     Section 10.7  NO DELAY OF RIGHTS BY MEETING.  Nothing in this Article X
contained shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of
any call of a meeting of Noteholders or any rights expressly or impliedly
conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise
of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the
Noteholders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes.

                                  ARTICLE XI

                          SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     Section 11.1  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS.
The Company, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors,
and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture
or indentures supplemental hereto for one or more of the following purposes:

               (a)  to make provision with respect to the conversion rights of
     the holders of Notes pursuant to the requirements of Section 15.6;

               (b)  subject to Article IV, to convey, transfer, assign,
     mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Notes, any
     property or assets;

               (c)  to evidence the succession of another corporation to the
     Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the
     successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of
     the Company pursuant to Article XII;

               (d)  to add to the covenants of the Company such further
     covenants, restrictions or conditions as the Board of Directors and
     the Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit of the holders of
     Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance,
     of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions or
     conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement
     of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as
     herein set forth; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in respect of any such
     additional


                                      44
<PAGE>


     covenant, restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may
     provide for a particular period of grace after default (which
     period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of
     other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon
     such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon
     such default;

               (e)  to provide for the issuance under this Indenture of Notes
     in coupon form (including Notes registrable as to principal only) and
     to provide for exchangeability of such Notes with the Notes issued
     hereunder in fully registered form and to make all appropriate changes
     for such purpose;

               (f)  to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any
     provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may
     be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein
     or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in
     regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which
     shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of
     the Notes;

               (g)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
     hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes; or

               (h)  to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this
     Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the
     qualifications of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or
     under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted.

     Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of the
resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant
Secretary authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, the
Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental
indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which
may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and
assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated
to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture which
affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise.

     Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section
11.1 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of
the holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any
of the provisions of Section 11.2.

     Section 11.2  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS.  With
the consent (evidenced as provided in Article IX) of the holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, the Company, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of
Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into
an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner
the rights of the holders of the Notes;


                                      45
<PAGE>


PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the
fixed maturity of any Note, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment
of interest thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof or premium, if
any, thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof, or impair
the right of any Noteholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, or
make the principal thereof or interest or premium, if any, thereon payable in
any coin or currency other than that provided in the Notes, or modify the
provisions of this Indenture with respect to the subordination of the Notes
in a manner adverse to the Noteholders in any material respect, or change the
obligation of the Company to repurchase any Note upon the happening of a
Repurchase Event in a manner adverse to the holder of Notes, or impair the
right to convert the Notes into Common Stock subject to the terms set forth
herein, including Section 15.6, in each case without the consent of the
holder of each Note so affected, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
Notes, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental
indenture, without the consent of the holders of all Notes then outstanding.

     Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of the
resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant
Secretary authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and
upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Noteholders as
aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such
supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise,
in which case the Trustee may in is discretion, but shall not be obligated
to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this
Section 11.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof.

     Section 11.3  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.  Any supplemental
indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article XI shall comply
with the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect; PROVIDED that this Section
11.3 shall not require such supplemental indenture or the Trustee to be
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time such qualification
is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the
Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it
constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to such supplemental
indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time such
qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act
or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.  Upon the
execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this
Article XI, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended
in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights,
obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the
Company and the holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised
and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and
amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of
this Indenture for any and all purposes.

     Section 11.4  NOTATION ON NOTES.  Notes authenticated and delivered
after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions
of this Article XI may bear a notation


                                      46
<PAGE>


in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
supplemental indenture.  If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine,
new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the
Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any
such supplemental indenture may, at the Company's expense, be prepared and
executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating
agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 17.11) and delivered
in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then
outstanding.

     Section 11.5  EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE
FURNISHED TRUSTEE. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 8.1 and
8.2, may receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as
conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto
complies with the requirements of this Article XI.

                                  ARTICLE XII

             CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

     Section 12.1  COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.  Subject to
the provisions of Section 12.2, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any
of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or
into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with
the Company), or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or
its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any
sale, conveyance or lease (or successive sales, conveyances or leases) of all
or substantially all of the property of the Company, to any other corporation
(whether or not affiliated with the Company), authorized to acquire and
operate the same and which shall be organized under the laws of the United
States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; PROVIDED,
that upon any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, the due
and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on
all of the Notes, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual
performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed, by
supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and
delivered to the Trustee by the corporation (if other than the Company)
formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been
merged, or by the corporation which shall have acquired or leased such
property, and such supplemental indenture shall provide for the applicable
conversion rights set forth in Section 15.6.

     Section 12.2  SUCCESSOR CORPORATION TO BE SUBSTITUTED.  In case of any such
consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease and upon the assumption by the
successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment
of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and
the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by the Company, such successor corporation shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had
been named herein as the party of the first part.  Such successor corporation
thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the
name of Iomega Corporation any or all of


                                      47
<PAGE>


the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by
the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such
successor corporation instead of the Company and subject to all the terms,
conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall
authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered,
any Notes which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the
officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes
which such successor corporation thereafter shall cause to be signed and
delivered to the Trustee for that purpose.  All the Notes so issued shall in
all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the
Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the
execution hereof.  In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale,
conveyance or lease, the person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph
of this Indenture or any successor which shall thereafter have become such in
the manner prescribed in this Article XII may be dissolved, wound up and
liquidated at any time thereafter and such person shall be released from its
liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under
this Indenture.

     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease,
such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in
the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

     Section 12.3  OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BE GIVEN TRUSTEE.  The Trustee,
subject to Sections 8.1 and 8.2, shall receive an Officers' Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation,
merger, sale, conveyance or lease and any such assumption complies with the
provisions of this Article XII.

                                 ARTICLE XIII

                 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     Section 13.1  DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.  When (a) the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated
(other than any Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu
of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and
delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Notes not theretofore
canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due
and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year
or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds sufficient to pay at
maturity or upon redemption of all of the Notes (other than any Notes which
shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in
substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and
delivered) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to
become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be,
and if in either case the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all
other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease
to be of further effect (except as to (i) remaining rights of registration of
transfer, substitution and exchange and conversion of Notes, (ii) rights
hereunder of Noteholders


                                      48
<PAGE>


to receive payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on, the
Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Noteholders, as
beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with
the Trustee and (iii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee
hereunder), and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 17.5
and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture; the Company,
however, hereby agreeing to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses
thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee and to compensate
the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by
the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.

     Section 13.2  DEPOSITED MONIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST BY TRUSTEE.  Subject
to Section 13.4, all monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section
13.1 and not in violation of Article IV shall be held in trust for the sole
benefit of the Noteholders and not to be subject to the subordination
provisions of Article IV, and such monies shall be applied by the Trustee to
the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the
Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular
Notes for the payment or redemption of which such monies have been deposited
with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and
interest and premium, if any.

     Section 13.3  PAYING AGENT TO REPAY MONIES HELD.  Upon the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture, all monies then held by any paying agent of
the Notes (other than the Trustee) shall, upon written request of the
Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying
agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
monies.

     Section 13.4  RETURN OF UNCLAIMED MONIES.  Subject to the requirements
of applicable law, any monies deposited with or paid to the Trustee for
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Notes and not
applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Notes for two years after
the date upon which the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such
Notes, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid
to the Company by the Trustee on demand and all liability of the Trustee
shall thereupon cease with respect to such monies; and the holder of any of
the Notes shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which
such holder may be entitled to collect unless an applicable abandoned
property law designates another Person.

     Section 13.5  REINSTATEMENT.  If the Trustee or the paying agent is
unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 13.2 by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.1 until
such time as the Trustee or the paying agent is permitted to apply all such
money in accordance with Section 13.2; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that if the
Company makes any payment of interest on or principal of any Note following
the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the
rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money
held by the Trustee or paying agent.


                                      49
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                  IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
                           OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Section 14.1  INDENTURE AND NOTES SOLELY CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS.  No
recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on any Note, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, or
because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had
against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer, or director
or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any
successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any
successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule
of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it
being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived
and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of
this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

                                  ARTICLE XV

                            CONVERSION OF NOTES

      Section 15.1  RIGHT TO CONVERT.  Subject to and upon compliance with
the provisions of this Indenture, the holder of any Note shall have the
right, at his option, at any time after sixty (60) days following the latest
date of original issuance of the Notes and prior to the close of business on
March 15, 2001 (except that, with respect to any Note or portion of a Note
which shall be called for redemption, such right shall terminate, except as
provided in Section 15.2 or Section 3.4, at the close of business on the
second Business Day next preceding the date fixed for redemption of such Note
or portion of a Note unless the Company shall default in the payment due upon
redemption thereof or that, with respect to a Note or portion of a Note
submitted for repurchase, such right shall terminate at the close of business
on the second Business Date next preceding the Repurchase Date unless the
Company shall default in the payment due on repurchase) to convert the
principal amount of any such Note, or any portion of such principal amount
which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, into that number of fully
paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (as such shares shall then be
constituted) obtained by dividing the principal amount of the Note or portion
thereof surrendered for conversion by the Conversion Price in effect at such
time, by surrender of the Note so to be converted in whole or in part in the
manner provided, together with any required funds, in Section 15.2.  A holder
of Notes is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such
holder has converted his Notes to Common Stock, and only to the extent such
Notes are deemed to have been converted to Common Stock under this Article XV.

     Section 15.2  EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE; ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK
ON CONVERSION; NO ADJUSTMENT FOR INTEREST OR DIVIDENDS.  In order to exercise
the conversion privilege with respect to any Note, the holder of any such
Note to be converted in whole or in part shall surrender such Note, duly
endorsed, at an office or agency maintained by the Company


                                      50
<PAGE>


pursuant to Section 5.2, accompanied by the funds, if any, required by the
last paragraph of this Section 15.2, and shall give written notice of
conversion in the form provided on the Notes (or such other notice which is
acceptable to the Company) to the office or agency that the holder elects to
convert such Note or the portion thereof specified in said notice.  Such
notice shall also state the name or names (with address or addresses) in
which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock which shall
be issuable on such conversion shall be issued, and shall be accompanied by
transfer taxes, if required pursuant to Section 15.7.  Each such Note
surrendered for conversion shall, unless the shares issuable on conversion
are to be issued in the same name as the registration of such Note, be duly
endorsed by, or be accompanied by instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the holder or his duly
authorized attorney.

     As promptly as practicable after satisfaction of the requirements for
conversion set forth above, subject to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer if shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in a name other
than that of the Noteholder (as if such transfer were a transfer of the Note
or Notes (or portion thereof) so converted), the Company shall issue and
shall deliver to such holder at the office or agency maintained by the
Company for such purpose pursuant to Section 5.2, a certificate or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
conversion of such Note or portion thereof in accordance with the provisions
of this Article and a check or cash in respect of any fractional interest in
respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such conversion, as provided
in Section 15.3.  In case any Note of a denomination greater than $1,000
shall be surrendered for partial conversion, and subject to Section 2.3, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
holder of the Note so surrendered, without charge to him, a new Note or Notes
in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
unconverted portion of the surrendered Note.

     Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such
Note (or portion thereof) on the date on which the requirements set forth
above in this Section 15.2 have been satisfied as to such Note (or portion
thereof), and the person in whose name any certificate or certificates for
shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed
to have become on said date the holder of record of the shares represented
thereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such surrender on any date when the
stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall constitute the
person in whose name the certificates are to be issued as the record holder
thereof for all purposes on the next succeeding day on which such stock
transfer books are open, but such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price
in effect on the date upon which such Note shall be surrendered.

     Any Note or portion thereof surrendered for conversion during the period
from the close of business on the record date for any interest payment date
to the close of business on the second Business Day next preceding the
following interest payment date shall (unless such Note or portion thereof
being converted shall have been called for redemption during the period from
the close of business on such record date to the close of business on the
Business Day next preceding the following interest payment date) be
accompanied by payment, in New York Clearing House funds or other funds
acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the


                                      51
<PAGE>


interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal
amount being converted; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such payment need be made
if there shall exist at the time of conversion a default in the payment of
interest on the Notes.  Except as provided above in this Section 15.2 or the
second paragraph of Section 2.3, no adjustment shall be made for interest
accrued on any Note converted or for dividends on any shares issued upon the
conversion of such Note as provided in this Article.

     Section 15.3  CASH PAYMENTS IN LIEU OF FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional
shares of Common Stock or scrip representing fractional shares shall be
issued upon conversion of Notes.  If more than one Note shall be surrendered
for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares
which shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the
extent permitted hereby) so surrendered.  If any fractional share of stock
would be issuable upon the conversion of any Note or Notes, the Company shall
make an adjustment and payment therefor in cash at the current market value
thereof to the holder of Notes.  The current market value of a share of
Common Stock shall be the Closing Price on the first Business Day immediately
preceding the day on which the Notes (or specified portions thereof) are
deemed to have been converted.

     Section 15.4  CONVERSION PRICE.  The conversion price shall be as
specified in the form of Note (herein called the "Conversion Price") attached
as Exhibit A hereto, subject to adjustment as provided in this Article XV.

     Section 15.5  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE.  The Conversion Price
shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows:

               (a)  In case the Company shall hereafter pay a dividend or
     make a distribution to all holders of the outstanding Common Stock in
     shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect at the opening
     of business on the date following the date fixed for the determination
     of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
     distribution shall be reduced by multiplying such Conversion Price by
     a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of
     Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed
     for such determination and the denominator shall be the sum of such
     number of shares and the total number of shares constituting such
     dividend or other distribution, such reduction to become effective
     immediately after the opening of business on the day following the
     date fixed for such determination.  The Company will not pay any
     dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in
     the treasury of the Company.  If any dividend or distribution of the
     type described in this Section 15.5(a) is declared but not so paid or
     made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to the Conversion
     Price which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution
     had not been declared.

               (b)In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants to all
     holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock entitling them (for
     a period


                                      52
<PAGE>


     expiring within 45 days after the date fixed for determination
     of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants)
     to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price
     per share less than the Current Market Price (as defined below)
     on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to
     receive such rights or warrants, the Conversion Price shall be
     adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by
     multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the
     date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such
     rights or warrants by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the
     number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business
     on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to
     receive such rights and warrants plus the number of shares which the
     aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered
     would purchase at such Current Market Price, and of which the
     denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
     at the close of business on the date fixed for determination of
     stockholders entitled to receive such rights and warrants plus the
     total number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for
     subscription or purchase.  Such adjustment shall be successively made
     whenever any such rights and warrants are issued, and shall become
     effective immediately after the opening of business on the day
     following the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to
     receive such rights or warrants.  To the extent that shares of Common
     Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights or
     warrants, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the Conversion
     Price which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the
     issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of delivery
     of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered.  In
     the event that such rights or warrants are not so issued, the
     Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Price
     which would then be in effect if such date fixed for the determination
     of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants had not
     been fixed.  In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the
     holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less
     than such Current Market Price, and in determining the aggregate
     offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken
     into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights
     or warrants, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to
     be determined by the Board of Directors.

               (c)  In case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be
     subdivided into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the
     Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day
     following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall
     be proportionately reduced, and conversely, in case outstanding shares
     of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of
     Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect at the opening of
     business on the day following the day upon which such combination
     becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, such reduction
     or increase, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after
     the opening of business


                                      53
<PAGE>


     on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination
     becomes effective.


               (d)  In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise,
     distribute to all holders of its Common Stock shares of any class of
     capital stock of the Company (other than any dividends or
     distributions to which Section 15.5(a) applies) or evidences of its
     indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any rights
     or warrants referred to in Section 15.5(b), and excluding any dividend
     or distribution (x) in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (y) paid
     exclusively in cash or (z) referred to in Section 15.5(a) (any of the
     foregoing hereinafter in this Section 15.5(d) called the
     "Securities")), then, in each such case (unless the Company elects to
     reserve such Securities for distribution to the Noteholders upon the
     conversion of the Notes so that any such holder converting Notes will
     receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common
     Stock to which such holder is entitled, the amount and kind of such
     Securities which such holder would have received if such holder had
     converted its Notes into Common Stock immediately prior to the Record
     Date (as defined in Section 15.5(h) for such distribution of the
     Securities)), the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same
     shall be equal to the price determined by multiplying the Conversion
     Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date with
     respect to such distribution by a fraction of which the numerator
     shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on
     such Record Date less the fair market value (as determined by the
     Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, and
     described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) on the Record
     Date of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one
     share of Common Stock and the denominator shall be the Current Market
     Price per share of the Common Stock, such reduction to become
     effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day
     following such Record Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the
     then fair market value (as so determined) of the portion of the
     Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is
     equal to or greater than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock
     on the Record Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate
     provision shall be made so that each Noteholder shall have the right
     to receive upon conversion the amount of Securities such holder would
     have received had such holder converted each Note on the Record Date.
     In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or
     made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to be the
     Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such dividend or
     distribution had not been declared.  If the Board of Directors
     determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of
     this Section 15.5(d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading
     market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in
     such market over the same period used in computing the Current Market
     Price of the Common Stock.


                                      54
<PAGE>


          Each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes pursuant to
     this Article XV shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of
     Rights, and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such
     conversion shall bear such legends, in each case as provided by and subject
     to the terms of the Rights Plan as in effect at the time of such conversion
     (whether or not such Rights have separated from the Common Stock at the
     time of conversion).  In the event that the Company implements any new
     stockholders' rights plan, as amended, supplemented or modified from time
     to time (a "New Rights Plan"), such New Rights Plan shall provide that upon
     conversion of the Notes the holders will receive, in addition to the Common
     Stock issuable upon such conversion, the rights (whether or not such rights
     have separated from Common Stock at the time of the conversion) issuable
     pursuant to the New Rights Plan.

          Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common
     Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of
     the Company's capital stock (either initially or under certain
     circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a
     specified event or events ("Trigger Event"): (i) are deemed to be
     transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and
     (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall
     be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 15.5
     (and no adjustment to the Conversion Price under this Section 15.5 will be
     required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon
     such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an
     appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Price shall
     be made under this Section 15.5(d).  If any such right or warrant,
     including any such existing rights or warrants distributed prior to the
     date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which
     such rights or warrants become exercisable to purchase different
     securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the
     occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of
     distribution and record date with respect to new rights or warrants with
     such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights or
     warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof).  In addition, in
     the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or
     warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the
     preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of
     calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion
     Price under this Section 15.5 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights
     or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without
     exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted
     upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such
     distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash
     distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price
     received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights
     or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants),
     made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or
     repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights or warrants which shall have
     expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the
     Conversion Price shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not
     been issued.


                                      55
<PAGE>


          For purposes of this Section 15.5(d) and Sections 15.5(a) and (b), any
     dividend or distribution to which this Section 15.5(d) is applicable that
     also includes shares of Common Stock, or rights or warrants to subscribe
     for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or both), shall be deemed instead
     to be (1) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of indebtedness,
     assets or shares of capital stock other than such shares of Common Stock or
     rights or warrants (and any Conversion Price reduction required by this
     Section 15.5(d) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be
     made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such shares
     of Common Stock or such rights or warrants (and any further Conversion
     Price reduction required by Sections 15.5(a) and (b) with respect to such
     dividend or distribution shall then be made), except (A) the Record Date of
     such dividend or distribution shall be substituted as "the date fixed for
     the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or
     other distribution" and "the date fixed for such determination" within the
     meaning of Sections 15.5(a) and (b) and (B) any shares of Common Stock
     included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed "outstanding
     at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination" within
     the meaning of Section 15.5(a).

               (e)  In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise,
     distribute to all holders of its Common Stock cash (excluding (x) any
     quarterly cash dividend on the Common Stock to the extent the
     aggregate cash dividend per share of Common Stock in any fiscal
     quarter does not exceed the greater of (A) the amount per share of
     Common Stock of the next preceding quarterly cash dividend on the
     Common Stock to the extent that such preceding quarterly dividend did
     not require any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this
     Section 15.5(e) (as adjusted to reflect subdivisions or combinations
     of the Common Stock), and (B) 3.75% of the arithmetic average of the
     Closing Price (determined as set forth in Section 15.5(h)) during the
     ten Trading Days (as defined in Section 15.5(h)) immediately prior to
     the date of declaration of such dividend, and (y) any dividend or
     distribution in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary), then, in
     such case, the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same
     shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price
     in effect immediately prior to the close of business on such Record
     Date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Current Market
     Price of the Common Stock on the Record Date less the amount of cash
     so distributed (and not excluded as provided above) applicable to one
     share of Common Stock and the denominator shall be such Current Market
     Price of the Common Stock, such reduction to be effective immediately
     prior to the opening of business on the day following the Record Date;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event the portion of the cash so
     distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or
     greater than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the
     Record Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision
     shall be made so that each Noteholder shall have the right to receive
     upon conversion the amount of cash such holder would have received had
     such holder converted each Note on the Record Date.  In the event that
     such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion


                                      56
<PAGE>


     Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Price which would
     then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been
     declared.  If any adjustment is required to be made as set forth in
     this Section 15.5(e) as a result of a distribution that is a quarterly
     dividend, such adjustment shall be based upon the amount by which such
     distribution exceeds the amount of the quarterly cash dividend
     permitted to be excluded pursuant hereto.  If an adjustment is
     required to be made as set forth in this Section 15.5(e) above as a
     result of a distribution that is not a quarterly dividend, such
     adjustment shall be based upon the full amount of the distribution.

               (f)  In case a tender or exchange offer made by the Company
     or any subsidiary of the Company for all or any portion of the Common
     Stock shall expire and such tender or exchange offer (as amended upon
     the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders of
     consideration per share of Common Stock having a fair market value (as
     determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
     conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board if Directors)
     that, as of the last time (the "Expiration Time") tenders or exchanges
     may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it may be
     amended) exceeds the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the
     Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, the Conversion Price
     shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined by
     multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the
     Expiration Time by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the
     number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered
     or exchanged shares) on the Expiration Time multiplied by the Current
     Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding
     the Expiration Time and the denominator shall be the sum of (x) the
     fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate
     consideration payable to shareholders based on the acceptance (up to
     any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of
     all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the
     Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such
     maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (y) the
     product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any
     Purchased Shares) on the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price
     of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration
     Time, such reduction to become effective immediately prior to the
     opening of business on the day following the Expiration Time.  In the
     event that the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any
     such tender or exchange offer, but the Company is permanently
     prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all
     such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Price shall again be
     adjusted to be the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if
     such tender or exchange offer had not been made.

               (g)  In case of a tender or exchange offer made by a person
     other than the Company or any subsidiary of the Company for an amount
     which increases the offeror's ownership of Common Stock to more than
     25% of the


                                      57
<PAGE>


     Common Stock outstanding and shall involve the payment by such
     person of consideration per share of Common Stock having a fair
     market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose
     determination shall be conclusive, and described in a resolution of
     the Board of Directors) at the last time (the "Expiration Time")
     tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange
     offer (as it shall have been amended) that exceeds the Current Market
     Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the
     Expiration Time, and in which, as of the Expiration Time the Board of
     Directors is not recommending rejection of the offer, the Conversion
     Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price
     determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately
     prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction of which the numerator
     shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including
     any tendered or exchanged shares) on the Expiration Time multiplied by
     the current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next
     succeeding the Expiration Time and the denominator shall be the sum of
     (x) the fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate
     consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to
     any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of
     all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the
     Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such
     maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (y) the
     product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any
     Purchased Shares) on the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price
     of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration
     Time, such reduction to become effective as of immediately prior to
     the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Time.  In
     the event that such person is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to
     any such tender or exchange offer, but such person is permanently
     prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all
     such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Price shall again be
     adjusted to be the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if
     such tender or exchange offer had not been made.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, the adjustment described in this Section 15.5(g) shall not
     be made if, as of the Expiration Time, the offering documents with
     respect to such offer disclose a plan or intention to cause the
     Company to engage in any transaction described in Article XII.

               (h)  For purposes of this Section 15.5, the following terms
     shall have the meaning indicated:

                    (1)  "Closing Price" with respect to any securities on any
     day shall mean the closing sale price regular way on such day or, in case
     no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing
     bid and asked prices, regular way, in each case on the New York Stock
     Exchange, or, if such security is not listed or admitted to trading on such
     Exchange, on the principal national security exchange or quotation system
     on which such security is quoted or listed or admitted to trading, or, if
     not quoted or listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
     exchange or


                                      58
<PAGE>


     quotation system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such
     security on the over-the-counter market on the day in question as reported
     by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or a similar generally
     accepted reporting service, or if not so available, in such manner as
     furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to
     time by the Board of Directors for that purpose, or a price determined in
     good faith by the Board of Directors or, to the extent permitted by
     applicable law, a duly authorized committee thereof, whose determination
     shall be conclusive.

                    (2)  "Current Market Price" shall mean the average of the
     daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive
     Trading Days immediately prior to the date in question; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that (1) if the "ex" date (as hereinafter defined) for any event (other
     than the issuance or distribution or Repurchase Event requiring such
     computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant
     to Section 15.5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs during such ten
     consecutive Trading Days, the Closing Price for each Trading Day prior to
     the "ex" date for such other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such
     Closing Price by the same fraction by which the Conversion Price is so
     required to be adjusted as a result of such other event, (2) if the "ex"
     date for any event (other than the issuance, distribution or Repurchase
     Event requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the
     Conversion Price pursuant to Section 15.5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or
     (g) occurs on or after the "ex" date for the issuance or distribution
     requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing
     Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such other event
     shall be adjusted by multiplying such Closing Price by the reciprocal of
     the fraction by which the Conversion Price is so required to be adjusted as
     a result of such other event, and (3) if the "ex" date for the issuance,
     distribution or Repurchase Date requiring such computation is prior to the
     day in question, after taking into account any adjustment required pursuant
     to clause (1) or (2) of this proviso, the Closing Price for each Trading
     Day on or after such "ex" date shall be adjusted by adding thereto the
     amount of any cash and the fair market value (as determined by the Board of
     Directors or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a duly authorized
     committee thereof in a manner consistent with any determination of such
     value for purposes of Section 15.5(d) or (f), whose determination shall be
     conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors or such
     duly authorized committee thereof, as the case may be) of the evidences of
     indebtedness, shares of capital stock or assets being distributed
     applicable to one share of Common Stock as of the close of business on the
     day before such "ex" date.  For purposes of any computation under
     Section 15.5(f), the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on any date
     shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of
     Common Stock for such day and the next two succeeding Trading Days;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the "ex" date for any event (other than the
     tender or exchange offer requiring such computation) that requires an
     adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 15.5(a), (b), (c),
     (d), (e), (f) or (g) occurs on or after the Expiration Time for the tender
     or exchange offer requiring such computation and prior to the day in
     question, the Closing Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date
     for such other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Closing Price by
     the reciprocal of the fraction


                                      59
<PAGE>


     by which the Conversion Price is so required to be adjusted as a
     result of such other event.  For purposes of this paragraph, the
     term "ex" date, (1) when used with respect to any issuance or
     distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades
     regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which
     the Closing Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance
     or distribution, (2) when used with respect to any subdivision or
     combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the
     Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market after
     the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective, and
     (3) when used with respect to any tender or exchange offer means the first
     date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in
     such market after the Expiration Time of such offer.

                    (3)  "fair market value" shall mean the amount which a
     willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm's length transaction.

                    (4)  "Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any dividend,
     distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common
     Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or
     in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for
     or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property,
     the date fixed for determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
     cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board
     of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

                    (5)  "Trading Day" shall mean (x) if the applicable security
     is listed or admitted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or another
     national security exchange, a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or
     another national security exchange is open for business or (y) if the
     applicable security is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, a day on which
     trades may be made on thereon or (z) if the applicable security is not so
     listed, admitted for trading or quoted, any day other than a Saturday or
     Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are
     authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

               (i)  The Company may make such reductions in the Conversion
     Price, in addition to those required by Sections 15.5 (a), (b), (c),
     (d), (e), (f) and (g) as the Board of Directors considers to be
     advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common
     Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock resulting from any dividend
     or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any
     event treated as such for income tax purposes.

          To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to
     time may reduce the Conversion Price by any amount for any period of time
     if the period is at least twenty (20) days, the reduction is irrevocable
     during the period and the Board of Directors shall have made a
     determination that such reduction would be in the best interests of the
     Company, which determination shall be conclusive.  Whenever the Conversion
     Price is reduced pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall mail


                                      60
<PAGE>


     to holders of record of the Notes a notice of the reduction at least
     fifteen (15) days prior to the date the reduced Conversion Price takes
     effect, and such notice shall state the reduced Conversion Price and the
     period during which it will be in effect.

               (j)  No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required
     unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at
     least 1% in such price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any adjustments which
     by reason of this Section 15.5(j) are not required to be made shall be
     carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.
     All calculations under this Article XV shall be made by the Company
     and shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth
     of a share, as the case may be.  No adjustment need be made for rights
     to purchase Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment
     of dividends or interest.  To the extent the Notes become convertible
     into cash, assets, property or securities (other than capital stock of
     the Company), no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash,
     assets, property or such securities.  Interest will not accrue on the
     cash.

               (k)  Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as herein
     provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee and any
     conversion agent other than the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
     setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting
     forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.
     Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare
     a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Price setting forth the
     adjusted Conversion Price and the date on which each adjustment
     becomes effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the
     Conversion Price to the holder of each Note at his last address
     appearing on the Note register provided for in Section 2.5 of this
     Indenture, within 20 days after execution thereof.  Failure to deliver
     such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such
     adjustment.

               (l)  In any case in which this Section 15.5 provides that an
     adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for
     an event, the Company may defer until the occurrence of such event (i)
     issuing to the holder of any Note converted after such record date and
     before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common
     Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment
     required by such event over and above the Common Stock issuable upon
     such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (ii)
     paying to such holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction
     pursuant to Section 15.3.

               (m)  For purposes of this Section 15.5, the number of shares of
     Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in
     the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in
     respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of
     Common Stock.  The Company


                                      61
<PAGE>


     will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common
     Stock held in the treasury of the Company.

     Section 15.6  EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE.
If any of the following events occur, namely (i) any reclassification or
change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a subdivision or
combination to which Section 15.5(c) applies), (ii) any consolidation, merger
or combination of the Company with another corporation as a result of which
holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or
other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for
such Common Stock, or (iii) any sale or conveyance of the properties and
assets of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety to any other
corporation as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to
receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) with
respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, then the Company or the
successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall execute with
the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust
Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental
indenture) providing that such Note shall be convertible into the kind and
amount of shares of stock and other securities or property or assets
(including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change,
consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance by a holder of a
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Notes
(assuming, for such purposes, a sufficient number of authorized shares of
Common Stock available to convert all such Notes) immediately prior to such
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or
conveyance assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise his rights
of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other
property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale
or conveyance (provided that, if the kind or amount of securities, cash or
other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, statutory
exchange, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock
in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised
("nonelecting share")), then for the purposes of this Section 15.6 the kind
and amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such
consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance for each
non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable
per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares.  Such supplemental
indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent
as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article.


     The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental
indenture to be mailed to each holder of Notes, at his address appearing on
the Note register provided for in Section 2.5 of this Indenture, within
twenty (20) days after execution thereof.   Failure to deliver such notice
shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

     The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, combinations, sales and
conveyances.

     If this Section 15.6 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 15.5
shall not apply.


                                      62
<PAGE>

     Section 15.7  TAXES ON SHARES ISSUED.  The issue of stock certificates
on conversions of Notes shall be made without charge to the converting
Noteholder for any tax in respect of the issue thereof.  The Company shall
not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of
any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of stock in any name other
than that of the holder of any Note converted, and the Company shall not be
required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the
person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company
the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the
Company that such tax has been paid.

     Section 15.8  RESERVATION OF SHARES; SHARES TO BE FULLY PAID; COMPLIANCE
WITH GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS; LISTING OF COMMON STOCK.  The Company shall
reserve, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued
shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to
provide for the conversion of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are
presented for conversion.

     Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the
Conversion Price below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Company will take all
corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in
order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of such Common
Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

     The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be
issued upon conversion of Notes will upon issue be fully paid and
non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with
respect to the issue thereof.

     The Company covenants that if any shares of Common Stock to be provided
for the purpose of conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or
approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before
such shares may be validly issued upon conversion transferred without
restriction under the Securities Act, including registering the issuance or
transfer of any such shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act, the
Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible endeavor to
secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.

     The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall
be listed on the Nasdaq National Market or any other national securities
exchange or automated quotation system the Company will, if permitted by the
rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed,
so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated
quotation system, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

     Section 15.9  RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee and any other
conversion agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to
any holder of Notes to determine whether any facts exist which may require
any adjustment of the Conversion Price, or with respect to the nature or
extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to
the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to
be employed, in making the same.  The Trustee and any other conversion agent
shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind
or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any


                                      63


<PAGE>


securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the
conversion of any Note; and the Trustee and any other conversion agent make
no representations with respect thereto.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 8.1, neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be
responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any
shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property
or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion or to
comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company
contained in this Article.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be under any
responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in
any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 15.6 relating
either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property
(including cash) receivable by Noteholders upon the conversion of their Notes
after any event referred to in such Section 15.6 or to any adjustment to be
made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1, may
accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and
shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers' Certificate (which the
Company shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution of
any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto.

     Section 15.10 NOTICE TO HOLDERS PRIOR TO CERTAIN ACTIONS.  In case:

                   (a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other
     distribution) on its Common Stock that would require an adjustment in
     the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 15.5; or

                   (b) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders
     of its Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any
     share of any class or any other rights or warrants (other than the Rights
     granted pursuant to the Rights Plan, provided that the holders of the
     Notes receive the same notice received by all holders of Common Stock
     regarding such grant in accordance with the applicable notice provisions
     of the Rights Plan); or

                   (c) of any reclassification or reorganization of the Common
     Stock of the Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its
     outstanding Common Stock, or a change in par value, or from par value
     to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or of any
     consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which
     approval of any shareholders of the Company is required, or of the
     sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the
     Company; or

                   (d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation
     or winding-up of the Company;

the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and to be mailed to each
holder of Notes at his address appearing on the Note register provided for in
Section 2.5 of this Indenture, as promptly as possible but in any event at
least fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a
notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose
of such dividend, distribution or rights or warrants, or, if a record is not
to be taken, the date as of


                                      64


<PAGE>


which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,
distribution or rights are to be determined, or (y) the date on which such
reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution,
liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the
date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall
be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property
deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale,
transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.  Failure to give such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of
such dividend, distribution, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale,
transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.


                                 ARTICLE XVI

                           REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT THE
                   OPTION OF THE HOLDER UPON REPURCHASE EVENT

     Section 16.1  RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE.  In the event that a
Repurchase Event (as hereinafter defined) shall occur, then each holder shall
have the right, at the holder's option, to require the Company to repurchase,
and upon the exercise of such right the Company shall repurchase, all of such
holder's Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is an
integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 (provided that no single Note may be
repurchased in part unless the portion of the principal amount of such Note
to be outstanding after such repurchase is equal to U.S. $1,000 or integral
multiples of U.S. $1,000), on the date (the "Repurchase Date") that is 30
days after the date of the Company Notice (as defined in Section 16.2) for
cash at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus interest
accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date (the
"Repurchase Price"); PROVIDED that if the Repurchase date is March 15 or
September 15, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the
holder of record of the Note on the next preceding March 1 or September 1,
respectively. Whenever in this Indenture there is a reference, in any
context, to the principal of any Note as of any time, such reference shall be
deemed to include reference to the Repurchase Price payable in respect of
such Note to the extent that such Repurchase Price is, was or would be so
payable at such time, and express mention of the Repurchase Price in any
provision of this Indenture shall not be construed as excluding the
Repurchase Price in those provisions of this Indenture when such express
mention is not made.

     Section 16.2  NOTICES; METHOD OF EXERCISING REPURCHASE RIGHT, ETC.

                   (a) Unless the Company shall have theretofore called for
     redemption all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Article III, on or
     before the 30th day after the occurrence of a Repurchase Event, the
     Company or, at the request of the Company on or before the 15th day
     after such occurrence, the Trustee shall give to all holders of Notes
     notice (the "Company Notice") of the occurrence of the Repurchase
     Event and of the repurchase right set forth herein arising as a result
     thereof.  The Company shall also deliver a copy of such notice of a
     repurchase right to the Trustee.


                                      65


<PAGE>


     Each notice of a repurchase right shall state:

                        (1) the Repurchase Date,
                        (2) the date by which the repurchase right must be
     exercised,
                        (3) the Repurchase Price,
                        (4) a description of the procedure which a holder
     must follow to exercise a repurchase right,
                        (5) that on the Repurchase Date the Repurchase Price
     will become due and payable upon each such Note designated by the holder
     to be repurchased, and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and
     after said date,
                        (6) the Conversion Price, the date on which the right
     to convert the Notes to be repurchased will terminate and the places where
     such Notes may be surrendered for conversion, and
                        (7) the place or places where such Notes are to be
     surrendered for payment of the Repurchase Price and accrued interest,
     if any.

     No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices or defect
therein shall limit any holder's right to exercise a repurchase right or
affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of Notes.

     If any of the foregoing provisions or other provisions of this Article
are inconsistent with applicable law, such law shall govern.

                   (b) To exercise a repurchase right, a holder shall deliver
to the Trustee or any paying agent on or before the 30th day after the date
of the Company Notice (i) written notice of the holder's exercise of such
right, which notice shall set forth the name of the holder, the principal
amount of the Notes to be repurchased (and, if any Note is to repurchased in
part, the serial number thereof, the portion of the principal amount thereof
to be repurchased and the name of the Person in which the portion thereof to
remain outstanding after such repurchase is to be registered) and a statement
that an election to exercise the repurchase right is being made thereby, and
(ii) the Notes with respect to which the repurchase right is being exercised.

                   (c) In the event a repurchase right shall be exercised in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid
to the Trustee or the paying agent the Repurchase Price in cash, for payment
to the holder on the Repurchase Date.

                   (d) If any Note (or portion thereof) surrendered for
repurchase shall not be so paid on the Repurchase Date, the principal amount
of such Note (or portion thereof, as the case may be) shall, until paid, bear
interest from the Repurchase Date at the rate of ____% per annum, and each
Note shall remain convertible into Common Stock until the principal of such
Note (or portion thereof, as the case may be) shall have been paid or duly
provided for.


                                      66


<PAGE>


                   (e) Any Note which is to be repurchased only in part shall
be surrendered to the Trustee (with, if the Company or the Trustee so
requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the holder
thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of such
Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, containing identical terms
and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in aggregate principal
amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the
principal of the Note so surrendered.

     Section 16.3  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article XVI,

                   (a) the term "beneficial owner" shall be determined in
     accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to
     the Exchange Act; and

                   (b) the term "Person" shall include any syndicate or group
     which would be deemed to be a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the
     Exchange Act.

     Section 16.4  REPURCHASE EVENT.  A "Repurchase Event" shall be deemed to
have occurred at such time as:

                   (a) any Person, other than the Company, any subsidiary of
     the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such
     subsidiary, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
     through a purchase or other acquisition transaction or series of
     transactions (other than a merger or consolidation involving the Company),
     of shares of capital stock of the Company entitling such Person to
     exercise in excess of 50% of the total voting power of all shares of
     capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election
     of directors; or

                   (b) there occurs any consolidation of the Company with, or
     merger of the Company into, any other Person, any merger of another
     Person into the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Company to another Person
     (other than (i) any such transaction pursuant to which the holders of
     the Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction have, directly
     or indirectly, shares of capital stock of the continuing or surviving
     corporation immediately after such transaction which entitle such holders
     to exercise in excess of 50% of the total voting power of all shares of
     capital stock of the continuing or surviving corporation entitled to vote
     generally in the election of directors and (ii) any merger (1) which does
     not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation
     of outstanding shares of Common Stock or (2) which is effected solely to
     change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and results in a
     reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common
     Stock solely into shares of common stock);


                                      67


<PAGE>


provided, however, that a Repurchase Event shall not be deemed to have
occurred if either (a) the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock for
any five Trading Days within the period of ten consecutive Trading Days
ending immediately before the Repurchase Event shall equal or exceed 105% of
the Conversion Price in effect on each such trading day, or (b) at least 90%
of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) in the
transaction or transactions constituting the Repurchase Event consists of
shares of common stock traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on
the Nasdaq National Market (or which will be so traded or quoted when issued
or exchanged in such connection with such Repurchase Event) and as a result
of such transaction or transactions such Notes become convertible solely into
such common stock.


                                 ARTICLE XVII

                           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     Section 17.1  PROVISIONS BINDING ON COMPANY'S SUCCESSORS.  All the
covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Company contained in
this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or
not.

     Section 17.2  OFFICIAL ACTS BY SUCCESSOR CORPORATION.  Any act or
proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be
done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and
may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board,
committee or officer of any corporation that shall at the time be the lawful
sole successor of the Company.

     Section 17.3  ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES, ETC. Any notice or demand which by
any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or
served by the Trustee or by the holders of Notes on the Company shall be
deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or
served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in
a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed by the
Company with the Trustee) to Iomega Corporation, 1821 West Iomega Way, Roy
Utah, 84067, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.  Any notice, direction,
request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have
been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by
being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post
office letter box addressed to the Corporate Trust Office, which office is,
at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 225 Franklin
Street, Boston, Massachusetts  02110, Attention: Corporate Trust Division
(Iomega Corporation ___%  Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001).

     The Trustee, by notice to the Company, may designate additional or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to
him by first class mail, postage prepaid, at his address as it appears on the
Note register and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the
time prescribed.


                                      68


<PAGE>


     Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect
in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.  If
a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     Section 17.4  GOVERNING LAW.  This Indenture and each Note shall be
deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     Section 17.5  EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS PRECEDENT;
CERTIFICATES TO TRUSTEE. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the
Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent
have been complied with.

     Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered
to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person
making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such
certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such
person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant
or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or
not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been
complied with.

     Section 17.6  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.   In any case where the date of maturity of
interest on or principal of the Notes or the date fixed for redemption or
repurchase of any Note will not be a Business Day, then payment of such
interest on or principal of the Notes need not be made on such date, but may
be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as
if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption or
repurchase, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such
date.

     Section 17.7  TRUST INDENTURE ACT.  This Indenture is hereby made subject
to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Section 17.7 shall not require
this Indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act
prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of
the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or
acknowledgment by any party to such supplemental indenture that any such
qualification is required prior to the time such qualification is in fact
required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act.  If any provision hereof
limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is
required to be included in an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act, such required provision shall control.

     Section 17.8  NO SECURITY INTEREST CREATED.  Nothing in this Indenture or
in the Notes, whether expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute,
create or perfect a security interest


                                      69


<PAGE>


under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter
enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction where property of the Company or
its subsidiaries is located.

     Section 17.9  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.  Nothing in this Indenture or in the
Notes, whether expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto, any paying agent, any authenticating agent, any Note
registrar and their successors hereunder, the holders of Notes and the
holders of Senior Indebtedness, any benefit or any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture.

     Section 17.10 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. The table of contents and
the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have
been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a
part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or
provisions hereof.

     Section 17.11 AUTHENTICATING AGENT.  The Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent which shall be authorized to act on its behalf and
subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in
connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of
Notes hereunder, including under Sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 3.3 and 16.2,
as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had
been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to
authenticate and deliver Notes.  For all purposes of this Indenture, the
authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be
deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes "by the Trustee" and a
certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an
authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or
in the Notes for the Trustee's certificate of authentication.  Such
authenticating agent shall at all times be a person eligible to serve as
trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 8.9.

     Any corporation into which any authenticating agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating
agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust
business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the
authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise
eligible under this Section 17.11, without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the
authenticating agent or such successor corporation.

     Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice
of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee may at any
time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written
notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company.  Upon
receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case
at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this
Section, the Trustee shall promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent
(which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice of such appointment to
the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Notes
as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Note register.

     The Trustee agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services (to the extent pre-approved by the
Company in writing), and the


                                      70


<PAGE>


Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such pre-approved payments,
subject to Section 8.6.

     The provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 9.3 and this Section 17.11
shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.


     Section 17.12 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Indenture may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

     State Street Bank and Trust Company, hereby accepts the trusts in this
Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove
set forth.


                                      71


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly signed, all as of the date first written above.

                                       IOMEGA CORPORATION


                                       By: ___________________________________

                                       Name: _________________________________

                                       Title: ________________________________


                                       STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
                                       as Trustee


                                       By: ___________________________________

                                       Name: _________________________________

                                       Title: ________________________________



<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A


                              IOMEGA CORPORATION

                  ___% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2001

No. __                                                          CUSIP__________


     Iomega Corporation, a corporation duly organized and validly existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company"), which
term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on
the reverse hereof, for value received hereby promises to pay to
__________________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of
_______________ ($____________) on March 15, 2001, at the office or agency of
the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
of New York or in Boston, Massachusetts, or, at the option of the holder of
this Note, at the Corporate Trust Office, in such coin or currency of the
United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for
the payment of public and private debts, and to pay interest, semi-annually
on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing  September 15, 1996, on
said principal sum at said office or agency, in like coin or currency, at the
rate per annum of ___%, from March 15 or September 15, as the case may be,
next preceding the date of this Note to which interest has been paid or duly
provided for, unless the date hereof is a date to which interest has been
paid or duly provided for, in which case from the date of this Note, or
unless no interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Notes, in which
case from March __, 1996, until payment of said principal sum has been made
or duly provided for.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the date hereof is
after any March 1 or September 1, as the case may be, and before the
following March 15 or September 15, this Note shall bear interest from such
March 15 or September 15; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Company shall
default in the payment of interest due on such March 15 or September 15, then
this Note shall bear interest from the next preceding March 15 or September
15 to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest
has been paid or duly provided for on such Note, from March __, 1996.  The
interest payable on the Note pursuant to the Indenture on any March 15 or
September 15 will be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or one or
more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the record
date, which shall be the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business
Day) next preceding such March 15 or September 15, as provided in the
Indenture; PROVIDED that any such interest not punctually paid or duly
provided for shall be payable as provided in the Indenture.  Interest may, at
the option of the Company, be paid by check mailed to the registered address
of such person; PROVIDED that, with respect to any holder of Notes with an
aggregate principal amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000, at the
request of such holder in writing to the Company (who shall then furnish
written notice to such effect to the Trustee), interest on such holder's
Notes shall be paid by wire transfer (the costs of such wire transfer to be
borne by the Company) in immediately available funds in accordance with the
wire transfer instructions supplied by such holder to the Trustee and paying
agent (if different from the Trustee).


<PAGE>


     Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions subordinating
the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to
the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the
Indenture, and provisions giving the holder of this Note the right to convert
this Note into Common Stock of the Company on the terms and subject to the
limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in
the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same
effect as though fully set forth at this place.

     This Note shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and for all purposes shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of said Commonwealth.

     This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until
the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by
the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.


                                       2


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed
under its corporate seal.


Dated:  March __, 1996                 IOMEGA CORPORATION


                                       By: ___________________________________


                                       Attest: _______________________________


TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes described in the
within-named Indenture.


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee


By: __________________________________________________
    Authorized Signatory


By: ___________________________________________________
    As Authenticating Agent (if different from Trustee)


                                       3


<PAGE>


                           [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

                               IOMEGA CORPORATION

                 ____% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2001


     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company,
designated as its ___% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2001 (herein called
the "Notes"), limited to the aggregate principal amount of $46,000,000 all
issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an indenture dated as of March
__, 1996 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (herein called the "Trustee"), to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby
made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,
duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders
of the Notes.

     In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have
occurred and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on all
Notes may be declared, and upon said declaration shall become, due and
payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions
provided in the Indenture.

     The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the
Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as
in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner
the rights of the holders of the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such
supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Note, or
reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce
the principal amount thereof or premium, if any, thereon, or reduce any
amount payable on redemption thereof, or impair the right of any Noteholder
to institute suit for the payment thereof, or make the principal thereof or
interest or premium, if any, thereon payable in any coin or currency other
than that provided in the Note, or modify the provisions of the Indenture
with respect to the subordination of the Notes in a manner adverse to the
Noteholders in any material respect, or change the obligation of the Company
to make repurchase of any Note upon the happening of a Repurchase Event in a
manner adverse to the holder of the Notes, or impair the right to convert the
Notes into Common Stock subject to the terms set forth in the Indenture,
including Section 15.6 thereof, without the consent of the holder of each
Note so affected or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the
holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture,
without the consent of the holders of all Notes then outstanding.  It is also
provided in the Indenture that, prior to any declaration accelerating the
maturity of the Notes, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of
all of the Notes waive any past default or Event of Default under the
Indenture and its consequences except a default in the payment of interest or
any premium on or the principal of any of the Notes, a default in the payment
of redemption price pursuant to Article III, a failure by the Company to
convert any


                                       4


<PAGE>


Notes into Common Stock of the Company or a default in respect of a covenant
or provisions hereof which under Article XI cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of holders of all notes then outstanding.  Any such
consent or waiver by the holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in
the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all
future holders and owners of this Note and any Notes which may be issued in
exchange or substitute hereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation
thereof is made upon this Note or such other Notes.

     The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent and in the
manner provided in the Indenture, expressly subordinate and subject in right
of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company, as defined in the Indenture, whether outstanding at the date of the
Indenture or thereafter incurred, and this Note is issued subject to the
provisions of the Indenture with respect to such subordination.  Each holder
of this Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions and authorizes the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as
may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided
and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and
interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and
in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

     Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a year of twelve
30-day months.

     The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000.  At the office
or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner
and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment of
any service charge but with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
registration or exchange of Notes, Notes may be exchanged for a like
aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations.

     The Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to
March 15, 1999.  At any time on or after March 15, 1999, and prior to
maturity, the Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company as a whole,
or from time to time in part, upon mailing a notice of such redemption not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption to
the holders of Notes at their last registered addresses, all as provided in
the Indenture, at the following optional redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of the principal amount), together in each case with accrued
interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

     If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning March 15:


                                       5


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                YEAR              PERCENTAGE
                                -----             -----------
                   <S>                            <C>

                   1999.......................... __________%

                   2000.......................... __________%

</TABLE>

PROVIDED that if the date fixed for redemption is on March 15 or September
15, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the holder of
record on the next preceding March 1 or September 1, respectively.

     The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any
sinking fund.

     If a Repurchase Event (as defined in the Indenture) occurs prior to
March 15, 2001, the holder of this Note shall have the right, in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to repurchase
this Note for cash at a Repurchase Price equal to 100% of the principal
amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Repurchase
Date; provided that if such Repurchase Date is March 15 or September 15, then
the interest payable on such date shall be to the holder of record of the
Note on the next preceding March 1 or September 1, respectively.  Within 30
days after the occurrence of a Repurchase Event, the Company is obligated to
give all holders of record of Notes notice of the occurrence of such
Repurchase Event and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof.

     Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the holder hereof has the
right, at its option, at any time after 60 days following the latest date of
original issuance of the Notes and prior to the close of business on March
15, 2001, or, as to all or any portion hereof called for redemption, prior to
the close of business on the second Business Day immediately preceding the
date fixed for redemption (unless the Company shall default in payment due
upon redemption thereof), to convert the principal hereof or any portion of
such principal which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, into that
number of shares of Company's Common Stock, as said shares shall be
constituted at the date of conversion, obtained by dividing the principal
amount of this Note or portion thereof to be converted by the Conversion
Price of $_______ or such Conversion Price as adjusted from time to time as
provided in the Indenture, upon surrender of this Note, together with a
conversion notice as provided in the Indenture, to the Company at the office
or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York or Boston, Massachusetts, or at the option of
such holder, the Corporate Trust Office, and, unless the shares issuable on
conversion are to be issued in the same name as this Note, duly endorsed by,
or accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company
duly executed by, the holder or by his duly authorized attorney.  No
adjustment in respect of interest or dividends will be made upon any
conversion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if this Note shall be surrendered for
conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date
for the payment of interest to the close of business on the Business Day
preceding the interest payment date, this Note (unless it or the portion
being converted shall have been called for redemption during the period from
the close of business on any record date for the payment of interest to the
close of business on the Business Day preceding the interest payment date)
must


                                       6


<PAGE>


be accompanied by an amount, in New York Clearing House funds or other funds
acceptable to the Company, equal to the interest payable on such interest
payment date on the principal amount being converted.  No fractional shares
will be issued upon any conversion, but an adjustment in cash will be made,
as provided in the Indenture, in respect of any fraction of a share which
would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Note or Notes for
conversion.

     Any Notes called for redemption, unless surrendered for conversion on or
before the close of business on the second Business Day next preceding date
fixed for redemption, may be deemed to be purchased from the holder of such
Notes at an amount equal to the applicable redemption price, together with
accrued interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, by one or
more investment bankers or other purchasers who may agree with the Company to
purchase such Notes from the holders thereof and convert them into Common
Stock of the Company and to make payment for such Notes as aforesaid to the
Trustee in trust for such holders.

     Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note at the
office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York or Boston, Massachusetts, or at the option of the holder of this Note,
at the Corporate Trust Office, a new Note or Notes of authorized
denominations for an equal aggregate principal amount will be issued to the
transferee in exchange thereof, subject to the limitations provided in the
Indenture, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge
imposed in connection therewith.

     The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any paying agent,
any conversion agent and any Note registrar may deem and treat the registered
holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Note (whether or not this Note
shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other
writing hereon made by anyone other than the Company or any Note registrar),
for the purpose of receiving payment hereof, or on account hereof, for the
conversion hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the
Trustee nor any other authenticating agent nor any paying agent nor any other
conversion agent nor any Note registrar shall be affected by any notice to
the contrary.  All payments made to or upon the order of such registered
holder shall, to the extent of the sum or sums paid, satisfy and discharge
liability for monies payable on this Note.

     No recourse for the payment of the principal of or any premium or
interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect
hereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement
of the Company in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto or in
any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer
or director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company
or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or
any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or
rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise,
all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the
consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.


                                       7


<PAGE>


     Terms used in this Note and defined in the Indenture are used herein as
therein defined.


                                       8


<PAGE>


                                 ABBREVIATIONS


     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of
this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM    as tenants in    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ____________Custodian _______
              common                                (Cust)             (Minor)
                            under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ________________
                                                                   (State)


TEN ENT    as tenants by
           the entireties


JT TEN     as joint tenants
           with right of
           survivorship
           and not as
           tenants in
           common



                   Additional abbreviations may also be used
                         though not in the above list.


                                       9


<PAGE>


                             CONVERSION NOTICE


To:  IOMEGA CORPORATION


     The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably
exercises the option to convert this Note, or the portion hereof (which is
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of
Common Stock of Iomega Corporation in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that the shares issuable and
deliverable upon such conversion, together with any check in payment for
fractional shares and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount
hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a
different name has been indicated below.  If shares or any portion of this
Note not converted are to be issued in the name of a person other than the
undersigned, the undersigned will check the appropriate box below and pay all
transfer taxes payable with respect thereto.  Any amount required to be paid
to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.

Dated: ________________________


                                       _______________________________________


                                       _______________________________________
                                       Signature(s)


                                       Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a
                                       commercial bank or trust company or a
                                       member firm of a major stock exchange
                                       if shares of Common Stock are to be
                                       issued, or Notes to be delivered,
                                       other than to and in the name of the
                                       registered holder.



______________________________________________________________________________
                                       Signature Guarantee


                                      10


<PAGE>


Fill in for registration of
shares of Common Stock if to be issued, and
Notes if to be delivered,
other than to and in the name
of the registered holder:


_______________________________
(Name)


_______________________________
(Street Address)


_______________________________
(City, State and Zip Code)

Please print name and address



                                            Principal amount to be converted
                                            (if less than all): $_____________




                                            __________________________________
                                            Social Security or Other Taxpayer
                                            Identification Number


                                      11


<PAGE>


                          OPTION TO ELECT REPURCHASE
                           UPON A REPURCHASE EVENT


To:  IOMEGA CORPORATION


     The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges
receipt of a notice from Iomega Corporation (the "Company") as to the
occurrence of a Repurchase Event with respect to the Company and requests and
instructs the Company to repay the entire principal amount of this Note, or
the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below
designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this
Note at the repurchase price, together with accrued interest to, but
excluding, such date, to the registered holder hereof.

Dated: ________________________        _______________________________________



                                       _______________________________________
                                                     Signature(s)


                                       NOTICE:  The above signatures of the
                                       holder(s) hereof must correspond with
                                       the name as written upon the face of
                                       the Note in every particular without
                                       alteration or enlargement or any change
                                       whatever.


                                       Principal amount to be converted
                                       (if less than all):


                                                   $__________



                                       _______________________________________
                                       Social Security or Other Taxpayer
                                       Identification Number


                                      12


<PAGE>


                                  ASSIGNMENT


     For value received ____________________________ hereby sell(s),
assign(s) and transfer(s) unto _________________________________ (Please
insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee)
the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
_________________________________________________ attorney to transfer the
said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the
premises.


Dated:  ____________________           _______________________________________


                                       _______________________________________
                                                      Signature(s)


                                       Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a
                                       commercial bank or trust company or a
                                       member firm of a major stock exchange
                                       if shares of Common Stock are to be
                                       issued, or Notes to be delivered, other
                                       than to or in the name of the
                                       registered holder.


                                       _______________________________________
                                                 Signature Guarantee


                                      13



<PAGE>


                                 HALE AND DORR
                              COUNSELLORS AT LAW
                60 STATE STREET, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109
                        617-526-6000 - FAX 617-526-5000



                                       February 27, 1996


Iomega Corporation
1821 West Iomega Way
Roy, Utah 84067

Ladies and Gentlemen:

   This opinion is furnished to you in connection with a Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement"), filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, for the registration of $46,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount of Convertible Subordinated Notes (the "Notes") of Iomega
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), including the Notes
issuable upon exercise of an overallotment option, and such indeterminable
number of shares of Common Stock of the Company as are required for issuance
upon conversion of such Notes (the "Shares"), each such share of Common Stock
including four-fifteenths of a right ("Right") issued under the Rights
Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1989, as amended, between the Company and The
First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agreement").

   We have acted as counsel for the Company in connection with the issue and
sale by the Company of the Notes.  We have examined signed copies of the
Registration Statement and all exhibits thereto, all as filed with the
Commission.  We have also examined and relied upon the original or copies of
minutes of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors of the
Company, stock record books of the Company, a copy of the By-Laws of the
Company, and a copy of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company, as amended, the Rights Agreement and such other documents as we have
deemed necessary for purposes of rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth.


WASHINGTON, DC                     BOSTON, MA                     MANCHESTER, NH
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       HALE AND DORR IS A PARTNERSHIP INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIONS

<PAGE>


Iomega Corporation
February 27, 1996
Page 2


   In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the
genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted
to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents
submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of
the originals of such latter documents.

   We have not made any investigation of the laws of any jurisdiction other
than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the federal laws of the United
States and the Delaware General Corporation Law statute, and we are opining
herein solely with respect to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
the federal laws of the United States and the Delaware General Corporation
Law statute.  To the extent that the laws of any other jurisdiction govern
the agreements or transactions as to which we are opining herein, we have
assumed, with your permission, that such laws are identical to those of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and we are expressing no opinion herein as to
whether such assumption is reasonable or correct.

   Our opinions below are qualified to the extent that the validity or
enforceability of the documents referred to or of any of the rights granted
to any party pursuant thereto may be subject to or affected by (i) applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or
similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) statutory or
decisional law concerning recourse by creditors to security in the absence of
notice or hearing, and (iii) duties and standards imposed on creditors and
parties to contracts, including, without limitation, requirements of good
faith, reasonableness and fair dealing.  Furthermore, we express no opinion
as to the availability of any equitable or specific remedy upon any breach of
such documents or any of the agreements, documents or obligations referred to
therein, or as to the successful assertion of any equitable defense, inasmuch
as the availability of such remedies and defenses may be subject to the
discretion of a court.

<PAGE>


Iomega Corporation
February 27, 1996
Page 3


   We are expressing no opinion herein as to the application of or compliance
with any federal or state law or regulation to the power, authority or
competence of any party to any agreement or document other than the Company.
We have assumed that such agreements and documents are the valid and binding
obligations of each party thereto other than the Company, and enforceable
against each such other party in accordance with their respective terms.

   We assume that the appropriate action will be taken, prior to the offer
and sale of the Notes and the Shares in accordance with the Indenture, to
register and qualify the Notes and the Shares for sale under all applicable
state securities or "blue sky" laws.

       Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

   1.  The Notes have been duly authorized and, when (i) the Indenture has been
       duly executed and delivered and (ii) the Notes have been duly executed
       and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and issued and sold
       by the Company as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Notes
       will constitute the binding obligations of the Company.

   2.  The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued by the Company
       upon conversion of the Notes, will be validly issued, fully paid and
       non-assessable.

   3.  Assuming that the Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
       and delivered by the Rights Agent, when the Shares have been validly
       issued upon conversion of the Notes, the Rights attributable to the
       Shares will be validly issued.

   We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as part of the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the related
Prospectus under the caption "Legal Matters."

   This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations
and judicial decisions, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any
change in any of these sources of law or subsequent legal or factual
developments which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.

<PAGE>


Iomega Corporation
February 27, 1996
Page 4


   Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth
herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters.  This
opinion is solely for your benefit in connection with the issuance and sale
of the Notes by the Company, and during the period commencing upon the
effective date of the Registration Statement, and continuing only for so long
as the Registration Statement remains effective, and may not be quoted or
relied upon by any other person, during any other period, or used for any
other purpose, without our prior written consent.

                                       Very truly yours,


                                       /s/ HALE AND DORR

                                       HALE AND DORR


<PAGE>


                              IOMEGA CORPORATION
                      RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
                                            1991      1992        1993      1994      1995
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>
Earnings:
  Net income (loss) before income
   taxes and cumulative effect of
   accounting change                      $17,561    $6,145     ($16,656)   $ 26    $11,639
  Fixed charges                               606       763          849     678      2,312
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
                                          $18,167    $6,908     ($15,807)   $704    $13,951
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
                                         ---------------------------------------------------

Fixed charges:
  Interest expense (including
   amortization of debt issuance
   costs)                                      55        54           70      15      1,652
  Estimated interest component of
   rental expense                             551       709          779     663        660
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
                                          $   606    $  763      $   849    $678    $ 2,312
                                         ---------------------------------------------------
                                         ---------------------------------------------------

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges             30.0       9.1        - (a)    1.0        6.0
</TABLE>


- -----------------------
(a) For the year ended December 31, 1993, earnings were inadequate to cover
    fixed charges by $16.7 million.


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.

                                           ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
February 27, 1996


<PAGE>


                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549


                                     ------------


                         STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE
                          TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
                       CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE


                  CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY
                    OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) __


                          STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                 (EXACT NAME OF TRUSTEE AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


             MASSACHUSETTS                                       04-1867445
   (JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR                          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
ORGANIZATION IF NOT A U.S. NATIONAL BANK)                    IDENTIFICATION NO.)


225 FRANKLIN STREET, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS                           02110
 (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                         (ZIP CODE)


        JOHN R. TOWERS, ESQ.  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND CORPORATE SECRETARY
                 225 FRANKLIN STREET, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS  02110
                                   (617)654-3253
               (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)


                                     ------------


                                   IOMEGA CORPORATION
                 (EXACT NAME OF OBLIGOR AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


           DELAWARE                                               86-0385884
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                               (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                              IDENTIFICATION NO.)


                                  1821 WEST IOMEGA WAY
                                    ROY, UTAH 84067
               (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)  (ZIP CODE)


                                     ------------


                      % CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2001
                          (TITLE OF INDENTURE SECURITIES)


<PAGE>

                                    GENERAL

ITEM 1.   GENERAL INFORMATION.

     FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:

     (A)  NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISORY AUTHORITY TO WHICH
     IT IS SUBJECT.

          Department of Banking and Insurance of The Commonwealth of
          Massachusetts, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts.

          Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C.,
          Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

ITEM 2.   AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.

     IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH SUCH
AFFILIATION.

          The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee or of its parent, State
          Street Boston Corporation.

          (See note on page 6.)

ITEM 3. THROUGH ITEM 15. NOT APPLICABLE.

ITEM 16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS.

     LIST BELOW ALL EXHIBITS FILED AS PART OF THIS STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY.

     1.   A COPY OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE TRUSTEE AS NOW IN EFFECT.

          A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee, as now in
          effect, is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
          Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Statement of Eligibility and
          Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1) filed with the Registration
          Statement of Morse Shoe, Inc. (File No. 22-17940) and is
          incorporated herein by reference thereto.

     2.   A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF THE TRUSTEE TO COMMENCE
     BUSINESS, IF NOT CONTAINED IN THE  ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION.

          A copy of a Statement from the Commissioner of Banks of Massachusetts
          that no certificate of authority for the trustee to commence
          business was necessary or issued is on file with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission as Exhibit 2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Statement
          of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1) filed with
          the Registration Statement of Morse Shoe, Inc. (File No. 22-17940)
          and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

     3.   A COPY OF THE AUTHORIZATION OF THE TRUSTEE TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST
     POWERS, IF SUCH AUTHORIZATION IS NOT CONTAINED IN THE DOCUMENTS
     SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH (1) OR (2), ABOVE.

          A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust
          powers is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
          Exhibit 3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Statement of Eligibility and
          Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1) filed with the Registration
          Statement of Morse Shoe, Inc. (File No. 22-17940) and is
          incorporated herein by reference thereto.

     4.   A COPY OF THE EXISTING BY-LAWS OF THE TRUSTEE, OR INSTRUMENTS
     CORRESPONDING THERETO.

          A copy of the by-laws of the trustee, as now in effect, is on file
          with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 4 to the
          Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (Form T-1)
          filed with the Registration Statement of Eastern Edison Company
          (File No. 33-37823) and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.


                                      1

<PAGE>

     5.   A COPY OF EACH INDENTURE REFERRED TO IN ITEM 4. IF THE OBLIGOR IS IN
     DEFAULT.

          Not applicable.

     6.   THE CONSENTS OF UNITED STATES INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEES REQUIRED BY
     SECTION 321(b) OF THE ACT.

          The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act is
          annexed hereto as Exhibit 6 and made a part hereof.

     7.   A COPY OF THE LATEST REPORT OF CONDITION OF THE TRUSTEE PUBLISHED
     PURSUANT TO LAW OR THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITS SUPERVISING OR EXAMINING
     AUTHORITY.

          A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published
          pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining
          authority is annexed hereto as Exhibit 7 and made a part hereof.


                                         NOTES

     In answering any item of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification
which relates to matters peculiarly within the knowledge of the obligor or any
underwriter for the obligor, the trustee has relied upon information furnished
to it by the obligor and the underwriters, and the trustee disclaims
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such information.

     The answer furnished to Item 2. of this statement will be amended, if
necessary, to reflect any facts which differ from those stated and which would
have been required to be stated if known at the date hereof.


                                       SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, the trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company, a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, has
duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Boston
and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 26th day of February, 1996.

                                       STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:     /s/ Jill Olson
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                   Jill Olson
                                                   Assistant Vice President


                                      2


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 6

                             CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended, in connection with the proposed issuance by Iomega
Corporation of its   % Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2001, we hereby
consent that reports of examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District
authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange
Commission upon request therefor.

                                       STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:    /s/ Jill Olson
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                  Jill Olson
                                                  Assistant Vice President

Dated:  February 26, 1996


                                      3

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of State Street Bank and Trust Company of
Boston, Massachusetts and foreign and domestic subsidiaries, a state banking
institution organized and operating under the banking laws of this commonwealth
and a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business DECEMBER
31, 1995, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank
of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act and in
accordance with a call made by the Commissioner of Banks under General Laws,
Chapter 172, Section 22(a).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Thousands of
                                                                           Dollars
<S>                                                                    <C>
ASSETS

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
     Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin............       1,331,827
     Interest-bearing balances.....................................       5,971,326
Securities.........................................................       6,325,054
Federal funds sold and securities purchased
  under agreements to resell in domestic offices
  of the bank and its Edge subsidiary..............................       5,436,994
Loans and lease financing receivables:
     Loans and leases, net of unearned income..........   4,308,339
     Allowance for loan and lease losses ..............      63,491
     Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowances.......       4,244,848
Assets held in trading accounts....................................       1,042,846
Premises and fixed assets..........................................         374,362
Other real estate owned............................................           3,223
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries.........................          31,624
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding.......          57,472
Intangible assets..................................................          68,384
Other assets.......................................................         670,058
                                                                         ----------
Total assets.......................................................      25,558,018
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
LIABILITIES

Deposits:
     In domestic offices...........................................       6,880,231
          Noninterest-bearing .........................   4,728,115
          Interest-bearing ............................   2,152,116
     In foreign offices and Edge subsidiary........................       9,607,427
          Noninterest-bearing .........................      28,265
          Interest-bearing ............................   9,579,162
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under
  agreements to repurchase in domestic offices of
  the bank and of its Edge subsidiary...............................      5,913,969
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury and Trading Liabilities....        530,406
Other borrowed money................................................        493,191
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding............         57,387
Other liabilities...................................................        620,287
                                                                         ----------
Total liabilities...................................................     24,102,898
                                                                         ----------

EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock........................................................         29,176
Surplus.............................................................        228,448
Undivided profits...................................................      1,197,496
                                                                         ----------
Total equity capital................................................      1,455,120
                                                                         ----------
Total liabilities and equity capital................................     25,558,018
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>


                                      4

<PAGE>

I, Rex S. Schuette, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the above named
bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in
conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

                                       Rex S. Schuette


We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of
Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our
knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true and
correct.

                                       David A. Spina
                                       Marshall N. Carter
                                       Charles F. Kaye


                                      5



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission